Nordic Larp Wiki - User contributions [en]

Main Page

2025-11-01T23:05:19Z

Nordiclarpwikiadmin:

Nordic Larp Wiki collects information about Nordic-style larp games and their design tools. The tools presented have been play-tested in games or presented in published articles.

[[Image:Next_Stop_Kymlinge.jpg|thumb|[[Next Stop: Kymlinge]] being played at [[Grenselandet]] 2013.|none]]

=What is Nordic Larp?=__NOEDITSECTION__
Nordic-style larp, or Nordic Larp, is a term used to describe a tradition of larp game design that emerged in the Nordic countries. Some aims and ideals typical for this unique gaming scene include immersion, collaboration and artistic vision.

You can read more on the [[Nordic Larp]] page.

= Starting Places=__NOEDITSECTION__
Here are some suggested starting places for browsing this wiki:

*[[:Category:Larps|Larps]] - Nordic-style larps or larps using design tools covered by this wiki.
*[[:Category:Meeting places|Meeting places]] - Other places where people meet to discuss and develop Nordic larp game design.
*[[:Category:Techniques|Techniques]] - Techniques and tools used before, during or after larp games.
*[[:Category:Documentation|Documentation]] - Books, films and other publications about Nordic-style larp.
*[[:Category:Concepts|Concepts]] - Concepts used to talk about Nordic-style larp.
*[[:Category:Projects|Projects]] - Other projects not covered by the above categories.
*[[:Category:Organizations|Organizations]] - Non-profits, groups, companies, larpwright collectives, NGO's and others.
*[[:Category:People|People]] - Persons of interest in the Nordic Larp conversation.
*[[Event Calendars]] - Upcoming Larps and events maintained by third parties.
*[[:Category:Contents|All content]]

=Contribute=
If you wish to contribute content to the Wiki, please check out the [[Nordic_Larp_Wiki:Community_portal|community portal]] for help and guidelines.

To edit pages you need to [[Special:CreateAccount|create an account]], [[Special:AccountSecurity|enable two-factor authentication]], [[Special:UserLogout|log out]] and [[Special:UserLogin|log back in]] with said two-factor authentication.

__NOTOC__

Module:Citation

2025-11-01T21:43:41Z

Nordiclarpwikiadmin: 1 revision imported

return require [[Module:Cite]]

Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist

2025-11-01T21:43:17Z

Nordiclarpwikiadmin: 1 revision imported

--[[--------------------------< S U P P O R T E D P A R A M E T E R S >--------------------------------------

Because a steady-state signal conveys no useful information, whitelist.basic_arguments[] list items can have three values:
true - these parameters are valid and supported parameters
false - these parameters are deprecated but still supported
tracked - these parameters are valid and supported parameters tracked in an eponymous properties category
nil - these parameters are no longer supported. remove entirely

]]

local basic_arguments_t = {
['accessdate'] = true,
['access-date'] = true,
['agency'] = true,
['archivedate'] = true,
['archive-date'] = true,
['archive-format'] = true,
['archiveurl'] = true,
['archive-url'] = true,
['article'] = true,
['article-format'] = true,
['article-number'] = true, -- {{cite journal}}, {{cite conference}}; {{citation}} when |journal= has a value
['article-url'] = true,
['article-url-access'] = true,
['arxiv'] = true, -- cite arxiv; here because allowed in cite ... as identifier
['asin'] = true,
['ASIN'] = true,
['asin-tld'] = true,
['at'] = true,
['author'] = true,
['author-first'] = true,
['author-given'] = true,
['author-last'] = true,
['author-surname'] = true,
['authorlink'] = true,
['author-link'] = true,
['author-mask'] = true,
['bibcode'] = true,
['bibcode-access'] = true,
['biorxiv'] = true, -- cite biorxiv; here because allowed in cite ... as identifier
['chapter'] = true,
['chapter-format'] = true,
['chapter-url'] = true,
['chapter-url-access'] = true,
['citeseerx'] = true, -- cite citeseerx; here because allowed in cite ... as identifier
['collaboration'] = true,
['contribution'] = true,
['contribution-format'] = true,
['contribution-url'] = true,
['contribution-url-access'] = true,
['contributor'] = true,
['contributor-first'] = true,
['contributor-given'] = true,
['contributor-last'] = true,
['contributor-surname'] = true,
['contributor-link'] = true,
['contributor-mask'] = true,
['date'] = true,
['department'] = true,
['df'] = true,
['dictionary'] = true,
['display-authors'] = true,
['display-contributors'] = true,
['display-editors'] = true,
['display-interviewers'] = true,
['display-subjects'] = true,
['display-translators'] = true,
['doi'] = true,
['DOI'] = true,
['doi-access'] = true,
['doi-broken-date'] = true,
['edition'] = true,
['editor'] = true,
['editor-first'] = true,
['editor-given'] = true,
['editor-last'] = true,
['editor-surname'] = true,
['editor-link'] = true,
['editor-mask'] = true,
['eissn'] = true,
['EISSN'] = true,
['encyclopaedia'] = true,
['encyclopedia'] = true,
['entry'] = true,
['entry-format'] = true,
['entry-url'] = true,
['entry-url-access'] = true,
['eprint'] = true, -- cite arxiv; here because allowed in cite ... as identifier
['first'] = true,
['format'] = true,
['given'] = true,
['hdl'] = true,
['HDL'] = true,
['hdl-access'] = true,
['host'] = true, -- unique to certain templates?
['id'] = true,
['ID'] = true,
['institution'] = true, -- constrain to cite thesis?
['interviewer'] = true,
['interviewer-first'] = true,
['interviewer-given'] = true,
['interviewer-last'] = true,
['interviewer-surname'] = true,
['interviewer-link'] = true,
['interviewer-mask'] = true,
['isbn'] = true,
['ISBN'] = true,
['ismn'] = true,
['ISMN'] = true,
['issn'] = true,
['ISSN'] = true,
['issue'] = true,
['jfm'] = true,
['JFM'] = true,
['journal'] = true,
['jstor'] = true,
['JSTOR'] = true,
['jstor-access'] = true,
['lang'] = true,
['language'] = true,
['last'] = true,
['lccn'] = true,
['LCCN'] = true,
['location'] = true,
['magazine'] = true,
['medium'] = true,
['medrxiv'] = true, -- cite medrxiv; here because allowed in cite ... as identifier
['minutes'] = true, -- constrain to cite AV media and podcast?
['mode'] = true,
['mr'] = true,
['MR'] = true,
['name-list-style'] = true,
['newspaper'] = true,
['no-pp'] = true,
['no-tracking'] = true,
['number'] = true,
['oclc'] = true,
['OCLC'] = true,
['ol'] = true,
['OL'] = true,
['ol-access'] = true,
['orig-date'] = true,
['origyear'] = true,
['orig-year'] = true,
['osti'] = true,
['OSTI'] = true,
['osti-access'] = true,
['others'] = true,
['p'] = true,
['page'] = true,
['pages'] = true,
['periodical'] = true,
['place'] = true,
['pmc'] = true,
['PMC'] = true,
['pmc-embargo-date'] = true,
['pmid'] = true,
['PMID'] = true,
['postscript'] = true,
['pp'] = true,
['publication-date'] = true,
['publication-place'] = true,
['publisher'] = true,
['quotation'] = true,
['quote'] = true,
['quote-page'] = true,
['quote-pages'] = true,
['ref'] = true,
['rfc'] = true,
['RFC'] = true,
['sbn'] = true,
['SBN'] = true,
['scale'] = true,
['script-article'] = true,
['script-chapter'] = true,
['script-contribution'] = true,
['script-encyclopaedia'] = true,
['script-encyclopedia'] = true,
['script-entry'] = true,
['script-journal'] = true,
['script-magazine'] = true,
['script-newspaper'] = true,
['script-periodical'] = true,
['script-quote'] = true,
['script-section'] = true,
['script-title'] = true,
['script-website'] = true,
['script-work'] = true,
['section'] = true,
['section-format'] = true,
['section-url'] = true,
['section-url-access'] = true,
['series'] = true,
['ssrn'] = true, -- cite ssrn; these three here because allowed in cite ... as identifier
['SSRN'] = true,
['ssrn-access'] = true,
['subject'] = true,
['subject-first'] = true,
['subject-given'] = true,
['subject-last'] = true,
['subject-link'] = true,
['subject-mask'] = true,
['subject-surname'] = true,
['surname'] = true,
['s2cid'] = true,
['S2CID'] = true,
['s2cid-access'] = true,
['template-doc-demo'] = true,
['time'] = true, -- constrain to cite av media and podcast?
['time-caption'] = true, -- constrain to cite av media and podcast?
['title'] = true,
['title-link'] = true,
['title-note'] = true,
['translator'] = true,
['translator-first'] = true,
['translator-given'] = true,
['translator-last'] = true,
['translator-surname'] = true,
['translator-link'] = true,
['translator-mask'] = true,
['trans-article'] = true,
['trans-chapter'] = true,
['trans-contribution'] = true,
['trans-encyclopaedia'] = true,
['trans-encyclopedia'] = true,
['trans-entry'] = true,
['trans-journal'] = true,
['trans-magazine'] = true,
['trans-newspaper'] = true,
['trans-periodical'] = true,
['trans-quote'] = true,
['trans-section'] = true,
['trans-title'] = true,
['trans-website'] = true,
['trans-work'] = true,
['type'] = true,
['url'] = true,
['URL'] = true,
['url-access'] = true,
['url-status'] = true,
['vauthors'] = true,
['veditors'] = true,
['version'] = true,
['via'] = true,
['volume'] = true,
['website'] = true,
['work'] = true,
['year'] = true,
['zbl'] = true,
['ZBL'] = true,
}

local numbered_arguments_t = {
['author#'] = true,
['author-first#'] = true,
['author#-first'] = true,
['author-given#'] = true,
['author#-given'] = true,
['author-last#'] = true,
['author#-last'] = true,
['author-surname#'] = true,
['author#-surname'] = true,
['author-link#'] = true,
['author#-link'] = true,
['authorlink#'] = true,
['author#link'] = true,
['author-mask#'] = true,
['author#-mask'] = true,
['contributor#'] = true,
['contributor-first#'] = true,
['contributor#-first'] = true,
['contributor-given#'] = true,
['contributor#-given'] = true,
['contributor-last#'] = true,
['contributor#-last'] = true,
['contributor-surname#'] = true,
['contributor#-surname'] = true,
['contributor-link#'] = true,
['contributor#-link'] = true,
['contributor-mask#'] = true,
['contributor#-mask'] = true,
['editor#'] = true,
['editor-first#'] = true,
['editor#-first'] = true,
['editor-given#'] = true,
['editor#-given'] = true,
['editor-last#'] = true,
['editor#-last'] = true,
['editor-surname#'] = true,
['editor#-surname'] = true,
['editor-link#'] = true,
['editor#-link'] = true,
['editor-mask#'] = true,
['editor#-mask'] = true,
['first#'] = true,
['given#'] = true,
['host#'] = true,
['interviewer#'] = true,
['interviewer-first#'] = true,
['interviewer#-first'] = true,
['interviewer-given#'] = true,
['interviewer#-given'] = true,
['interviewer-last#'] = true,
['interviewer#-last'] = true,
['interviewer-surname#'] = true,
['interviewer#-surname'] = true,
['interviewer-link#'] = true,
['interviewer#-link'] = true,
['interviewer-mask#'] = true,
['interviewer#-mask'] = true,
['last#'] = true,
['subject#'] = true,
['subject-first#'] = true,
['subject#-first'] = true,
['subject-given#'] = true,
['subject#-given'] = true,
['subject-last#'] = true,
['subject#-last'] = true,
['subject-link#'] = true,
['subject#-link'] = true,
['subject-mask#'] = true,
['subject#-mask'] = true,
['subject-surname#'] = true,
['subject#-surname'] = true,
['surname#'] = true,
['translator#'] = true,
['translator-first#'] = true,
['translator#-first'] = true,
['translator-given#'] = true,
['translator#-given'] = true,
['translator-last#'] = true,
['translator#-last'] = true,
['translator-surname#'] = true,
['translator#-surname'] = true,
['translator-link#'] = true,
['translator#-link'] = true,
['translator-mask#'] = true,
['translator#-mask'] = true,
}

--[[----------------------------------------------

Cite arXiv, cite biorxiv, cite citeseerx, cite medrxiv, and cite ssrn are preprint templates that use the limited
set of parameters defined in the limited_basic_arguments and limited_numbered_arguments tables. Those lists are
supplemented with a template-specific list of parameters that are required by the particular template and may be
exclusive to one of the preprint templates. Some of these parameters may also be available to the general cs1|2
templates.

Same conventions for true/false/tracked/nil as above.

]]

local preprint_arguments_t = {
arxiv = {
['arxiv'] = true, -- cite arxiv and arxiv identifiers
['class'] = true,
['eprint'] = true, -- cite arxiv and arxiv identifiers
},
biorxiv = {
['biorxiv'] = true,
},
citeseerx = {
['citeseerx'] = true,
},
medrxiv = {
['medrxiv'] = true,
},
ssrn = {
['ssrn'] = true,
['SSRN'] = true,
['ssrn-access'] = true,
},
}

--[[--------------------------< L I M I T E D S U P P O R T E D P A R A M E T E R S >----------------------

cite arxiv, cite biorxiv, cite citeseerx, cite medrxiv, and cite ssrn templates are preprint templates so are
allowed only a limited subset of parameters allowed to all other cs1|2 templates. The limited subset is defined
here.

This list of parameters also used by {{cite document}}

Same conventions for true/false/tracked/nil as above.

]]

local limited_basic_arguments_t = {
['at'] = true,
['author'] = true,
['author-first'] = true,
['author-given'] = true,
['author-last'] = true,
['author-surname'] = true,
['author-link'] = true,
['authorlink'] = true,
['author-mask'] = true,
['collaboration'] = true,
['date'] = true,
['df'] = true,
['display-authors'] = true,
['first'] = true,
['given'] = true,
['language'] = true,
['last'] = true,
['mode'] = true,
['name-list-style'] = true,
['no-tracking'] = true,
['p'] = true,
['page'] = true,
['pages'] = true,
['postscript'] = true,
['pp'] = true,
['quotation'] = true,
['quote'] = true,
['ref'] = true,
['surname'] = true,
['template-doc-demo'] = true,
['title'] = true,
['trans-title'] = true,
['vauthors'] = true,
['year'] = true,
}

local limited_numbered_arguments_t = {
['author#'] = true,
['author-first#'] = true,
['author#-first'] = true,
['author-given#'] = true,
['author#-given'] = true,
['author-last#'] = true,
['author#-last'] = true,
['author-surname#'] = true,
['author#-surname'] = true,
['author-link#'] = true,
['author#-link'] = true,
['authorlink#'] = true,
['author#link'] = true,
['author-mask#'] = true,
['author#-mask'] = true,
['first#'] = true,
['given#'] = true,
['last#'] = true,
['surname#'] = true,
}

--[[------------------------------------------------------------------------

Some templates have unique parameters. Those templates and their unique parameters are listed here. Keys in this
table are the template's CitationClass parameter value

Same conventions for true/false/tracked/nil as above.

]]

local unique_arguments_t = {
['audio-visual'] = {
['people'] = true,
['transcript'] = true,
['transcript-format'] = true,
['transcript-url'] = true,
},
conference = {
['book-title'] = true,
['conference'] = true,
['conference-format'] = true,
['conference-url'] = true,
['event'] = true,
},
episode = {
['airdate'] = true,
['air-date'] = true,
['credits'] = true,
['episode-link'] = true, -- alias of |title-link=
['network'] = true,
['people'] = true,
['season'] = true,
['series-link'] = true,
['series-no'] = true,
['series-number'] = true,
['station'] = true,
['transcript'] = true,
['transcript-format'] = true,
['transcript-url'] = true,
},
mailinglist = {
['mailing-list'] = true,
},
map = {
['cartography'] = true,
['inset'] = true,
['map'] = true,
['map-format'] = true,
['map-url'] = true,
['map-url-access'] = true,
['script-map'] = true,
['sections'] = true,
['sheet'] = true,
['sheets'] = true,
['trans-map'] = true,
},
newsgroup = {
['message-id'] = true,
['newsgroup'] = true,
},
report = {
['docket'] = true,
},
serial = {
['airdate'] = true,
['air-date'] = true,
['credits'] = true,
['episode'] = true, -- cite serial only TODO: make available to cite episode?
['episode-link'] = true, -- alias of |title-link=
['network'] = true,
['people'] = true,
['series-link'] = true,
['station'] = true,
},
speech = {
['conference'] = true,
['conference-format'] = true,
['conference-url'] = true,
['event'] = true,
},
thesis = {
['degree'] = true,
['docket'] = true,
},
}

--[[--------------------------< C I T E _ D O C U M E N T >----------------------------------------------------

Special case for cite document. This template takes the limited basic and limited enumerated parameters plus
others that are apply only to standalone published sources that cannot be cited any other way; no url, book,
periodical, etc parameters; limited support for name lists and named identifiers.

when validating parameters in {{cite document}} templates, the basic and

]]

local document_arguments_t = {
['bibcode'] = true,
['bibcode-access'] = true,
['doi'] = true,
['DOI'] = true,
['doi-access'] = true,
['doi-broken-date'] = true,
['hdl'] = true,
['HDL'] = true,
['hdl-access'] = true,
['id'] = true,
['ID'] = true,
['jfm'] = true,
['JFM'] = true,
['lang'] = true,
['location'] = true,
['mr'] = true,
['MR'] = true,
['no-pp'] = true,
['orig-date'] = true,
['origyear'] = true,
['orig-year'] = true,
['osti'] = true,
['OSTI'] = true,
['osti-access'] = true,
['place'] = true,
['publisher'] = true,
['quote-page'] = true,
['quote-pages'] = true,
['script-quote'] = true,
['script-title'] = true,
['title-link'] = true,
['translator'] = true,
['translator-first'] = true,
['translator-given'] = true,
['translator-last'] = true,
['translator-surname'] = true,
['translator-link'] = true,
['translator-mask'] = true,
['trans-quote'] = true,
['type'] = true,
['zbl'] = true,
['ZBL'] = true,
}

local document_numbered_arguments_t = {
['translator#'] = true,
['translator-first#'] = true,
['translator#-first'] = true,
['translator-given#'] = true,
['translator#-given'] = true,
['translator-last#'] = true,
['translator#-last'] = true,
['translator-surname#'] = true,
['translator#-surname'] = true,
['translator-link#'] = true,
['translator#-link'] = true,
['translator-mask#'] = true,
['translator#-mask'] = true,
}

--[[--------------------------< L I S T _ C O M B I N E >------------------------------------------------------

makes one table from a list of tables. <lists_t> is a sequence of tables to be combined

]]

local function list_combine (lists_t)
local out_t = {};

for _, list_t in ipairs (lists_t) do -- for each list in <lists_t>
for k, v in pairs (list_t) do -- extract each k/v pair
out_t[k] = v; -- add to <out_t>
end
end
return out_t; -- and done
end

--[[--------------------------< T E M P L A T E _ L I S T _ G E T >--------------------------------------------

gets a list of the templates from table t

]]

local function template_list_get (t)
local out_t = {}; -- a table for output
for k, _ in pairs (t) do -- spin through the table and collect the keys
table.insert (out_t, k) -- add each key to the output table
end
return out_t; -- and done
end

--[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D T A B L E S >------------------------------------------------
]]

return {
preprint_arguments_t = preprint_arguments_t,
preprint_template_list_t = template_list_get (preprint_arguments_t), -- make a template list from preprint_arguments{} table
unique_arguments_t = unique_arguments_t,
unique_param_template_list_t = template_list_get (unique_arguments_t), -- make a template list from unique_arguments{} table

document_parameters_t = list_combine ({limited_basic_arguments_t, limited_numbered_arguments_t, document_arguments_t, document_numbered_arguments_t});
common_parameters_t = list_combine ({basic_arguments_t, numbered_arguments_t});
limited_parameters_t = list_combine ({limited_basic_arguments_t, limited_numbered_arguments_t});
};

Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities

2025-11-01T21:43:11Z

Nordiclarpwikiadmin: 1 revision imported

local z = {
error_cats_t = {}; -- for categorizing citations that contain errors
error_ids_t = {}; -- list of error identifiers; used to prevent duplication of certain errors; local to this module
error_msgs_t = {}; -- sequence table of error messages
maint_cats_t = {}; -- for categorizing citations that aren't erroneous per se, but could use a little work
prop_cats_t = {}; -- for categorizing citations based on certain properties, language of source for instance
prop_keys_t = {}; -- for adding classes to the citation's <cite> tag
};

--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
]]

local cfg; -- table of tables imported from selected Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration

--[[--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Returns true if argument is set; false otherwise. Argument is 'set' when it exists (not nil) or when it is not an empty string.

]]

local function is_set (var)
return not (var == nil or var == '');
end

--[[----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Whether needle is in haystack

]]

local function in_array (needle, haystack)
if needle == nil then
return false;
end
for n, v in ipairs (haystack) do
if v == needle then
return n;
end
end
return false;
end

--[[--------------------------< H A S _ A C C E P T _ A S _ W R I T T E N >------------------------------------

When <str> is wholly wrapped in accept-as-written markup, return <str> without markup and true; return <str> and false else

with allow_empty = false, <str> must have at least one character inside the markup
with allow_empty = true, <str> the markup frame can be empty like (()) to distinguish an empty template parameter from the specific condition "has no applicable value" in citation-context.

After further evaluation the two cases might be merged at a later stage, but should be kept separated for now.

]]

local function has_accept_as_written (str, allow_empty)
if not is_set (str) then
return str, false;
end

local count;

if true == allow_empty then
str, count = str:gsub ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$', '%1'); -- allows (()) to be an empty set
else
str, count = str:gsub ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$', '%1');
end
return str, 0 ~= count;
end

--[[--------------------------< S U B S T I T U T E >----------------------------------------------------------

Populates numbered arguments in a message string using an argument table. <args> may be a single string or a
sequence table of multiple strings.

]]

local function substitute (msg, args)
return args and mw.message.newRawMessage (msg, args):plain() or msg;
end

--[[--------------------------< E R R O R _ C O M M E N T >----------------------------------------------------

Wraps error messages with CSS markup according to the state of hidden. <content> may be a single string or a
sequence table of multiple strings.

]]

local function error_comment (content, hidden)
return substitute (hidden and cfg.presentation['hidden-error'] or cfg.presentation['visible-error'], content);
end

--[[--------------------------< H Y P H E N _ T O _ D A S H >--------------------------------------------------

Converts a hyphen, endash, emdash to endash under certain conditions. The hyphen/en/em must separate
like items; unlike items are returned unmodified. These forms are modified:
letter - letter (A-B)
digit - digit (4-5)
digit separator digit - digit separator digit (4.1-4.5 or 4-1-4-5)
letterdigit - letterdigit (A1-A5) (an optional separator between letter and
digit is supported – a.1-a.5 or a-1-a-5)
digitletter - digitletter (5a-5d) (an optional separator between letter and
digit is supported – 5.a-5.d or 5-a-5-d)

any other forms are returned unmodified.

str may be a comma- or semicolon-separated list of page ranges with/without single pages

]]

local function hyphen_to_dash (str)
if not is_set (str) then
return str;
end

str = str:gsub ("(%(%(.-%)%))", function(m) return m:gsub(",", "，"):gsub(";", "；") end) -- replace commas and semicolons in accept-as-written markup with similar unicode characters so they'll be ignored during the split
str = str:gsub ('&[nm]dash;', {['–'] = '–', ['—'] = '—'}); -- replace — and – entities with their characters; semicolon mucks up the text.split
str = str:gsub ('-', '-'); -- replace HTML numeric entity with hyphen character
str = str:gsub (' ', ' '); -- replace   entity with generic keyboard space character

local out = {};
local list = mw.text.split (str, '%s*[,;]%s*'); -- split str at comma or semicolon separators if there are any

local accept; -- boolean

for _, item in ipairs (list) do -- for each item in the list
item, accept = has_accept_as_written (item); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of item
if not accept and mw.ustring.match (item, '^%w*[%.%-]?%w+%s*[—–-]%s*%w*[%.%-]?%w+$') then -- if a hyphenated range or has endash or emdash separators
if mw.ustring.match (item, '^%a+[%.%-]?%d+%s*[—–-]%s*%a+[%.%-]?%d+$') or -- letterdigit hyphen letterdigit (optional separator between letter and digit)
mw.ustring.match (item, '^%d+[%.%-]?%a+%s*[—–-]%s*%d+[%.%-]?%a+$') or -- digitletter hyphen digitletter (optional separator between digit and letter)
mw.ustring.match (item, '^%d+[%.%-]%d+%s*[—–-]%s*%d+[%.%-]%d+$') then -- digit separator digit hyphen digit separator digit
item = mw.ustring.gsub (item, '(%w*[%.%-]?%w+)%s*[—–-]%s*(%w*[%.%-]?%w+)', '%1 – %2'); -- replace hyphen/dash, with spaced endash

elseif mw.ustring.match (item, '^%d+%s*[—–-]%s*%d+$') or -- digit hyphen digit
mw.ustring.match (item, '^%a+%s*[—–-]%s*%a+$') then -- letter hyphen letter
item = mw.ustring.gsub (item, '(%w+)%s*[—–-]%s*(%w+)', '%1–%2'); -- replace hyphen/emdash with endash, remove extraneous space characters

else
-- item = mw.ustring.gsub (item, '%s*[—–-]%s*', '–'); -- disabled; here when 'unlike' items so return <item> as is
end
end
table.insert (out, item); -- add the (possibly modified) item to the output table
end

local temp_str = ''; -- concatenate the output table into a comma separated string
temp_str, accept = has_accept_as_written (table.concat (out, ', ')); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of concatenated out
if accept then
temp_str = has_accept_as_written (str); -- when global markup removed, return original str; do it this way to suppress boolean second return value
return temp_str:gsub("，", ","):gsub("；", ";");
else
return temp_str:gsub("，", ","):gsub("；", ";"); -- else, return assembled temp_str
end
end

--[=[-------------------------< M A K E _ W I K I L I N K >----------------------------------------------------

Makes a wikilink; when both link and display text is provided, returns a wikilink in the form [[L|D]]; if only
link is provided (or link and display are the same), returns a wikilink in the form [[L]]; if neither are
provided or link is omitted, returns an empty string.

]=]

local function make_wikilink (link, display)
if not is_set (link) then return '' end

if is_set (display) and link ~= display then
return table.concat ({'[[', link, '|', display, ']]'});
else
return table.concat ({'[[', link, ']]'});
end
end

--[[--------------------------< S E T _ M E S S A G E >----------------------------------------------------------

Sets an error message using the ~/Configuration error_conditions{} table along with arguments supplied in the function
call, inserts the resulting message in z.error_msgs_t{} sequence table, and returns the error message.

<error_id> – key value for appropriate error handler in ~/Configuration error_conditions{} table
<arguments> – may be a single string or a sequence table of multiple strings to be subsititued into error_conditions[error_id].message
<raw> – boolean
true – causes this function to return the error message not wrapped in visible-error, hidden-error span tag;
returns error_conditions[error_id].hidden as a second return value
does not add message to z.error_msgs_t sequence table
false, nil – adds message wrapped in visible-error, hidden-error span tag to z.error_msgs_t
returns the error message wrapped in visible-error, hidden-error span tag; there is no second return value
<prefix> – string to be prepended to <message> -- TODO: remove support for these unused(?) arguments?
<suffix> – string to be appended to <message>

TODO: change z.error_cats_t and z.maint_cats_t to have the form cat_name = true? this to avoid dups without having to have an extra table

]]

local added_maint_cats = {} -- list of maintenance categories that have been added to z.maint_cats_t; TODO: figure out how to delete this table

local function set_message (error_id, arguments, raw, prefix, suffix)
local error_state = cfg.error_conditions[error_id];

prefix = prefix or '';
suffix = suffix or '';

if error_state == nil then
error (cfg.messages['undefined_error'] .. ': ' .. error_id); -- because missing error handler in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration

elseif is_set (error_state.category) then
if error_state.message then -- when error_state.message defined, this is an error message
table.insert (z.error_cats_t, error_state.category);
else
if not added_maint_cats[error_id] then
added_maint_cats[error_id] = true; -- note that we've added this category
table.insert (z.maint_cats_t, substitute (error_state.category, arguments)); -- make cat name then add to table
end
return; -- because no message, nothing more to do
end
end

local message = substitute (error_state.message, arguments);

message = table.concat (
{
message,
' (',
make_wikilink (
table.concat (
{
cfg.messages['help page link'],
'#',
error_state.anchor
}),
cfg.messages['help page label']),
')'
});

z.error_ids_t[error_id] = true;
if z.error_ids_t['err_citation_missing_title'] and -- if missing-title error already noted
in_array (error_id, {'err_bare_url_missing_title', 'err_trans_missing_title'}) then -- and this error is one of these
return '', false; -- don't bother because one flavor of missing title is sufficient
end

message = table.concat ({prefix, message, suffix});

if true == raw then
return message, error_state.hidden; -- return message not wrapped in visible-error, hidden-error span tag
end

message = error_comment (message, error_state.hidden); -- wrap message in visible-error, hidden-error span tag
table.insert (z.error_msgs_t, message); -- add it to the messages sequence table
return message; -- and done; return value generally not used but is used as a flag in various functions of ~/Identifiers
end

--[[------------------------------------------------------------------------------

This function is used by select_one() to determine if one of a list of alias parameters is in the argument list
provided by the template.

Input:
args – pointer to the arguments table from calling template
alias – one of the list of possible aliases in the aliases lists from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
index – for enumerated parameters, identifies which one
enumerated – true/false flag used to choose how enumerated aliases are examined
value – value associated with an alias that has previously been selected; nil if not yet selected
selected – the alias that has previously been selected; nil if not yet selected
error_list – list of aliases that are duplicates of the alias already selected

Returns:
value – value associated with alias we selected or that was previously selected or nil if an alias not yet selected
selected – the alias we selected or the alias that was previously selected or nil if an alias not yet selected

]]

local function is_alias_used (args, alias, index, enumerated, value, selected, error_list)
if enumerated then -- is this a test for an enumerated parameters?
alias = alias:gsub ('#', index); -- replace '#' with the value in index
else
alias = alias:gsub ('#', ''); -- remove '#' if it exists
end

if is_set (args[alias]) then -- alias is in the template's argument list
if value ~= nil and selected ~= alias then -- if we have already selected one of the aliases
local skip;
for _, v in ipairs (error_list) do -- spin through the error list to see if we've added this alias
if v == alias then
skip = true;
break; -- has been added so stop looking
end
end
if not skip then -- has not been added so
table.insert (error_list, alias); -- add error alias to the error list
end
else
value = args[alias]; -- not yet selected an alias, so select this one
selected = alias;
end
end
return value, selected; -- return newly selected alias, or previously selected alias
end

--[[--------------------------< A D D _ M A I N T _ C A T >------------------------------------------------------

Adds a category to z.maint_cats_t using names from the configuration file with additional text if any.
To prevent duplication, the added_maint_cats table lists the categories by key that have been added to z.maint_cats_t.

]]

local function add_maint_cat (key, arguments)
if not added_maint_cats [key] then
added_maint_cats [key] = true; -- note that we've added this category
table.insert (z.maint_cats_t, substitute (cfg.maint_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table
end
end

--[[--------------------------< A D D _ P R O P _ C A T >--------------------------------------------------------

Adds a category to z.prop_cats_t using names from the configuration file with additional text if any.

foreign_lang_source and foreign_lang_source_2 keys have a language code appended to them so that multiple languages
may be categorized but multiples of the same language are not categorized.

added_prop_cats is a table declared in page scope variables above

]]

local added_prop_cats = {}; -- list of property categories that have been added to z.prop_cats_t

local function add_prop_cat (key, arguments, key_modifier)
local key_modified = key .. ((key_modifier and key_modifier) or ''); -- modify <key> with <key_modifier> if present and not nil

if not added_prop_cats [key_modified] then
added_prop_cats [key_modified] = true; -- note that we've added this category
table.insert (z.prop_cats_t, substitute (cfg.prop_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table
table.insert (z.prop_keys_t, 'cs1-prop-' .. key); -- convert key to class for use in the citation's <cite> tag
end
end

--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ I T A L I C S >----------------------------------------------

Protects a string that will be wrapped in wiki italic markup '' ... ''

Note: We cannot use for italics, as the expected behavior for italics specified by ''...'' in the title is that
they will be inverted (i.e. unitalicized) in the resulting references. In addition, and '' tend to interact
poorly under Mediawiki's HTML tidy.

]]

local function safe_for_italics (str)
if not is_set (str) then return str end

if str:sub (1, 1) == "'" then str = "" .. str; end
if str:sub (-1, -1) == "'" then str = str .. ""; end

return str:gsub ('\n', ' '); -- Remove newlines as they break italics.
end

--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------------

Applies styling to various parameters. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list configuration taking one
argument; protects italic styled parameters. Additional text taken from citation_config.presentation - the reason
this function is similar to but separate from wrap_msg().

]]

local function wrap_style (key, str)
if not is_set (str) then
return "";
elseif in_array (key, {'italic-title', 'trans-italic-title'}) then
str = safe_for_italics (str);
end

return substitute (cfg.presentation[key], {str});
end

--[[--------------------------< M A K E _ S E P _ L I S T >------------------------------------------------------------

make a separated list of items using provided separators.
<sep_list> - typically '<comma><space>'
<sep_list_pair> - typically '<space>and<space>'
<sep_list_end> - typically '<comma><space>and<space>' or '<comma><space>&<space>'

defaults to cfg.presentation['sep_list'], cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'], and cfg.presentation['sep_list_end']
if <sep_list_end> is specified, <sep_list> and <sep_list_pair> must also be supplied

]]

local function make_sep_list (count, list_seq, sep_list, sep_list_pair, sep_list_end)
local list = '';

if not sep_list then -- set the defaults
sep_list = cfg.presentation['sep_list'];
sep_list_pair = cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'];
sep_list_end = cfg.presentation['sep_list_end'];
end

if 2 >= count then
list = table.concat (list_seq, sep_list_pair); -- insert separator between two items; returns list_seq[1] then only one item
elseif 2 < count then
list = table.concat (list_seq, sep_list, 1, count - 1); -- concatenate all but last item with plain list separator
list = table.concat ({list, list_seq[count]}, sep_list_end); -- concatenate last item onto end of <list> with final separator
end

return list;
end

--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ O N E >----------------------------------------------------------

Chooses one matching parameter from a list of parameters to consider. The list of parameters to consider is just
names. For parameters that may be enumerated, the position of the numerator in the parameter name is identified
by the '#' so |author-last1= and |author1-last= are represented as 'author-last#' and 'author#-last'.

Because enumerated parameter |<param>1= is an alias of |<param>= we must test for both possibilities.

Generates an error if more than one match is present.

]]

local function select_one (args, aliases_list, error_condition, index)
local value = nil; -- the value assigned to the selected parameter
local selected = ''; -- the name of the parameter we have chosen
local error_list = {};

if index ~= nil then index = tostring(index); end

for _, alias in ipairs (aliases_list) do -- for each alias in the aliases list
if alias:match ('#') then -- if this alias can be enumerated
if '1' == index then -- when index is 1 test for enumerated and non-enumerated aliases
value, selected = is_alias_used (args, alias, index, false, value, selected, error_list); -- first test for non-enumerated alias
end
value, selected = is_alias_used (args, alias, index, true, value, selected, error_list); -- test for enumerated alias
else
value, selected = is_alias_used (args, alias, index, false, value, selected, error_list); -- test for non-enumerated alias
end
end

if #error_list > 0 and 'none' ~= error_condition then -- for cases where this code is used outside of extract_names()
for i, v in ipairs (error_list) do
error_list[i] = wrap_style ('parameter', v);
end
table.insert (error_list, wrap_style ('parameter', selected));
set_message (error_condition, {make_sep_list (#error_list, error_list)});
end

return value, selected;
end

--[=[-------------------------< R E M O V E _ W I K I _ L I N K >----------------------------------------------

Gets the display text from a wikilink like [[A|B]] or [[B]] gives B

The str:gsub() returns either A|B froma [[A|B]] or B from [[B]] or B from B (no wikilink markup).

In l(), l:gsub() removes the link and pipe (if they exist); the second :gsub() trims whitespace from the label
if str was wrapped in wikilink markup. Presumably, this is because without wikimarkup in str, there is no match
in the initial gsub, the replacement function l() doesn't get called.

]=]

local function remove_wiki_link (str)
return (str:gsub ("%[%[([^%[%]]*)%]%]", function(l)
return l:gsub ("^[^|]*|(.*)$", "%1" ):gsub ("^%s*(.-)%s*$", "%1");
end));
end

--[=[---------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Determines if str is a wikilink, extracts, and returns the wikilink type, link text, and display text parts.
If str is a complex wikilink ([[L|D]]):
returns wl_type 2 and D and L from [[L|D]];
if str is a simple wikilink ([[D]])
returns wl_type 1 and D from [[D]] and L as empty string;
if not a wikilink:
returns wl_type 0, str as D, and L as empty string.

trims leading and trailing whitespace and pipes from L and D ([[L|]] and [[|D]] are accepted by MediaWiki and
treated like [[D]]; while [[|D|]] is not accepted by MediaWiki, here, we accept it and return D without the pipes).

]=]

local function is_wikilink (str)
local D, L
local wl_type = 2; -- assume that str is a complex wikilink [[L|D]]

if not str:match ('^%[%[[^%]]+%]%]$') then -- is str some sort of a wikilink (must have some sort of content)
return 0, str, ''; -- not a wikilink; return wl_type as 0, str as D, and empty string as L
end

L, D = str:match ('^%[%[([^|]+)|([^%]]+)%]%]$'); -- get L and D from [[L|D]]

if not is_set (D) then -- if no separate display
D = str:match ('^%[%[([^%]]*)|*%]%]$'); -- get D from [[D]] or [[D|]]
wl_type = 1;
end

D = mw.text.trim (D, '%s|'); -- trim white space and pipe characters
return wl_type, D, L or '';
end

--[[--------------------------< S T R I P _ A P O S T R O P H E _ M A R K U P >--------------------------------

Strip wiki italic and bold markup from argument so that it doesn't contaminate COinS metadata.
This function strips common patterns of apostrophe markup. We presume that editors who have taken the time to
markup a title have, as a result, provided valid markup. When they don't, some single apostrophes are left behind.

Returns the argument without wiki markup and a number; the number is more-or-less meaningless except as a flag
to indicate that markup was replaced; do not rely on it as an indicator of how many of any kind of markup was
removed; returns the argument and nil when no markup removed

]]

local function strip_apostrophe_markup (argument)
if not is_set (argument) then
return argument, nil; -- no argument, nothing to do
end

if nil == argument:find ( "''", 1, true ) then -- Is there at least one double apostrophe? If not, exit.
return argument, nil;
end

local flag;
while true do
if argument:find ("'''''", 1, true) then -- bold italic (5)
argument, flag = argument:gsub ("%'%'%'%'%'", ""); -- remove all instances of it
elseif argument:find ("''''", 1, true) then -- italic start and end without content (4)
argument, flag=argument:gsub ("%'%'%'%'", "");
elseif argument:find ("'''", 1, true) then -- bold (3)
argument, flag=argument:gsub ("%'%'%'", "");
elseif argument:find ("''", 1, true) then -- italic (2)
argument, flag = argument:gsub ("%'%'", "");
else
break;
end
end

return argument, flag; -- done
end

--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S E L E C T E D _ M O D U L E S >--------------------------------------

Sets local cfg table to same (live or sandbox) as that used by the other modules.

]]

local function set_selected_modules (cfg_table_ptr)
cfg = cfg_table_ptr;

end

--[[--------------------------< E X P O R T S >----------------------------------------------------------------
]]

return {
add_maint_cat = add_maint_cat, -- exported functions
add_prop_cat = add_prop_cat,
error_comment = error_comment,
has_accept_as_written = has_accept_as_written,
hyphen_to_dash = hyphen_to_dash,
in_array = in_array,
is_set = is_set,
is_wikilink = is_wikilink,
make_sep_list = make_sep_list,
make_wikilink = make_wikilink,
remove_wiki_link = remove_wiki_link,
safe_for_italics = safe_for_italics,
select_one = select_one,
set_message = set_message,
set_selected_modules = set_selected_modules,
strip_apostrophe_markup = strip_apostrophe_markup,
substitute = substitute,
wrap_style = wrap_style,

z = z, -- exported table
}

Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions

2025-11-01T21:43:06Z

Nordiclarpwikiadmin: 1 revision imported

-- Please insert new suggestions in alphabetical order
-- The form is ['incorrect'] = 'correct',

suggestions = {
['ASIN-TLD'] = 'asin-tld', -- old parameter name
['abruf'] = 'access-date', -- German
['abruf-verborgen'] = 'access-date', -- German
['accessmonth'] = 'access-date',
['accesso'] = 'access-date', -- Italian
['accessyear'] = 'access-date',
['acessodata'] = 'access-date', -- Brazilian Portuguese
['ad'] = 'first', -- Turkish
['address'] = 'location',
['anno'] = 'date', -- Italian
['annoaccesso'] = 'access-date', -- Italian
['annodiaccesso'] = 'access-date', -- Italian
['annooriginale'] = 'orig-date', -- Italian
['année'] = 'date', -- French
['apellido'] = 'last', -- Spanish
['apellidos'] = 'last', -- Spanish
['archiv-datum'] = 'archive-date', -- German
['archiv-url'] = 'archive-url', -- German
['archive date'] = 'archive-date', -- misspelling
['archive url'] = 'archive-url', -- misspelling
['archive-link'] = 'archive-url', -- old parameter name
['archiv-url'] = 'archive-url', -- German
['arkivdatum'] = 'archive-date', -- Swedish, Norwegian
['arkivurl'] = 'archive-url', -- Swedish, Norwegian
['artist'] = 'others',
['arşiv-tarihi'] = 'archive-date', -- Turkish
['arşiv-url'] = 'archive-url', -- Turkish
['arşivtarihi'] = 'archive-date', -- Turkish
['arşivurl'] = 'archive-url', -- Turkish
['auflage'] = 'edition', -- German
['auteur'] = 'author', -- French
['auther'] = 'author', -- misspelling
['author link'] = 'author-link', -- Polish
['authorfirst'] = 'author-first', -- old parameter name
['authorgiven'] = 'author-given', -- old parameter name
['authorlast'] = 'author-last', -- old parameter name
['authormask'] = 'author-mask', -- old parameter name
['authorsurname'] = 'author-surname', -- old parameter name
['autor'] = 'author', -- Spanish, German (singular and plural)
['autore'] = 'author', -- Italian
['autthor'] = 'author', -- misspelling
['ay'] = 'month', -- Turkish
['año'] = 'date', -- Spanish
['año-original'] = 'orig-date', -- Spanish
['añoacceso'] = 'access-date', -- Spanish
['añooriginal'] = 'orig-date', -- Spanish
['band'] = 'volume', -- German
['bandreihe'] = 'volume', -- German
['baskı'] = 'edition', -- Turkish
['başlık'] = 'title', -- Turkish
['began'] = 'date', -- old parameter name (cite serial only); or orig-date=
['booktitle'] = 'book-title', -- old parameter name
['ch'] = 'language', -- German (as 'language=de-CH')
['chapter_title'] = 'chapter',
['chapterurl'] = 'chapter-url', -- old parameter name
['cid'] = 'ref', -- Italian
['cilt'] = 'volume', -- Turkish
['cita'] = 'quote', -- Spanish
['citazione'] = 'quote', -- Italian
['città'] = 'location', -- Italian
['city'] = 'location', -- old parameter name (cite serial only)
['coauthor'] = 'author',
['coauthors'] = 'author',
['coautores'] = 'author', -- Spanish
['coautori'] = 'author', -- Italian
['cognome'] = 'last', -- Italian
['conferenceurl'] = 'conference-url', -- old parameter name
['consulté le'] = 'access-date', -- French
['contributionurl'] = 'contribution-url', -- old parameter name
['curatore'] = 'publisher', -- Italian
['czasopismo'] = 'journal', -- Polish
['data dostępu'] = 'access-date', -- Polish
['data'] = 'date', -- Polish, Italian
['dataaccesso'] = 'access-date', -- Italian
['dataarchivio'] = 'archive-date', -- Italian
['datum'] = 'date', -- German, Swedish
['dead-url'] = 'url-status', -- old parameter name
['deadlink'] = 'url-status', -- old parameter name
['deadurl'] = 'url-status', -- old parameter name
['dergi'] = 'work', -- Turkish
['dil'] = 'language', -- Turkish
['displayauthors'] = 'display-authors', -- old parameter name
['displayeditors'] = 'display-editors', -- old parameter name
['distributor'] = 'publisher',
['dnb'] = 'id', -- German (as 'id={{DNB-IDN|...}}')
['doi-broken'] = 'doi-broken-date', -- old parameter alias
['doi-inactive'] = 'doi-broken-date', -- invalid name found in mainspace
['doi-inactive-date'] = 'doi-broken-date', -- old parameter alias
['doi_brokendate'] = 'doi-broken-date', -- old parameter alias
['doi_inactivedate'] = 'doi-inactive-date', -- old parameter alias
['doibroken'] = 'doi-broken-date', -- invalid name found in mainspace
['doiinactive'] = 'doi-broken-date', -- invalid name found in mainspace
['e-print'] = 'eprint', -- misspelling
-- ['ed'] = 'edition', -- avoid suggestion as in English this could be short for editor or edition
-- ['editora'] = 'publisher', -- can be either editor or publisher
-- ['editore'] = 'agency', -- can be either publisher or agency
-- ['editori'] = 'editor', -- can be either editor or publisher
-- ['editorial'] = 'publisher', -- can be either publisher or work
['editoin'] = 'edition', -- misspelling
['editon'] = 'edition', -- misspelling
['editorfirst'] = 'editor-first', -- old parameter name
['editorgiven'] = 'editor-given', -- old parameter name
['editorlast'] = 'editor-last', -- old parameter name
['editorlink'] = 'editor-link', -- old parameter name
['editormask'] = 'editor-mask', -- old parameter name
['editors'] = 'editor', -- old parameter name (can be emulated using multiple singular |editor= params)
['editorsurname'] = 'editor-surname', -- old parameter name
['edizione'] = 'edition', -- Italian
['embargo'] = 'pmc-embargo-date', -- old parameter name
['ended'] = 'date', -- old parameter name (cite serial only)
['en ligne le'] = 'archive-date', -- French
['encyclopædia'] = 'encyclopedia',
['enlaceautor'] = 'author-link', -- Spanish
['enlaceroto'] = 'url-status', -- Spanish
['episodelink'] = 'episode-link', -- old parameter name
['erişimtarihi'] = 'access-date', -- Turkish
['eser'] = 'work', -- Turkish
['family'] = 'surname', -- misguess
['fecha'] = 'date', -- Spanish
['fechaacceso'] = 'access-date', -- Spanish
['fechaarchivo'] = 'archive-date', -- Spanish
['filetype'] = 'format',
['foramt'] = 'format', -- misspelling
['fore-name'] = 'given', -- misguess/misspelling
['forename'] = 'given', -- misguess
['författare'] = 'author', -- Swedish, Norwegian
['formato'] = 'format', -- Spanish, Italian, Polish
['frist'] = 'first', -- misspelling
['fundstelle'] = 'at', -- German
['gazete'] = 'work', -- Turkish
['giornale'] = 'journal', -- Italian
['hämtdatum'] = 'access-date', -- Swedish
['herausgeber'] = 'editor', -- German (singular and plural)
['hrsg'] = 'publisher', -- German
['hrsgreihe'] = 'editor', -- German
['idioma'] = 'language', -- Spanish
['ignore-isbn-error'] = 'isbn', -- old parameter (can be fully emulated using ((syntax)))
['ignoreisbnerror'] = 'isbn', -- old parameter alias (suggest |isbn as |ignore-isbn-error is deprecated), not a direct replacement, but can be fully emulated using ((syntax))
['imię'] = 'first', -- Polish
['in-set'] = 'inset', -- misspelling
['interviewerlink'] = 'interviewer-link', -- old parameter alias
['interviewermask'] = 'interviewer-mask', -- old parameter alias
['isbndefekt'] = 'isbn', -- German (suggest |isbn as |ignore-isbn-error is deprecated), not a direct replacement, but can be fully emulated using ((syntax))
['isbnformalfalsch'] = 'isbn', -- German (suggest |isbn as |ignore-isbn-error is deprecated), not a direct replacement, but can be fully emulated using ((syntax))
['isbnistformalfalsch'] = 'isbn', -- German (suggest |isbn as |ignore-isbn-error is deprecated), not a direct replacement, but can be fully emulated using ((syntax))
['isnb'] = 'isbn', -- misspelling
['issnformalfalsch'] = 'issn', -- German (can be fully emulated using ((syntax)))
['jahr'] = 'date', -- German
['jahrea'] = 'orig-date', -- German (not a direct replacement, but can be emulated)
['kapitel'] = 'chapter', -- German
['langauge'] = 'language', -- misspelling
['langue'] = 'language', -- French
['last-author-amp'] = 'name-list-style', -- old parameter name (as |name-list-style=amp)
['lastauthoramp'] = 'name-list-style', -- old parameter name (as |name-list-style=amp)
['lieu'] = 'location', -- French
['lingua'] = 'language', -- Italian
['lire en ligne'] = 'url', -- French
['lizenznummer'] = 'id', -- German (as 'id=License No. ...')

['loaction'] = 'location', -- misspelling
['local'] = 'location', -- Brazilian Portuguese
['locatoin'] = 'location', -- misspelling
['lugar'] = 'location', -- Spanish
['mailinglist'] = 'mailing-list', -- old parameter name
['mapurl'] = 'map-url', -- old parameter name
['mes'] = 'date', -- Spanish (not a direct replacement)
['mese'] = 'date', -- Italian (not a direct replacement)
['miejsce'] = 'location', -- Polish
['miesiąc'] = 'date', -- Polish
['mois'] = 'date', -- French
['monat'] = 'date', -- German
-- ['name'] = 'author', -- 'name' is often erroneously used for 'title' and 'work' as well, so no suggestion is better than a wrong suggestion
['name-list-format'] = 'name-list-style', -- old parameter name (as |name-list-style=amp)
['nazwisko'] = 'last', -- Polish
['nespaper'] = 'newspaper', -- misspelling
['net-work'] = 'network', -- misspelling
['newpaper'] = 'newspaper', -- misspelling
['news'] = 'newspaper',
['news-group'] = 'newsgroup', -- misspelling
['news-paper'] = 'newspaper', -- misspelling
['no-cat'] = 'no-tracking', -- old parameter
['nocat'] = 'no-tracking', -- old parameter
['nom'] = 'last', -- French
['nombre'] = 'first', -- Spanish
['nome'] = 'first', -- Italian
['nopp'] = 'no-pp', -- old parameter name
['notracking'] = 'no-tracking', -- old parameter
['numero'] = 'number', -- Italian, Spanish
['nummer'] = 'number', -- German
['nummerreihe'] = 'number', -- German
['obra'] = 'work', -- Spanish
['odpowiedzialność'] = 'agency', -- Polish
['offline'] = 'url-status', -- German (as 'url-status=dead')
['online'] = 'url', -- German (not a direct replacement, but can be emulated)
['opera'] = 'work', -- Italian
['opublikowany'] = 'agency', -- Polish
['origdate'] = 'orig-date', -- misspelling
['originaljahr'] = 'orig-date', -- German
['originalort'] = 'publication-place', -- German
['originalsprache'] = 'language', -- German
['originaltitel'] = 'title', -- German (if 'originaltitel' is specified, any possible contents of 'title' should be put in 'trans-title')
['ort'] = 'publication-place', -- German
['ortea'] = 'publication-place', -- German (not a direct replacement, but can be emulated)
['other'] = 'others',
['oznaczenie'] = 'agency', -- Polish
['pagees'] = 'pages', -- misspelling
['pagina'] = 'page', -- Italian
['pagina'] = 'pages', -- Italian
['pagine'] = 'pages', -- Italian
['pagine'] = 'pages', -- Italian
['passage'] = 'pages', -- French
['periodico'] = 'magazine', -- Spanish
['plublisher'] = 'publisher', -- misspelling
['pmcid'] = 'pmc',
['post-script'] = 'postscript', -- misspelling
['praca'] = 'work', -- Polish
['primero'] = 'first', -- Spanish
['prénom'] = 'first', -- French
['prénom1'] = 'first1', -- French
['ps'] = 'postscript',
['pub'] = 'publisher',
-- ['pubblicazione'] = 'magazine', -- could be any kind of work
-- ['publicación'] = 'journal', -- could be any kind of work
['publicationdate'] = 'publication-date', -- old parameter name
-- ['published'] = 'publisher', -- could be date, location, or name of publisher
['publicationplace'] = 'publication-place', -- old parameter name
['pulbication-place'] = 'publication-place', -- misspelling
['página'] = 'page', -- Spanish
['páginas'] = 'pages', -- Spanish
['périodique'] = 'publisher', -- French
['registration'] = 'url-access', -- old parameter name
['reihe'] = 'series', -- German
['retrieved'] = 'access-date', -- old parameter name
['richiestasottoscrizione'] = 'url-access', -- Italian (as |url-access=subscription)
['rivista'] = 'magazine', -- Italian
['rok'] = 'date', -- Polish
['rubrik'] = 'title', -- Swedish
['sammelwerk'] = 'work', -- German
['sayfa'] = 'page', -- Turkish
['sayfalar'] = 'pages', -- Turkish
['sayı'] = 'issue', -- Turkish
['script-post'] = 'postscript', -- misspelling
['script-trans'] = 'transcript', -- misspelling
['season'] = 'date', -- old parameter name (cite serial only)
['sectionurl'] = 'section-url', -- old parameter name
['seiten'] = 'pages', -- German
['seria'] = 'series', -- Spanish, Polish
['serie'] = 'series', -- Italian
['série'] = 'series', -- French
['serieslink'] = 'series-link', -- old parameter name
['seriesno'] = 'series-number', -- old parameter name
['service'] = 'agency',
['sitioweb'] = 'website', -- Spanish
['sito'] = 'website', -- Italian
['soyadı'] = 'last', -- Turkish
['spalten'] = 'at', -- German (not a direct replacement, but can be emulated)
['sprache'] = 'language', -- German
['språk'] = 'language', -- Swedish, Norwegian
['stron'] = 'page', -- Polish
['strony'] = 'pages', -- Polish
['subjectlink'] = 'subject-link', -- old parameter name
['subscription'] = 'url-access', -- old parameter name (emulated as |url-access=subscription)
['sur-name'] = 'surname', -- misspelling
['suscripción'] = 'url-access', -- Spanish, Polish (as |url-access=subscription)
['tag'] = 'date', -- German
['tarih'] = 'date', -- Turkish
['template doc demo'] = 'no-tracking', -- old parameter alias
['tidning'] = 'work', -- Swedish
['tile'] = 'title', -- misspelling
['timecaption'] = 'time-caption', -- old parameter name
['titlelink'] = 'title-link', -- old parameter name
['tipo'] = 'type', -- Italian
['tite'] = 'title', -- misspelling
['titel'] = 'title', -- German
['titel-p'] = 'title', -- German ('postscript=none' should be added as well)
['titelerg'] = 'contribution', -- German (not a direct replacement, but can be emulated)
['titled'] = 'title', -- Brazilian Portuguese
['titolo'] = 'title', -- Italian
['titre'] = 'title', -- French
['trans-script'] = 'transcript', -- misspelling
['trans_chapter'] = 'trans-chapter', -- old parameter alias
['trans_title'] = 'trans-title', -- old parameter alias
['transchapter'] = 'trans-chapter',
['transcripturl'] = 'transcript-url', -- old parameter name
['transscript'] = 'transcript', -- misspelling
['transscript-format'] = 'transcript-format', -- misspelling
['transscript-url'] = 'transcript-url', -- misspelling
['transscripturl'] = 'transcript-url', -- misspelling
['transtitle'] = 'trans-title',
['typ'] = 'author-mask', -- German (not a direct replacement, but the only valid argument 'typ=wl' can be emulated using 'author-mask')
['tytuł'] = 'title', -- Polish
['títle'] = 'title',
['título'] = 'title', -- Spanish
['ubicación'] = 'location', -- Spanish
['urlarchivio'] = 'archive-url', -- Italian
['urlarchivo'] = 'archive-url', -- Spanish
['urlmorto'] = 'url-status', -- Italian
['urn'] = 'id', -- German (as 'id={{URN|...}}')
['v-authors'] = 'vauthors', -- misspelling
['v-editors'] = 'veditors', -- misspelling
['verlag'] = 'publisher', -- German
['verlagea'] = 'publisher', -- German (not a direct replacement, but can be emulated)
['vol'] = 'volume',
['volumen'] = 'volume', -- Spanish
['werk'] = 'work', -- German
['werkerg'] = 'contribution', -- German (not a direct replacement, but can be emulated)
['wkautore'] = 'author-link', -- Italian
['wolumin'] = 'volume', -- Polish
['wydanie'] = 'number', -- Polish
['wydawca'] = 'publisher', -- French
['yardımcıyazarlar'] = 'author', -- Turkish
['yayımcı'] = 'publisher', -- Turkish
['yayıncı'] = 'publisher', -- Turkish
['yazar'] = 'author', -- Turkish
['yazarbağı'] = 'author-link', -- Turkish
['yer'] = 'location', -- Turkish
['yıl'] = 'date', -- Turkish
['zaprezentowany'] = 'publisher', -- French
['zdb'] = 'id', -- German (as 'id={{ZDB|...}}')
['zitat'] = 'quote', -- German
['zugriff'] = 'access-date', -- German
['éditeur'] = 'editor', -- French
['ölüurl'] = 'url-status', -- Turkish
['übersetzer'] = 'translator', -- German (singular and plural)
}

--[[----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Here we use Lua patterns to make suggestions. The form is

['pattern'] = 'correct',

Lua patterns are not REGEX though they are similar. The escape character is '%', not '\'.
For more information about Lua patterns, see: Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Patterns

Patterns should probably always include the '^' and '$' anchor assertions to prevent a partial
match from incorrectly suggesting the wrong parameter name. For instance, the pattern 'a[utho]+r'
matches 'author' in the no-longer-supported parameter |author-separator= so the code suggests
'|author='; the same pattern also matches the no-longer-supported parameter |separator= (returning 'ator')
so again, the code suggests '|author='.

One capture is supported, typically the enumerator from an enumerated parameter (the '6' in |author6=, etc.)
The value from the capture replaces $1 in the 'correct' value.

]]

local patterns = {
['^ac+es+ ?d?a?t?e?$'] = 'access-date', -- misspelling
['^apellido[s]?(%d+)$'] = 'last$1', -- Spanish, enumerated
['^a[utho]+r$'] = 'author', -- misspelling
['^a[utho]+r(%d+)$'] = 'author$1', -- misspelling, enumerated
['^author link(%d+)$'] = 'author-link$1', -- Polish, enumerated
['^autor[e]?(%d+)$'] = 'author$1', -- Italian/Spanish/German, enumerated
['^authorfirst(%d+)$'] = 'author-first$1', -- old parameter name, enumerated
['^author(%d+)first$'] = 'author-first$1', -- old parameter name, enumerated
['^authorgiven(%d+)$'] = 'author-given$1', -- old parameter name, enumerated
['^author(%d+)given$'] = 'author-given$1', -- old parameter name, enumerated
['^authorlast(%d+)$'] = 'author-last$1', -- old parameter name, enumerated
['^author(%d+)last$'] = 'author-last$1', -- old parameter name, enumerated
['^authormask(%d+)$'] = 'author-mask$1', -- old parameter name, enumerated
['^author(%d+)mask$'] = 'author-mask$1', -- old parameter name, enumerated
['^authorsurname(%d+)$'] = 'author-surname$1', -- old parameter name, enumerated
['^author(%d+)surname$'] = 'author-surname$1', -- old parameter name, enumerated
['^cognome(%d+)$'] = 'last$1', -- Italian, enumerated
['^editorfirst(%d+)$'] = 'editor-first$1', -- old parameter name, enumerated
['^editor(%d+)first$'] = 'editor-first$1', -- old parameter name, enumerated
['^editorgiven(%d+)$'] = 'editor-given$1', -- old parameter name, enumerated
['^editor(%d+)given$'] = 'editor-given$1', -- old parameter name, enumerated
['^editorlast(%d+)$'] = 'editor-last$1', -- old parameter name, enumerated
['^editor(%d+)last$'] = 'editor-last$1', -- old parameter name, enumerated
['^editorlink(%d+)$'] = 'editor-link$1', -- old parameter name, enumerated
['^editor(%d+)link$'] = 'editor-link$1', -- old parameter name, enumerated
['^editormask(%d+)$'] = 'editor-mask$1', -- old parameter name, enumerated
['^editor(%d+)mask$'] = 'editor-mask$1', -- old parameter name, enumerated
['^editorsurname(%d+)$'] = 'editor-surname$1', -- old parameter name, enumerated
['^editor(%d+)surname$'] = 'editor-surname$1', -- old parameter name, enumerated
['^enlaceautore(%d+)$'] = 'author-link$1', -- Spanish, enumerated
['^first (%d+)$'] = 'first$1', -- enumerated
['^last (%d+)$'] = 'last$1', -- enumerated
['^nom[e]?(%d+)$'] = 'last$1', -- Italian/French, enumerated
['^nombre(%d+)$'] = 'first$1', -- Spanish, enumerated
['^primero(%d+)$'] = 'first$1', -- Spanish, enumerated
['^pu[blish]+ers?$'] = 'publisher', -- misspelling
['^subjectlink(%d+)$'] = 'subject-link$1', -- old parameter name, enumerated
['^subject(%d+)link$'] = 'subject-link$1', -- old parameter name, enumerated
['^wkautore(%d+)$'] = 'author-link$1', -- Italian, enumerated
}

return {suggestions = suggestions, patterns=patterns};

Module:Citation/CS1/Date validation

2025-11-01T21:42:59Z

Nordiclarpwikiadmin: 1 revision imported

--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
]]

local add_prop_cat, is_set, in_array, set_message, substitute, wrap_style; -- imported functions from selected Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
local cfg; -- table of tables imported from selected Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration

--[[--------------------------< F I L E - S C O P E D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------

File-scope variables are declared here

]]

local lang_object = mw.getContentLanguage(); -- used by is_valid_accessdate(), is_valid_year(), date_name_xlate(); TODO: move to ~/Configuration?
local year_limit; -- used by is_valid_year()

--[=[-----------------------------------------------------------------

returns true if:
Wikipedia start date <= accessdate < today + 2 days

Wikipedia start date is 2001-01-15T00:00:00 UTC which is 979516800 seconds after 1970-01-01T00:00:00 UTC (the start of Unix time)
accessdate is the date provided in |access-date= at time 00:00:00 UTC
today is the current date at time 00:00:00 UTC plus 48 hours
if today is 2015-01-01T00:00:00 then
adding 24 hours gives 2015-01-02T00:00:00 – one second more than today
adding 24 hours gives 2015-01-03T00:00:00 – one second more than tomorrow

This function does not work if it is fed month names for languages other than English. Wikimedia #time: parser
apparently doesn't understand non-English date month names. This function will always return false when the date
contains a non-English month name because good1 is false after the call to lang.formatDate(). To get around that
call this function with YYYY-MM-DD format dates.

]=]

local function is_valid_accessdate (accessdate)
local good1, good2;
local access_ts, tomorrow_ts; -- to hold Unix time stamps representing the dates

good1, access_ts = pcall (lang_object.formatDate, lang_object, 'U', accessdate ); -- convert accessdate value to Unix timestamp
good2, tomorrow_ts = pcall (lang_object.formatDate, lang_object, 'U', 'today + 2 days' ); -- today midnight + 2 days is one second more than all day tomorrow

if good1 and good2 then -- lang.formatDate() returns a timestamp in the local script which which tonumber() may not understand
access_ts = tonumber (access_ts) or lang_object:parseFormattedNumber (access_ts); -- convert to numbers for the comparison;
tomorrow_ts = tonumber (tomorrow_ts) or lang_object:parseFormattedNumber (tomorrow_ts);
else
return false; -- one or both failed to convert to Unix time stamp
end

if 979516800 <= access_ts and access_ts < tomorrow_ts then -- Wikipedia start date <= accessdate < tomorrow's date
return true;
else
return false; -- accessdate out of range
end
end

--[[--------------------------< G E T _ M O N T H _ N U M B E R >----------------------------------------------

returns a number according to the month in a date: 1 for January, etc. Capitalization and spelling must be correct.
If not a valid month, returns 0

]]

local function get_month_number (month)
return cfg.date_names['local'].long[month] or cfg.date_names['local'].short[month] or -- look for local names first
cfg.date_names['en'].long[month] or cfg.date_names['en'].short[month] or -- failing that, look for English names
0; -- not a recognized month name
end

--[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E A S O N _ N U M B E R >--------------------------------------------

returns a number according to the sequence of seasons in a year: 21 for Spring, etc. Capitalization and spelling
must be correct. If not a valid season, returns 0.
21-24 = Spring, Summer, Autumn, Winter, independent of “Hemisphere”

returns 0 when <param> is not |date=

Season numbering is defined by Extended Date/Time Format (EDTF) specification (https://www.loc.gov/standards/datetime/)
which became part of ISO 8601 in 2019. See '§Sub-year groupings'. The standard defines various divisions using
numbers 21-41. cs1|2 only supports generic seasons. EDTF does support the distinction between north and south
hemisphere seasons but cs1|2 has no way to make that distinction.

These additional divisions not currently supported:
25-28 = Spring - Northern Hemisphere, Summer- Northern Hemisphere, Autumn - Northern Hemisphere, Winter - Northern Hemisphere
29-32 = Spring – Southern Hemisphere, Summer– Southern Hemisphere, Autumn – Southern Hemisphere, Winter - Southern Hemisphere
33-36 = Quarter 1, Quarter 2, Quarter 3, Quarter 4 (3 months each)
37-39 = Quadrimester 1, Quadrimester 2, Quadrimester 3 (4 months each)
40-41 = Semestral 1, Semestral-2 (6 months each)

]]

local function get_season_number (season, param)
if 'date' ~= param then
return 0; -- season dates only supported by |date=
end
return cfg.date_names['local'].season[season] or -- look for local names first
cfg.date_names['en'].season[season] or -- failing that, look for English names
0; -- not a recognized season name
end

--[[--------------------------< G E T _ Q U A R T E R _ N U M B E R >------------------------------------------

returns a number according to the sequence of quarters in a year: 33 for first quarter, etc. Capitalization and spelling
must be correct. If not a valid quarter, returns 0.
33-36 = Quarter 1, Quarter 2, Quarter 3, Quarter 4 (3 months each)

returns 0 when <param> is not |date=

Quarter numbering is defined by Extended Date/Time Format (EDTF) specification (https://www.loc.gov/standards/datetime/)
which became part of ISO 8601 in 2019. See '§Sub-year groupings'. The standard defines various divisions using
numbers 21-41. cs1|2 only supports generic seasons and quarters.

These additional divisions not currently supported:
37-39 = Quadrimester 1, Quadrimester 2, Quadrimester 3 (4 months each)
40-41 = Semestral 1, Semestral-2 (6 months each)

]]

local function get_quarter_number (quarter, param)
if 'date' ~= param then
return 0; -- quarter dates only supported by |date=
end
quarter = mw.ustring.gsub (quarter, ' +', ' '); -- special case replace multiple space chars with a single space char
return cfg.date_names['local'].quarter[quarter] or -- look for local names first
cfg.date_names['en'].quarter[quarter] or -- failing that, look for English names
0; -- not a recognized quarter name
end

--[[--------------------------< G E T _ P R O P E R _ N A M E _ N U M B E R >----------------------------------

returns a non-zero number if date contains a recognized proper-name. Capitalization and spelling must be correct.

returns 0 when <param> is not |date=

]]

local function get_proper_name_number (name, param)
if 'date' ~= param then
return 0; -- proper-name dates only supported by |date=
end
return cfg.date_names['local'].named[name] or -- look for local names dates first
cfg.date_names['en'].named[name] or -- failing that, look for English names
0; -- not a recognized named date
end

--[[--------------------------< G E T _ E L E M E N T _ N U M B E R <------------------------------------------

returns true if month or season or quarter or proper name is valid (properly spelled, capitalized, abbreviated)

]]

local function get_element_number (element, param)
local num;

local funcs = {get_month_number, get_season_number, get_quarter_number, get_proper_name_number}; -- list of functions to execute in order

for _, func in ipairs (funcs) do -- spin through the function list
num = func (element, param); -- call the function and get the returned number
if 0 ~= num then -- non-zero when valid month season quarter
return num; -- return that number
end
end
return nil; -- not valid
end

--[[------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Function gets current year from the server and compares it to year from a citation parameter. Years more than one
year in the future are not acceptable.

Special case for |pmc-embargo-date=: years more than two years in the future are not acceptable

]]

local function is_valid_year (year, param)
if not is_set (year_limit) then
year_limit = tonumber(os.date("%Y"))+1; -- global variable so we only have to fetch it once
end

year = tonumber (year) or lang_object:parseFormattedNumber (year); -- convert to number for the comparison
if year and (100 > year) then -- years less than 100 not supported
return false;
end

if 'pmc-embargo-date' == param then -- special case for |pmc-embargo-date=
return year and (year <= tonumber(os.date("%Y"))+2) or false; -- years more than two years in the future are not accepted
end
return year and (year <= year_limit) or false;
end

--[[------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Returns true if day is less than or equal to the number of days in month and year is no farther into the future
than next year; else returns false.

Assumes Julian calendar prior to year 1582 and Gregorian calendar thereafter. Accounts for Julian calendar leap
years before 1582 and Gregorian leap years after 1582. Where the two calendars overlap (1582 to approximately
1923) dates are assumed to be Gregorian.

]]

local function is_valid_date (year, month, day, param)
local days_in_month = {31, 28, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31};
local month_length;
if not is_valid_year (year, param) then -- no farther into the future than next year except |pmc-embargo-date= no more than two years in the future
return false;
end

month = tonumber (month); -- required for YYYY-MM-DD dates

if (2 == month) then -- if February
month_length = 28; -- then 28 days unless
if 1582 > tonumber(year) then -- Julian calendar
if 0 == (year%4) then -- is a leap year?
month_length = 29; -- if leap year then 29 days in February
end
else -- Gregorian calendar
if (0 == (year%4) and (0 ~= (year%100) or 0 == (year%400))) then -- is a leap year?
month_length = 29; -- if leap year then 29 days in February
end
end
else
month_length = days_in_month[month];
end

if tonumber (day) > month_length then
return false;
end
return true;
end

--[[----------------------------------------------------

Months in a range are expected to have the same style: Jan–Mar or October–December but not February–Mar or Jul–August.
This function looks in cfg.date_names{} to see if both month names are listed in the long subtable or both are
listed in the short subtable. When both have the same style (both are listed in the same table), returns true; false else

]]

local function is_valid_month_range_style (month1, month2)
if (cfg.date_names.en.long[month1] and cfg.date_names.en.long[month2]) or -- are both English names listed in the long subtable?
(cfg.date_names.en.short[month1] and cfg.date_names.en.short[month2]) or -- are both English names listed in the short subtable?
(cfg.date_names['local'].long[month1] and cfg.date_names['local'].long[month2]) or -- are both local names listed in the long subtable?
(cfg.date_names['local'].short[month1] and cfg.date_names['local'].short[month2]) then -- are both local names listed in the short subtable?
return true;
end
return false; -- names are mixed
end

--[[--------------------------------------------------

Check a pair of months or seasons to see if both are valid members of a month or season pair.

Month pairs are expected to be left to right, earliest to latest in time.

All season ranges are accepted as valid because there are publishers out there who have published a Summer–Spring YYYY issue, hence treat as ok

]]

local function is_valid_month_season_range(range_start, range_end, param)
local range_start_number = get_month_number (range_start);
local range_end_number;

if 0 == range_start_number then -- is this a month range?
range_start_number = get_season_number (range_start, param); -- not a month; is it a season? get start season number
range_end_number = get_season_number (range_end, param); -- get end season number

if (0 ~= range_start_number) and (0 ~= range_end_number) and (range_start_number ~= range_end_number) then
return true; -- any season pairing is accepted except when both are the same
end
return false; -- range_start and/or range_end is not a season
end
-- here when range_start is a month
range_end_number = get_month_number (range_end); -- get end month number
if range_start_number < range_end_number and -- range_start is a month; does range_start precede range_end?
is_valid_month_range_style (range_start, range_end) then -- do months have the same style?
return true; -- proper order and same style
end
return false; -- range_start month number is greater than or equal to range end number; or range end isn't a month
end

--[[--------------------------< M A K E _ C O I N S _ D A T E >------------------------------------------------

This function receives a table of date parts for one or two dates and an empty table reference declared in
Module:Citation/CS1. The function is called only for |date= parameters and only if the |date=<value> is
determined to be a valid date format. The question of what to do with invalid date formats is not answered here.

The date parts in the input table are converted to an ISO 8601 conforming date string:
single whole dates: yyyy-mm-dd
month and year dates: yyyy-mm
year dates: yyyy
ranges: yyyy-mm-dd/yyyy-mm-dd
yyyy-mm/yyyy-mm
yyyy/yyyy

Dates in the Julian calendar are reduced to year or year/year so that we don't have to do calendar conversion from
Julian to Proleptic Gregorian.

The input table has:
year, year2 – always present; if before 1582, ignore months and days if present
month, month2 – 0 if not provided, 1-12 for months, 21-24 for seasons; 99 Christmas
day, day2 – 0 if not provided, 1-31 for days

the output table receives:
rftdate: an ISO 8601 formatted date
rftchron: a free-form version of the date, usually without year which is in rftdate (season ranges and proper-name dates)
rftssn: one of four season keywords: winter, spring, summer, fall (lowercase)
rftquarter: one of four values: 1, 2, 3, 4

]]

local function make_COinS_date (input, tCOinS_date)
local date; -- one date or first date in a range
local date2 = ''; -- end of range date
input.year = tonumber (input.year) or lang_object:parseFormattedNumber (input.year); -- language-aware tonumber()
input.year2 = tonumber (input.year2) or lang_object:parseFormattedNumber (input.year2); -- COinS dates are pseudo-ISO 8601 so convert to Arabic numerals

if ((1582 == input.year) and (10 > tonumber(input.month))) or (1582 > input.year) then -- if a Julian calendar date
tCOinS_date.rftdate = tostring (input.year); -- &rft.date gets year only
return; -- done
end
-- here for all forms of Gregorian dates
if 20 < tonumber (input.month) then -- if season, quarter, or proper-name date
date = input.year; -- &rft.date gets year only
if 0 ~= input.year2 and input.year ~= input.year2 then -- if a range, only the second year portion when not the same as range start year
date = string.format ('%.4d/%.4d', input.year, input.year2) -- assemble the date range
end

local season = {[24] = 'winter', [21] = 'spring', [22] = 'summer', [23] = 'fall', [33] = '1', [34] = '2', [35] = '3', [36] = '4', [98] = 'Easter', [99] = 'Christmas'}; -- seasons lowercase, no autumn; proper-names use title case
if 0 == input.month2 then -- single season, quarter, or proper-name date
if 40 < tonumber(input.month) then
tCOinS_date.rftchron = season[input.month]; -- proper-name date; used in journal metadata only
elseif 30 < tonumber(input.month) then
tCOinS_date.rftquarter = season[input.month]; -- quarter date; used in journal metadata only
else
tCOinS_date.rftssn = season[input.month]; -- season date; used in journal metadata only
end
else -- season ranges are lumped into &rft.chron; &rft.ssn and &rft.quarter are left blank
if input.year ~= input.year2 then -- season year – season year range or season year–year
if 0 ~= input.month2 then
tCOinS_date.rftchron = string.format ('%s %s – %s %s', season[input.month], input.year, season[input.month2], input.year2); -- used in journal metadata only
end
else -- season–season year range
tCOinS_date.rftchron = season[input.month] .. '–' .. season[input.month2]; -- season–season year range; used in journal metadata only
end
end

tCOinS_date.rftdate = tostring (date);
return; -- done
end
-- here for gregorian calendar dates
if 0 ~= input.day then
date = string.format ('%s-%.2d-%.2d', input.year, tonumber(input.month), tonumber(input.day)); -- whole date
elseif 0 ~= input.month then
date = string.format ('%s-%.2d', input.year, tonumber(input.month)); -- year and month
else
date = string.format ('%s', input.year); -- just year
end

if 0 ~= input.year2 then
if 0 ~= input.day2 then
date2 = string.format ('/%s-%.2d-%.2d', input.year2, tonumber(input.month2), tonumber(input.day2)); -- whole date
elseif 0 ~= input.month2 then
date2 = string.format ('/%s-%.2d', input.year2, tonumber(input.month2)); -- year and month
else
date2 = string.format ('/%s', input.year2); -- just year
end
end

tCOinS_date.rftdate = date .. date2; -- date2 has the '/' separator
return;
end

--[[------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

this is the list of patterns for date formats that this module recognizes. Approximately the first half of these
patterns represent formats that might be reformatted into another format. Those that might be reformatted have
'indicator' letters that identify the content of the matching capture: 'd' (day), 'm' (month), 'a' (anchor year),
'y' (year); second day, month, year have a '2' suffix.

These patterns are used for both date validation and for reformatting. This table should not be moved to ~/Configuration
because changes to this table require changes to check_date() and to reformatter() and reformat_date()

]]

local patterns_t = {
-- year-initial numerical year-month-day
['ymd'] = {'^([1-9]%d%d%d)%-(%d%d)%-(%d%d)$', 'y', 'm', 'd'},
-- month-initial: month day, year
['Mdy'] = {'^(%D-) +([1-9]%d?), +(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$', 'm', 'd', 'a', 'y'},
-- month-initial day range: month day–day, year; days are separated by endash
['Md-dy'] = {'^(%D-) +([1-9]%d?)[%-–]([1-9]%d?), +(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$', 'm', 'd', 'd2', 'a', 'y'},
-- day-initial: day month year
['dMy'] = {'^([1-9]%d?) +(%D-) +(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$', 'd', 'm', 'a', 'y'},
-- year-initial: year month day; day: 1 or 2 two digits, leading zero allowed; not supported at en.wiki
-- ['yMd'] = {'^(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?) +(%D-) +(%d%d?)$', 'a', 'y', 'm', 'd'},
-- day-range-initial: day–day month year; days are separated by endash
['d-dMy'] = {'^([1-9]%d?)[%-–]([1-9]%d?) +(%D-) +(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$', 'd', 'd2', 'm', 'a', 'y'},
-- day initial month-day-range: day month - day month year; uses spaced endash
['dM-dMy'] = {'^([1-9]%d?) +(%D-) +[%-–] +([1-9]%d?) +(%D-) +(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$', 'd', 'm', 'd2', 'm2', 'a', 'y'},
-- month initial month-day-range: month day – month day, year; uses spaced endash
['Md-Mdy'] = {'^(%D-) +([1-9]%d?) +[%-–] +(%D-) +([1-9]%d?), +(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$','m', 'd', 'm2', 'd2', 'a', 'y'},
-- day initial month-day-year-range: day month year - day month year; uses spaced endash
['dMy-dMy'] = {'^([1-9]%d?) +(%D-) +([1-9]%d%d%d?) +[%-–] +([1-9]%d?) +(%D-) +(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$', 'd', 'm', 'y', 'd2', 'm2', 'a', 'y2'},
-- month initial month-day-year-range: month day, year – month day, year; uses spaced endash
['Mdy-Mdy'] = {'^(%D-) +([1-9]%d?), +([1-9]%d%d%d?) +[%-–] +(%D-) +([1-9]%d?), +(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$', 'm', 'd', 'y', 'm2', 'd2', 'a', 'y2'},

-- these date formats cannot be converted, per se, but month name can be rendered short or long
-- month/season year - month/season year; separated by spaced endash
['My-My'] = {'^(%D-) +([1-9]%d%d%d?) +[%-–] +(%D-) +(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$', 'm', 'y', 'm2', 'a', 'y2'},
-- month/season range year; months separated by endash
['M-My'] = {'^(%D-)[%-–](%D-) +(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$', 'm', 'm2', 'a', 'y'},
-- month/season year or proper-name year; quarter year when First Quarter YYYY etc.
['My'] = {'^([^%d–]-) +(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$', 'm', 'a', 'y'}, -- this way because endash is a member of %D; %D- will match January–March 2019 when it shouldn't

-- these date formats cannot be converted
['Sy4-y2'] = {'^(%D-) +(([1-9]%d)%d%d)[%-–]((%d%d)%a?)$'}, -- special case Winter/Summer year-year (YYYY-YY); year separated with unspaced endash
['Sy-y'] = {'^(%D-) +([1-9]%d%d%d?)[%-–](([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$'}, -- special case Winter/Summer year-year; year separated with unspaced endash
['y-y'] = {'^([1-9]%d%d%d?)[%-–](([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$'}, -- year range: YYY-YYY or YYY-YYYY or YYYY–YYYY; separated by unspaced endash; 100-9999
['y4-y2'] = {'^(([1-9]%d)%d%d)[%-–]((%d%d)%a?)$'}, -- year range: YYYY–YY; separated by unspaced endash
['y'] = {'^(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$'}, -- year; here accept either YYY or YYYY
}

--[[--------------------------------------------------------------

returns true and date value if that value has proper dmy, mdy, ymd format.

returns false and 9999 (embargoed forever) when date value is not proper format; assumes that when |pmc-embargo-date= is
set, the editor intended to embargo a PMC but |pmc-embargo-date= does not hold a single date.

]]

local function is_valid_embargo_date (v)
if v:match (patterns_t['ymd'][1]) or -- ymd
v:match (patterns_t['Mdy'][1]) or -- dmy
v:match (patterns_t['dMy'][1]) then -- mdy
return true, v;
end
return false, '9999'; -- if here not good date so return false and set embargo date to long time in future
end

--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ D A T E >----------------------------------------------------------

Check date format to see that it is one of the formats approved by WP:DATESNO or WP:DATERANGE. Exception: only
allowed range separator is endash. Additionally, check the date to see that it is a real date: no 31 in 30-day
months; no 29 February when not a leap year. Months, both long-form and three character abbreviations, and seasons
must be spelled correctly. Future years beyond next year are not allowed.

If the date fails the format tests, this function returns false and does not return values for anchor_year and
COinS_date. When this happens, the date parameter is (DEBUG: not?) used in the COinS metadata and the CITEREF identifier gets
its year from the year parameter if present otherwise CITEREF does not get a date value.

Inputs:
date_string - date string from date-holding parameters (date, year, publication-date, access-date, pmc-embargo-date, archive-date, lay-date)

Returns:
false if date string is not a real date; else
true, anchor_year, COinS_date
anchor_year can be used in CITEREF anchors
COinS_date is ISO 8601 format date; see make_COInS_date()

]]

local function check_date (date_string, param, tCOinS_date)
local year; -- assume that year2, months, and days are not used;
local year2 = 0; -- second year in a year range
local month = 0;
local month2 = 0; -- second month in a month range
local day = 0;
local day2 = 0; -- second day in a day range
local anchor_year;
local coins_date;

if date_string:match (patterns_t['ymd'][1]) then -- year-initial numerical year month day format
year, month, day = date_string:match (patterns_t['ymd'][1]);
if 12 < tonumber(month) or 1 > tonumber(month) or 1582 > tonumber(year) or 0 == tonumber(day) then return false; end -- month or day number not valid or not Gregorian calendar
anchor_year = year;

elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['Mdy'][1]) then -- month-initial: month day, year
month, day, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['Mdy'][1]);
month = get_month_number (month);
if 0 == month then return false; end -- return false if month text isn't one of the twelve months

elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['Md-dy'][1]) then -- month-initial day range: month day–day, year; days are separated by endash
month, day, day2, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['Md-dy'][1]);
if tonumber(day) >= tonumber(day2) then return false; end -- date range order is left to right: earlier to later; dates may not be the same;
month = get_month_number (month);
if 0 == month then return false; end -- return false if month text isn't one of the twelve months
month2=month; -- for metadata
year2 = year;

elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['dMy'][1]) then -- day-initial: day month year
day, month, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['dMy'][1]);
month = get_month_number (month);
if 0 == month then return false; end -- return false if month text isn't one of the twelve months

--[[ NOT supported at en.wiki
elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['yMd'][1]) then -- year-initial: year month day; day: 1 or 2 two digits, leading zero allowed
anchor_year, year, month, day = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['yMd'][1]);
month = get_month_number (month);
if 0 == month then return false; end -- return false if month text isn't one of the twelve months
-- end NOT supported at en.wiki ]]

elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['d-dMy'][1]) then -- day-range-initial: day–day month year; days are separated by endash
day, day2, month, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['d-dMy'][1]);
if tonumber(day) >= tonumber(day2) then return false; end -- date range order is left to right: earlier to later; dates may not be the same;
month = get_month_number (month);
if 0 == month then return false; end -- return false if month text isn't one of the twelve months
month2 = month; -- for metadata
year2 = year;

elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['dM-dMy'][1]) then -- day initial month-day-range: day month - day month year; uses spaced endash
day, month, day2, month2, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['dM-dMy'][1]);
if (not is_valid_month_season_range(month, month2)) or not is_valid_year(year) then return false; end -- date range order is left to right: earlier to later;
month = get_month_number (month); -- for metadata
month2 = get_month_number (month2);
year2 = year;

elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['Md-Mdy'][1]) then -- month initial month-day-range: month day – month day, year; uses spaced endash
month, day, month2, day2, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['Md-Mdy'][1]);
if (not is_valid_month_season_range(month, month2, param)) or not is_valid_year(year) then return false; end
month = get_month_number (month); -- for metadata
month2 = get_month_number (month2);
year2 = year;

elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['dMy-dMy'][1]) then -- day initial month-day-year-range: day month year - day month year; uses spaced endash
day, month, year, day2, month2, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['dMy-dMy'][1]);
if tonumber(year2) <= tonumber(year) then return false; end -- must be sequential years, left to right, earlier to later
if not is_valid_year(year2) or not is_valid_month_range_style(month, month2) then return false; end -- year2 no more than one year in the future; months same style
month = get_month_number (month); -- for metadata
month2 = get_month_number (month2);
if 0 == month or 0 == month2 then return false; end -- both must be valid

elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['Mdy-Mdy'][1]) then -- month initial month-day-year-range: month day, year – month day, year; uses spaced endash
month, day, year, month2, day2, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['Mdy-Mdy'][1]);
if tonumber(year2) <= tonumber(year) then return false; end -- must be sequential years, left to right, earlier to later
if not is_valid_year(year2) or not is_valid_month_range_style(month, month2) then return false; end -- year2 no more than one year in the future; months same style
month = get_month_number (month); -- for metadata
month2 = get_month_number(month2);
if 0 == month or 0 == month2 then return false; end -- both must be valid

elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['Sy4-y2'][1]) then -- special case Winter/Summer year-year (YYYY-YY); year separated with unspaced endash
local century;
month, year, century, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['Sy4-y2'][1]);
if 'Winter' ~= month and 'Summer' ~= month then return false end; -- 'month' can only be Winter or Summer
anchor_year = year .. '–' .. anchor_year; -- assemble anchor_year from both years
year2 = century..year2; -- add the century to year2 for comparisons
if 1 ~= tonumber(year2) - tonumber(year) then return false; end -- must be sequential years, left to right, earlier to later
if not is_valid_year(year2) then return false; end -- no year farther in the future than next year
month = get_season_number(month, param);

elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['Sy-y'][1]) then -- special case Winter/Summer year-year; year separated with unspaced endash
month, year, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['Sy-y'][1]);
month = get_season_number (month, param); -- <month> can only be winter or summer; also for metadata
if (month ~= cfg.date_names['en'].season['Winter']) and (month ~= cfg.date_names['en'].season['Summer']) then
return false; -- not Summer or Winter; abandon
end
anchor_year = year .. '–' .. anchor_year; -- assemble anchor_year from both years
if 1 ~= tonumber(year2) - tonumber(year) then return false; end -- must be sequential years, left to right, earlier to later
if not is_valid_year(year2) then return false; end -- no year farther in the future than next year

elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['My-My'][1]) then -- month/season year - month/season year; separated by spaced endash
month, year, month2, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['My-My'][1]);
anchor_year = year .. '–' .. anchor_year; -- assemble anchor_year from both years
if tonumber(year) >= tonumber(year2) then return false; end -- left to right, earlier to later, not the same
if not is_valid_year(year2) then return false; end -- no year farther in the future than next year
if 0 ~= get_month_number(month) and 0 ~= get_month_number(month2) and is_valid_month_range_style(month, month2) then -- both must be month year, same month style
month = get_month_number(month);
month2 = get_month_number(month2);
elseif 0 ~= get_season_number(month, param) and 0 ~= get_season_number(month2, param) then -- both must be season year, not mixed
month = get_season_number(month, param);
month2 = get_season_number(month2, param);
else
return false;
end

elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['M-My'][1]) then -- month/season range year; months separated by endash
month, month2, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['M-My'][1]);
if (not is_valid_month_season_range(month, month2, param)) or (not is_valid_year(year)) then return false; end
if 0 ~= get_month_number(month) then -- determined to be a valid range so just check this one to know if month or season
month = get_month_number(month);
month2 = get_month_number(month2);
if 0 == month or 0 == month2 then return false; end
else
month = get_season_number(month, param);
month2 = get_season_number(month2, param);
end
year2 = year;

elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['My'][1]) then -- month/season/quarter/proper-name year
month, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['My'][1]);
if not is_valid_year(year) then return false; end
month = get_element_number(month, param); -- get month season quarter proper-name number or nil
if not month then return false; end -- not valid whatever it is

elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['y-y'][1]) then -- Year range: YYY-YYY or YYY-YYYY or YYYY–YYYY; separated by unspaced endash; 100-9999
year, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['y-y'][1]);
anchor_year = year .. '–' .. anchor_year; -- assemble anchor year from both years
if tonumber(year) >= tonumber(year2) then return false; end -- left to right, earlier to later, not the same
if not is_valid_year(year2) then return false; end -- no year farther in the future than next year

elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['y4-y2'][1]) then -- Year range: YYYY–YY; separated by unspaced endash
local century;
year, century, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['y4-y2'][1]);
anchor_year = year .. '–' .. anchor_year; -- assemble anchor year from both years

if 13 > tonumber(year2) then return false; end -- don't allow 2003-05 which might be May 2003
year2 = century .. year2; -- add the century to year2 for comparisons
if tonumber(year) >= tonumber(year2) then return false; end -- left to right, earlier to later, not the same
if not is_valid_year(year2) then return false; end -- no year farther in the future than next year

if in_array (param, {'date', 'publication-date', 'year'}) then -- here when 'valid' abbreviated year range; if one of these parameters
add_prop_cat ('year-range-abbreviated'); -- add properties cat
end

elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['y'][1]) then -- year; here accept either YYY or YYYY
anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['y'][1]);
if false == is_valid_year(year) then
return false;
end

else
return false; -- date format not one of the MOS:DATE approved formats
end

if param ~= 'date' then -- CITEREF disambiguation only allowed in |date=; |year= & |publication-date= promote to date
if anchor_year:match ('%l$') then
return false;
end
end

if 'access-date' == param then -- test access-date here because we have numerical date parts
if 0 ~= year and 0 ~= month and 0 ~= day and -- all parts of a single date required
0 == year2 and 0 == month2 and 0 == day2 then -- none of these; access-date must not be a range
if not is_valid_accessdate(year .. '-' .. month .. '-' .. day) then
return false; -- return false when access-date out of bounds
end
else
return false; -- return false when access-date is a range of two dates
end
end

if 'archive-date' == param then -- test archive-date here because we have numerical date parts
if not (0 ~= year and 0 ~= month and 0 ~= day and -- all parts of a single date required
0 == year2 and 0 == month2 and 0 == day2) then -- none of these; archive-date must not be a range
return false; -- return false when archive-date is a range of two dates
end
end

local result=true; -- check whole dates for validity; assume true because not all dates will go through this test
if 0 ~= year and 0 ~= month and 0 ~= day and 0 == year2 and 0 == month2 and 0 == day2 then -- YMD (simple whole date)
result = is_valid_date (year, month, day, param); -- <param> for |pmc-embargo-date=

elseif 0 ~= year and 0 ~= month and 0 ~= day and 0 == year2 and 0 == month2 and 0 ~= day2 then -- YMD-d (day range)
result = is_valid_date (year, month, day);
result = result and is_valid_date (year, month, day2);

elseif 0 ~= year and 0 ~= month and 0 ~= day and 0 == year2 and 0 ~= month2 and 0 ~= day2 then -- YMD-md (day month range)
result = is_valid_date (year, month, day);
result = result and is_valid_date (year, month2, day2);

elseif 0 ~= year and 0 ~= month and 0 ~= day and 0 ~= year2 and 0 ~= month2 and 0 ~= day2 then -- YMD-ymd (day month year range)
result = is_valid_date(year, month, day);
result = result and is_valid_date(year2, month2, day2);
end

if false == result then return false; end

if nil ~= tCOinS_date then -- this table only passed into this function when testing |date= parameter values
make_COinS_date ({year = year, month = month, day = day, year2 = year2, month2 = month2, day2 = day2}, tCOinS_date); -- make an ISO 8601 date string for COinS
end

return true, anchor_year; -- format is good and date string represents a real date
end

--[[--------------------------< D A T E S >--------------------------------------------------------------------

Cycle the date-holding parameters in passed table date_parameters_list through check_date() to check compliance with MOS:DATE. For all valid dates, check_date() returns
true. The |date= parameter test is unique, it is the only date holding parameter from which values for anchor_year (used in CITEREF identifiers) and COinS_date (used in
the COinS metadata) are derived. The |date= parameter is the only date-holding parameter that is allowed to contain the no-date keywords "n.d." or "nd" (without quotes).

Unlike most error messages created in this module, only one error message is created by this function. Because all of the date holding parameters are processed serially,
parameters with errors are added to the <error_list> sequence table as the dates are tested.

]]

local function dates(date_parameters_list, tCOinS_date, error_list)
local anchor_year; -- will return as nil if the date being tested is not |date=
local COinS_date; -- will return as nil if the date being tested is not |date=
local embargo_date; -- if embargo date is a good dmy, mdy, ymd date then holds original value else reset to 9999
local good_date = false;

for k, v in pairs(date_parameters_list) do -- for each date-holding parameter in the list
if is_set(v.val) then -- if the parameter has a value
v.val = mw.ustring.gsub(v.val, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits); -- translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9
if v.val:match("^c%. [1-9]%d%d%d?%a?$") then -- special case for c. year or with or without CITEREF disambiguator - only |date= and |year=
local year = v.val:match("c%. ([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?"); -- get the year portion so it can be tested
if 'date' == k then
anchor_year, COinS_date = v.val:match("((c%. [1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)"); -- anchor year and COinS_date only from |date= parameter
good_date = is_valid_year(year);
elseif 'year' == k then
good_date = is_valid_year(year);
end
elseif 'date' == k then -- if the parameter is |date=
if v.val:match("^n%.d%.%a?$") then -- ToDo: I18N -- if |date=n.d. with or without a CITEREF disambiguator
good_date, anchor_year, COinS_date = true, v.val:match("((n%.d%.)%a?)"); -- ToDo: I18N -- "n.d."; no error when date parameter is set to no date
elseif v.val:match("^nd%a?$") then -- ToDo: I18N -- if |date=nd with or without a CITEREF disambiguator
good_date, anchor_year, COinS_date = true, v.val:match("((nd)%a?)"); -- ToDo: I18N -- "nd"; no error when date parameter is set to no date
else
good_date, anchor_year, COinS_date = check_date (v.val, k, tCOinS_date); -- go test the date
end
elseif 'year' == k then -- if the parameter is |year= it should hold only a year value
if v.val:match("^[1-9]%d%d%d?%a?$") then -- if |year = 3 or 4 digits only with or without a CITEREF disambiguator
good_date, anchor_year, COinS_date = true, v.val:match("((%d+)%a?)");
end
elseif 'pmc-embargo-date' == k then -- if the parameter is |pmc-embargo-date=
good_date = check_date (v.val, k); -- go test the date
if true == good_date then -- if the date is a valid date
good_date, embargo_date = is_valid_embargo_date (v.val); -- is |pmc-embargo-date= date a single dmy, mdy, or ymd formatted date? yes: returns embargo date; no: returns 9999
end
else -- any other date-holding parameter
good_date = check_date (v.val, k); -- go test the date
end
if false == good_date then -- assemble one error message so we don't add the tracking category multiple times
table.insert (error_list, wrap_style ('parameter', v.name)); -- make parameter name suitable for error message list
end
end
end
return anchor_year, embargo_date; -- and done
end

--[[--------------------------< Y E A R _ C H E C K >----------------------------------------------------------

Temporary function to test |year= for acceptable values:
YYY, YYYY, year-only ranges, their circa forms, with or without CITEREF disambiguators.

When |year= holds some form of date that is not one of these year-only dates, emit a maintenance message.

This function necessary because many non-cs1|2 templates have a |year= parameter so cirrus searches are more-or-
less useless

]]

local function year_check (year)
year = year:gsub ('c%. *', ''); -- remove circa annotation (if present) before testing <year>

for _, index in ipairs ({'y-y', 'y4-y2', 'y'}) do -- spin through these indexes into patterns_t
if mw.ustring.match (year, patterns_t[index][1]) then
return; -- if a match then |year= holds a valid 'year'
end
end

set_message ('maint_year'); -- if here, |year= value is not an accepted value; add a maint cat
end

--[[--------------------------< Y E A R _ D A T E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------------

Compare the value provided in |year= with the year value(s) provided in |date=. This function sets a local numeric value:
0 - year value does not match the year value in date
1 - (default) year value matches the year value in date or one of the year values when date contains two years
2 - year value matches the year value in date when date is in the form YYYY-MM-DD and year is disambiguated (|year=YYYYx)

the numeric value in <result> determines the 'output' if any from this function:
0 – adds error message to error_list sequence table
1 – adds maint cat
2 – does nothing

]]

local function year_date_check (year_string, year_origin, date_string, date_origin, error_list)
local year;
local date1;
local date2;
local result = 1; -- result of the test; assume that the test passes

year = year_string:match ('(%d%d%d%d?)');

if date_string:match ('%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d') then --special case where both date and year are required YYYY-MM-DD and YYYYx
date1 = date_string:match ('(%d%d%d%d)');
year = year_string:match ('(%d%d%d%d)');
if year ~= date1 then
result = 0; -- years don't match
elseif year_string:match ('%d%d%d%d%a') then
result = 2; -- years match; but because disambiguated, don't add to maint cat
end

elseif date_string:match ("%d%d%d%d?.-%d%d%d%d?") then -- any of the standard range formats of date with two three- or four-digit years
date1, date2 = date_string:match ("(%d%d%d%d?).-(%d%d%d%d?)");
if year ~= date1 and year ~= date2 then
result = 0;
end

elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, "%d%d%d%d[%-–]%d%d") then -- YYYY-YY date ranges
local century;
date1, century, date2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, "((%d%d)%d%d)[%-–]+(%d%d)");
date2 = century..date2; -- convert YY to YYYY
if year ~= date1 and year ~= date2 then
result = 0;
end

elseif date_string:match ("%d%d%d%d?") then -- any of the standard formats of date with one year
date1 = date_string:match ("(%d%d%d%d?)");
if year ~= date1 then
result = 0;
end
else -- should never get here; this function called only when no other date errors
result = 0; -- no recognizable year in date
end

if 0 == result then -- year / date mismatch
table.insert (error_list, substitute (cfg.messages['mismatch'], {year_origin, date_origin})); -- add error message to error_list sequence table
elseif 1 == result then -- redundant year / date
set_message ('maint_date_year'); -- add a maint cat
end
end

--[[--------------------------< R E F O R M A T T E R >--------------------------------------------------------

reformat 'date' into new format specified by format_param if pattern_idx (the current format of 'date') can be
reformatted. Does the grunt work for reformat_dates().

The table re_formats maps pattern_idx (current format) and format_param (desired format) to a table that holds:
format string used by string.format()
identifier letters ('d', 'm', 'y', 'd2', 'm2', 'y2') that serve as indexes into a table t{} that holds captures
from mw.ustring.match() for the various date parts specified by patterns_t[pattern_idx][1]

Items in patterns_t{} have the general form:
['ymd'] = {'^(%d%d%d%d)%-(%d%d)%-(%d%d)$', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, where:
['ymd'] is pattern_idx
patterns_t['ymd'][1] is the match pattern with captures for mw.ustring.match()
patterns_t['ymd'][2] is an indicator letter identifying the content of the first capture
patterns_t['ymd'][3] ... the second capture etc.

when a pattern matches a date, the captures are loaded into table t{} in capture order using the idemtifier
characters as indexes into t{} For the above, a ymd date is in t{} as:
t.y = first capture (year), t.m = second capture (month), t.d = third capture (day)

To reformat, this function is called with the pattern_idx that matches the current format of the date and with
format_param set to the desired format. This function loads table t{} as described and then calls string.format()
with the format string specified by re_format[pattern_idx][format_param][1] using values taken from t{} according
to the capture identifier letters specified by patterns_t[pattern_idx][format_param][n] where n is 2..

]]

local re_formats = {
['ymd'] = { -- date format is ymd; reformat to:
['mdy'] = {'%s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'y'}, -- |df=mdy
['dmy'] = {'%s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'y'}, -- |df=dmy
-- ['yMd'] = {'%s %s %s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=yMd; not supported at en.wiki
},
['Mdy'] = { -- date format is Mdy; reformat to:
['mdy'] = {'%s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'y'}, -- for long/short reformatting
['dmy'] = {'%s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'y'}, -- |df=dmy
['ymd'] = {'%s-%s-%s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=ymd
-- ['yMd'] = {'%s %s %s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=yMd; not supported at en.wiki
},
['dMy'] = { -- date format is dMy; reformat to:
['dmy'] = {'%s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'y'}, -- for long/short reformatting
['mdy'] = {'%s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'y'}, -- |df=mdy
['ymd'] = {'%s-%s-%s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=ymd
-- ['yMd'] = {'%s %s %s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=yMd; not supported at en.wiki
},
['Md-dy'] = { -- date format is Md-dy; reformat to:
['mdy'] = {'%s %s–%s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'd2', 'y'}, -- for long/short reformatting
['dmy'] = {'%s–%s %s %s', 'd', 'd2', 'm', 'y'}, -- |df=dmy -> d-dMy
},
['d-dMy'] = { -- date format is d-d>y; reformat to:
['dmy'] = {'%s–%s %s %s', 'd', 'd2', 'm', 'y'}, -- for long/short reformatting
['mdy'] = {'%s %s–%s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'd2', 'y'}, -- |df=mdy -> Md-dy
},
['dM-dMy'] = { -- date format is dM-dMy; reformat to:
['dmy'] = {'%s %s – %s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'd2', 'm2', 'y'}, -- for long/short reformatting
['mdy'] = {'%s %s – %s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'm2', 'd2', 'y'}, -- |df=mdy -> Md-Mdy
},
['Md-Mdy'] = { -- date format is Md-Mdy; reformat to:
['mdy'] = {'%s %s – %s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'm2', 'd2', 'y'}, -- for long/short reformatting
['dmy'] = {'%s %s – %s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'd2', 'm2', 'y'}, -- |df=dmy -> dM-dMy
},
['dMy-dMy'] = { -- date format is dMy-dMy; reformat to:
['dmy'] = {'%s %s %s – %s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'y', 'd2', 'm2', 'y2'}, -- for long/short reformatting
['mdy'] = {'%s %s, %s – %s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'y', 'm2', 'd2', 'y2'}, -- |df=mdy -> Mdy-Mdy
},
['Mdy-Mdy'] = { -- date format is Mdy-Mdy; reformat to:
['mdy'] = {'%s %s, %s – %s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'y', 'm2', 'd2', 'y2'}, -- for long/short reformatting
['dmy'] = {'%s %s %s – %s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'y', 'd2', 'm2', 'y2'}, -- |df=dmy -> dMy-dMy
},
['My-My'] = { -- these for long/short reformatting
['any'] = {'%s %s – %s %s', 'm', 'y', 'm2', 'y2'}, -- dmy/mdy agnostic
},
['M-My'] = { -- these for long/short reformatting
['any'] = {'%s–%s %s', 'm', 'm2', 'y'}, -- dmy/mdy agnostic
},
['My'] = { -- these for long/short reformatting
['any'] = {'%s %s', 'm', 'y'}, -- dmy/mdy agnostic
},
-- ['yMd'] = { -- not supported at en.wiki
-- ['mdy'] = {'%s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'y'}, -- |df=mdy
-- ['dmy'] = {'%s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'y'}, -- |df=dmy
-- ['ymd'] = {'%s-%s-%s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=ymd
-- },
}

local function reformatter (date, pattern_idx, format_param, mon_len)
if not in_array (pattern_idx, {'ymd', 'Mdy', 'Md-dy', 'dMy', 'yMd', 'd-dMy', 'dM-dMy', 'Md-Mdy', 'dMy-dMy', 'Mdy-Mdy', 'My-My', 'M-My', 'My'}) then
return; -- not in this set of date format patterns_t then not a reformattable date
end

if 'ymd' == format_param and in_array (pattern_idx, {'ymd', 'Md-dy', 'd-dMy', 'dM-dMy', 'Md-Mdy', 'dMy-dMy', 'Mdy-Mdy', 'My-My', 'M-My', 'My'}) then
return; -- ymd date ranges not supported at en.wiki; no point in reformatting ymd to ymd
end

if in_array (pattern_idx, {'My', 'M-My', 'My-My'}) then -- these are not dmy/mdy so can't be 'reformatted' into either
format_param = 'any'; -- so format-agnostic
end

-- yMd is not supported at en.wiki; when yMd is supported at your wiki, uncomment the next line
-- if 'yMd' == format_param and in_array (pattern_idx, {'yMd', 'Md-dy', 'd-dMy', 'dM-dMy', 'Md-Mdy', 'dMy-dMy', 'Mdy-Mdy'}) then -- these formats not convertable; yMd not supported at en.wiki
if 'yMd' == format_param then -- yMd not supported at en.wiki; when yMd is supported at your wiki, remove or comment-out this line
return; -- not a reformattable date
end

local c1, c2, c3, c4, c5, c6, c7; -- these hold the captures specified in patterns_t[pattern_idx][1]
c1, c2, c3, c4, c5, c6, c7 = mw.ustring.match (date, patterns_t[pattern_idx][1]); -- get the captures

local t = { -- table that holds k/v pairs of date parts from the captures and patterns_t[pattern_idx][2..]
[patterns_t[pattern_idx][2]] = c1; -- at minimum there is always one capture with a matching indicator letter
[patterns_t[pattern_idx][3] or 'x'] = c2; -- patterns_t can have a variable number of captures; each capture requires an indicator letter;
[patterns_t[pattern_idx][4] or 'x'] = c3; -- where there is no capture, there is no indicator letter so n in patterns_t[pattern_idx][n] will be nil;
[patterns_t[pattern_idx][5] or 'x'] = c4; -- the 'x' here spoofs an indicator letter to prevent 'table index is nil' error
[patterns_t[pattern_idx][6] or 'x'] = c5;
[patterns_t[pattern_idx][7] or 'x'] = c6;
[patterns_t[pattern_idx][8] or 'x'] = c7;
};

if t.a then -- if this date has an anchor year capture (all convertable date formats except ymd)
if t.y2 then -- for year range date formats
t.y2 = t.a; -- use the anchor year capture when reassembling the date
else -- here for single date formats (except ymd)
t.y = t.a; -- use the anchor year capture when reassembling the date
end
end

if tonumber(t.m) then -- if raw month is a number (converting from ymd)
if 's' == mon_len then -- if we are to use abbreviated month names
t.m = cfg.date_names['inv_local_short'][tonumber(t.m)]; -- convert it to a month name
else
t.m = cfg.date_names['inv_local_long'][tonumber(t.m)]; -- convert it to a month name
end
t.d = t.d:gsub ('0(%d)', '%1'); -- strip leading '0' from day if present
elseif 'ymd' == format_param then -- when converting to ymd
t.y = t.y:gsub ('%a', ''); -- strip CITREF disambiguator if present; anchor year already known so process can proceed; TODO: maint message?
if 1582 > tonumber (t.y) then -- ymd format dates not allowed before 1582
return;
end
t.m = string.format ('%02d', get_month_number (t.m)); -- make sure that month and day are two digits
t.d = string.format ('%02d', t.d);
elseif mon_len then -- if mon_len is set to either 'short' or 'long'
for _, mon in ipairs ({'m', 'm2'}) do -- because there can be two month names, check both
if t[mon] then
t[mon] = get_month_number (t[mon]); -- get the month number for this month (is length agnostic)
if 0 == t[mon] then return; end -- seasons and named dates can't be converted
t[mon] = (('s' == mon_len) and cfg.date_names['inv_local_short'][t[mon]]) or cfg.date_names['inv_local_long'][t[mon]]; -- fetch month name according to length
end
end
end

local new_date = string.format (re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][1], -- format string
t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][2]], -- named captures from t{}
t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][3]],
t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][4]],
t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][5]],
t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][6]],
t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][7]],
t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][8]]
);

return new_date;
end

--[[-------------------------< R E F O R M A T _ D A T E S >--------------------------------------------------

Reformats existing dates into the format specified by format.

format is one of several manual keywords: dmy, dmy-all, mdy, mdy-all, ymd, ymd-all. The -all version includes
access- and archive-dates; otherwise these dates are not reformatted.

This function allows automatic date formatting. In ~/Configuration, the article source is searched for one of
the {{use xxx dates}} templates. If found, xxx becomes the global date format as xxx-all. If |cs1-dates= in
{{use xxx dates}} has legitimate value then that value determines how cs1|2 dates will be rendered. Legitimate
values for |cs1-dates= are:
l - all dates are rendered with long month names
ls - publication dates use long month names; access-/archive-dates use abbreviated month names
ly - publication dates use long month names; access-/archive-dates rendered in ymd format
s - all dates are rendered with abbreviated (short) month names
sy - publication dates use abbreviated month names; access-/archive-dates rendered in ymd format
y - all dates are rendered in ymd format

the format argument for automatic date formatting will be the format specified by {{use xxx dates}} with the
value supplied by |cs1-dates so one of: xxx-l, xxx-ls, xxx-ly, xxx-s, xxx-sy, xxx-y, or simply xxx (|cs1-dates=
empty, omitted, or invalid) where xxx shall be either of dmy or mdy.

dates are extracted from date_parameters_list, reformatted (if appropriate), and then written back into the
list in the new format. Dates in date_parameters_list are presumed here to be valid (no errors). This function
returns true when a date has been reformatted, false else. Actual reformatting is done by reformatter().

]]

local function reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, format)
local all = false; -- set to false to skip access- and archive-dates
local len_p = 'l'; -- default publication date length shall be long
local len_a = 'l'; -- default access-/archive-date length shall be long
local result = false;
local new_date;

if format:match('%a+%-all') then -- manual df keyword; auto df keyword when length not specified in {{use xxx dates}};
format = format:match('(%a+)%-all'); -- extract the format
all = true; -- all dates are long format dates because this keyword doesn't specify length
elseif format:match('%a+%-[lsy][sy]?') then -- auto df keywords; internal only
all = true; -- auto df applies to all dates; use length specified by capture len_p for all dates
format, len_p, len_a = format:match('(%a+)%-([lsy])([sy]?)'); -- extract the format and length keywords
if 'y' == len_p then -- because allowed by MOS:DATEUNIFY (sort of) range dates and My dates not reformatted
format = 'ymd'; -- override {{use xxx dates}}
elseif (not is_set(len_a)) or (len_p == len_a) then -- no access-/archive-date length specified or same length as publication dates then
len_a = len_p; -- in case len_a not set
end
end -- else only publication dates and they are long

for param_name, param_val in pairs (date_parameters_list) do -- for each date-holding parameter in the list
if is_set (param_val.val) then -- if the parameter has a value
if not (not all and in_array (param_name, {'access-date', 'archive-date'})) then -- skip access- or archive-date unless format is xxx-all; yeah, ugly; TODO: find a better way
for pattern_idx, pattern in pairs (patterns_t) do
if mw.ustring.match (param_val.val, pattern[1]) then
if all and in_array (param_name, {'access-date', 'archive-date'}) then -- if this date is an access- or archive-date
new_date = reformatter (param_val.val, pattern_idx, (('y' == len_a) and 'ymd') or format, len_a); -- choose ymd or dmy/mdy according to len_a setting
else -- all other dates
new_date = reformatter (param_val.val, pattern_idx, format, len_p);
end

if new_date then -- set when date was reformatted
date_parameters_list[param_name].val = new_date; -- update date in date list
result = true; -- and announce that changes have been made
break;
end
end -- if
end -- for
end -- if
end -- if
end -- for
return result; -- declare boolean result and done
end

--[[--------------------------< D A T E _ H Y P H E N _ T O _ D A S H >----------------------------------------

Loops through the list of date-holding parameters and converts any hyphen to an ndash. Not called if the cs1|2
template has any date errors.

Modifies the date_parameters_list and returns true if hyphens are replaced, else returns false.

]]

local function date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list)
local result = false;
local n;
for param_name, param_val in pairs(date_parameters_list) do -- for each date-holding parameter in the list
if is_set (param_val.val) and
not mw.ustring.match (param_val.val, patterns_t.ymd[1]) then -- for those that are not ymd dates (ustring because here digits may not be Western)
param_val.val, n = param_val.val:gsub ('%-', '–'); -- replace any hyphen with ndash
if 0 ~= n then
date_parameters_list[param_name].val = param_val.val; -- update the list
result = true;
end
end
end
return result; -- so we know if any hyphens were replaced
end

--[[-------------------------< D A T E _ N A M E _ X L A T E >------------------------------------------------

Attempts to translate English date names to local-language date names using names supplied by MediaWiki's
date parser function. This is simple name-for-name replacement and may not work for all languages.

if xlat_dig is true, this function will also translate Western (English) digits to the local language's digits.
This will also translate ymd dates.

]]

local function date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list, xlt_dig)
local xlate;
local mode; -- long or short month names
local modified = false;
local date;

local sources_t = {
{cfg.date_names.en.long, cfg.date_names.inv_local_long}, -- for translating long English month names to long local month names
{cfg.date_names.en.short, cfg.date_names.inv_local_short}, -- short month names
{cfg.date_names.en.quarter, cfg.date_names.inv_local_quarter}, -- quarter date names
{cfg.date_names.en.season, cfg.date_names.inv_local_season}, -- season date nam
{cfg.date_names.en.named, cfg.date_names.inv_local_named}, -- named dates
}

local function is_xlateable (month) -- local function to get local date name that replaces existing English-language date name
for _, date_names_t in ipairs (sources_t) do -- for each sequence table in date_names_t
if date_names_t[1][month] then -- if date name is English month (long or short), quarter, season or named and
if date_names_t[2][date_names_t[1][month]] then -- if there is a matching local date name
return date_names_t[2][date_names_t[1][month]]; -- return the local date name
end
end
end
end

for param_name, param_val in pairs(date_parameters_list) do -- for each date-holding parameter in the list
if is_set(param_val.val) then -- if the parameter has a value
date = param_val.val;
for month in mw.ustring.gmatch (date, '[%a ]+') do -- iterate through all date names in the date (single date or date range)
month = mw.text.trim (month); -- this because quarterly dates contain whitespace
xlate = is_xlateable (month); -- get translate <month>; returns translation or nil

if xlate then
date = mw.ustring.gsub (date, month, xlate); -- replace the English with the translation
date_parameters_list[param_name].val = date; -- save the translated date
modified = true;
end
end

if xlt_dig then -- shall we also translate digits?
date = date:gsub ('%d', cfg.date_names.xlate_digits); -- translate digits from Western to 'local digits'
date_parameters_list[param_name].val = date; -- save the translated date
modified = true;
end
end
end

return modified;
end

--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S E L E C T E D _ M O D U L E S >--------------------------------------

Sets local imported functions table to same (live or sandbox) as that used by the other modules.

]]

local function set_selected_modules (cfg_table_ptr, utilities_page_ptr)
add_prop_cat = utilities_page_ptr.add_prop_cat ; -- import functions from selected Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities module
is_set = utilities_page_ptr.is_set;
in_array = utilities_page_ptr.in_array;
set_message = utilities_page_ptr.set_message;
substitute = utilities_page_ptr.substitute;
wrap_style = utilities_page_ptr.wrap_style;

cfg = cfg_table_ptr; -- import tables from selected Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
end

--[[--------------------------< A R C H I V E _ D A T E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------

Compare value in |archive-date= with the timestamp in Wayback machine urls. Emits an error message with suggested
date from the |archive-url= timestamp in an appropriate format when the value in |archive-date= does not match
the timestamp.

this function never called when any date in a cs1|2 template has errors

error message suggests new |archive-date= value in an appropriate format specified by <df>. <df> is either
|df= or cfg.global_df in that order. If <df> is nil, suggested date has format from |archive-date=. There is
a caveat: when |df=dmy or |df=mdy, the reformatter leaves |access-date= and |archive-date= formats as they are.
The error message suggested date is passed to the formatter as YYYY-MM-DD so when |df=dmy or |df=mdy, the format
is not changed.

]]

local function archive_date_check (archive_date, archive_url_timestamp, df)
local archive_date_format = 'dmy-y'; -- holds the date format of date in |archive-date; default to ymd; 'dmy' used here to spoof reformat_dates()

for _, v_t in ipairs ({{'dMy', 'dmy-all'}, {'Mdy', 'mdy-all'}}) do -- is |archive-date= format dmy or mdy?
if archive_date:match (patterns_t[v_t[1]][1]) then -- does the pattern match?
archive_date_format = cfg.keywords_xlate[v_t[2]]; -- get appropriate |df= supported keyword from the i18n translator table
break;
end
end

local dates_t = {};
dates_t['archive-date'] = {val=archive_date, name=''}; -- setup to call reformat_dates(); never called when errors so <name> unset as not needed
reformat_dates (dates_t, 'dmy-y'); -- reformat |archive-date= to ymd; 'dmy' used here to spoof reformat_dates()
local archive_url_date = archive_url_timestamp:gsub ('(%d%d%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)%d*', '%1-%2-%3'); -- make ymd format date from timestamp

if dates_t['archive-date'].val == archive_url_date then -- are the two dates the same
return; -- yes, done
else
dates_t['archive-date'] = {val=archive_url_date, name=''}; -- setup to call reformat_dates() with the timestamp date
reformat_dates (dates_t, df or archive_date_format); -- reformat timestamp to format specified by <df> or format used in |archive-date=
archive_url_date = dates_t['archive-date'].val;
set_message ('err_archive_date_url_ts_mismatch', archive_url_date); -- emit an error message
end
end

--[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------
]]

return { -- return exported functions
archive_date_check = archive_date_check,
date_hyphen_to_dash = date_hyphen_to_dash,
date_name_xlate = date_name_xlate,
dates = dates,
reformat_dates = reformat_dates,
set_selected_modules = set_selected_modules,
year_check = year_check,
year_date_check = year_date_check,
}

Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration

2025-11-01T21:42:48Z

Nordiclarpwikiadmin: 1 revision imported

local lang_obj = mw.language.getContentLanguage(); -- make a language object for the local language; used here for languages and dates

--[[--------------------------< S E T T I N G S >--------------------------------------------------------------

boolean settings used to control various things. these setting located here to make them easy to find

]]
-- these settings local to this module only
local local_digits_from_mediawiki = false; -- for i18n; when true, module fills date_names['local_digits'] from MediaWiki; manual fill required else; always false at en.wiki
local local_date_names_from_mediawiki = false; -- for i18n; when true, module fills date_names['local']['long'] and date_names['local']['short'] from MediaWiki;
-- manual translation required else; ; always false at en.wiki

-- these settings exported to other modules
local use_identifier_redirects = true; -- when true use redirect name for identifier label links; always true at en.wiki
local local_lang_cat_enable = false; -- when true categorizes pages where |language=<local wiki's language>; always false at en.wiki
local date_name_auto_xlate_enable = false; -- when true translates English month-names to the local-wiki's language month names; always false at en.wiki
local date_digit_auto_xlate_enable = false; -- when true translates Western date digit to the local-wiki's language digits (date_names['local_digits']); always false at en.wiki
local enable_sort_keys = true; -- when true module adds namespace sort keys to error and maintenance category links

--[[--------------------------------------------------------

List of namespaces identifiers for namespaces that will not be included in citation error categories.
Same as setting notracking = true by default.

For wikis that have a current version of Module:cs1 documentation support, this #invoke will return an unordered
list of namespace names and their associated identifiers:
{{#invoke:cs1 documentation support|uncategorized_namespace_lister|all=<anything>}}

]]

local uncategorized_namespaces_t = {[2]=true}; -- init with user namespace id
for k, _ in pairs (mw.site.talkNamespaces) do -- add all talk namespace ids
uncategorized_namespaces_t[k] = true;
end

local uncategorized_subpages = {'/[Ss]andbox', '/[Tt]estcases', '/[^/]*[Ll]og', '/[Aa]rchive'}; -- list of Lua patterns found in page names of pages we should not categorize

--[[
at en.wiki Greek characters are used as sort keys for certain items in a category so that those items are
placed at the end of a category page. See Wikipedia:Categorization#Sort_keys. That works well for en.wiki
because English is written using the Latn script. This may not work well for other languages. At en.wiki it
is desireable to place content from certain namespaces at the end of a category listing so the module adds sort
keys to error and maintenance category links when rendering a cs1|2 template on a page in that namespace.

i18n: if this does not work well for your language, set <enable_sort_keys> to false.
]]

local name_space_sort_keys = { -- sort keys to be used with these namespaces:
[4] = 'ω', -- wikipedia; omega
[10] = 'τ', -- template; tau
[118] = 'Δ', -- draft; delta
['other'] = 'ο', -- all other non-talk namespaces except main (article); omicron
}

--[[--------------------------< M E S S A G E S >--------------------------------------------------------------

Translation table

The following contains fixed text that may be output as part of a citation.
This is separated from the main body to aid in future translations of this
module.

]]

local messages = {
['agency'] = '$1 $2', -- $1 is sepc, $2 is agency
['archived-dead'] = 'Archived from $1 on $2',
['archived-live'] = '$1 from the original on $2',
['archived-unfit'] = 'Archived from the original on ',
['archived'] = 'Archived',
['by'] = 'By', -- contributions to authored works: introduction, foreword, afterword
['cartography'] = 'Cartography by $1',
['editor'] = 'ed.',
['editors'] = 'eds.',
['edition'] = '($1 ed.)',
['episode'] = 'Episode $1',
['et al'] = 'et al.',
['in'] = 'In', -- edited works
['inactive'] = 'inactive',
['inset'] = '$1 inset',
['interview'] = 'Interviewed by $1',
['mismatch'] = '<code class="cs1-code">|$1=</code> / <code class="cs1-code">|$2=</code> mismatch', -- $1 is year param name; $2 is date param name
['newsgroup'] = '[[Usenet newsgroup|Newsgroup]]: $1',
['notitle'] = 'No title', -- for |title=(()) and (in the future) |title=none
['original'] = 'the original',
['origdate'] = ' [$1]',
['published'] = ' (published $1)',
['retrieved'] = 'Retrieved $1',
['season'] = 'Season $1',
['section'] = '§ $1',
['sections'] = '§§ $1',
['series'] = '$1 $2', -- $1 is sepc, $2 is series
['seriesnum'] = 'Series $1',
['translated'] = 'Translated by $1',
['type'] = ' ($1)', -- for titletype
['written'] = 'Written at $1',

['vol'] = '$1 Vol. $2', -- $1 is sepc; bold journal style volume is in presentation{}
['vol-no'] = '$1 Vol. $2, no. $3', -- sepc, volume, issue (alternatively insert $1 after $2, but then we'd also have to change capitalization)
['issue'] = '$1 No. $2', -- $1 is sepc

['art'] = '$1 Art. $2', -- $1 is sepc; for {{cite conference}} only
['vol-art'] = '$1 Vol. $2, art. $3', -- sepc, volume, article-number; for {{cite conference}} only

['j-vol'] = '$1 $2', -- sepc, volume; bold journal volume is in presentation{}
['j-issue'] = ' ($1)',
['j-article-num'] = ' $1', -- TODO: any punctuation here? static text?

['nopp'] = '$1 $2'; -- page(s) without prefix; $1 is sepc

['p-prefix'] = "$1 p. $2", -- $1 is sepc
['pp-prefix'] = "$1 pp. $2", -- $1 is sepc
['j-page(s)'] = ': $1', -- same for page and pages

['sheet'] = '$1 Sheet $2', -- $1 is sepc
['sheets'] = '$1 Sheets $2', -- $1 is sepc
['j-sheet'] = ': Sheet $1',
['j-sheets'] = ': Sheets $1',

['language'] = '(in $1)',
['via'] = " – via $1",
['event'] = 'Event occurs at',
['minutes'] = 'minutes in',

-- Determines the location of the help page
['help page link'] = 'Help:CS1 errors',
['help page label'] = 'help',

-- categories
['cat wikilink'] = '[[Category:$1]]', -- $1 is the category name
['cat wikilink sk'] = '[[Category:$1|$2]]', -- $1 is the category name; $2 is namespace sort key
[':cat wikilink'] = '[[:Category:$1|link]]', -- category name as maintenance message wikilink; $1 is the category name

-- Internal errors (should only occur if configuration is bad)
['undefined_error'] = 'Called with an undefined error condition',
['unknown_ID_key'] = 'Unrecognized ID key: ', -- an ID key in id_handlers not found in ~/Identifiers func_map{}
['unknown_ID_access'] = 'Unrecognized ID access keyword: ', -- an ID access keyword in id_handlers not found in keywords_lists['id-access']{}
['unknown_argument_map'] = 'Argument map not defined for this variable',
['bare_url_no_origin'] = 'Bare URL found but origin indicator is nil or empty',

['warning_msg_e'] = 'One or more <code style="color: inherit; background: inherit; border: none; padding: inherit;">{{$1}}</code> templates have errors; messages may be hidden ([[Help:CS1_errors#Controlling_error_message_display|help]]).'; -- $1 is template link
['warning_msg_m'] = 'One or more <code style="color: inherit; background: inherit; border: none; padding: inherit;">{{$1}}</code> templates have maintenance messages; messages may be hidden ([[Help:CS1_errors#Controlling_error_message_display|help]]).'; -- $1 is template link
}

--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N _ C L A S S _ M A P >------------------------------------------

this table maps the value assigned to |CitationClass= in the cs1|2 templates to the canonical template name when
the value assigned to |CitationClass= is different from the canonical template name. |CitationClass= values are
used as class attributes in the <cite> tag that encloses the citation so these names may not contain spaces while
the canonical template name may. These names are used in warning_msg_e and warning_msg_m to create links to the
template's documentation when an article is displayed in preview mode.

Most cs1|2 template |CitationClass= values at en.wiki match their canonical template names so are not listed here.

]]

local citation_class_map_t = { -- TODO: if kept, these and all other config.CitationClass 'names' require some sort of i18n
['arxiv'] = 'arXiv',
['audio-visual'] = 'AV media',
['AV-media-notes'] = 'AV media notes',
['biorxiv'] = 'bioRxiv',
['citeseerx'] = 'CiteSeerX',
['encyclopaedia'] = 'encyclopedia',
['mailinglist'] = 'mailing list',
['medrxiv'] = 'medRxiv',
['pressrelease'] = 'press release',
['ssrn'] = 'SSRN',
['techreport'] = 'tech report',
}

--[=[-------------------------< E T _ A L _ P A T T E R N S >--------------------------------------------------

This table provides Lua patterns for the phrase "et al" and variants in name text
(author, editor, etc.). The main module uses these to identify and emit the 'etal' message.

]=]

local et_al_patterns = {
"[;,]? *[\"']*%f[%a][Ee][Tt]%.? *[Aa][Ll][%.;,\"']*$", -- variations on the 'et al' theme
"[;,]? *[\"']*%f[%a][Ee][Tt]%.? *[Aa][Ll][Ii][AaIi][Ee]?[%.;,\"']*$", -- variations on the 'et alia', 'et alii' and 'et aliae' themes (false positive 'et aliie' unlikely to match)
"[;,]? *%f[%a]and [Oo]thers", -- an alternative to et al.
"%[%[ *[Ee][Tt]%.? *[Aa][Ll]%.? *%]%]", -- a wikilinked form
"%(%( *[Ee][Tt]%.? *[Aa][Ll]%.? *%)%)", -- a double-bracketed form (to counter partial removal of ((...)) syntax)
"[%(%[] *[Ee][Tt]%.? *[Aa][Ll]%.? *[%)%]]", -- a bracketed form
}

--[[--------------------------------------------------

Fixed presentation markup. Originally part of citation_config.messages it has
been moved into its own, more semantically correct place.

]]

local presentation =
{
-- .citation-comment class is specified at Help:CS1_errors#Controlling_error_message_display
['hidden-error'] = '$1',
['visible-error'] = '$1',
['hidden-maint'] = '$1',

['accessdate'] = '$1$2', -- to allow editors to hide accessdate using personal CSS

['bdi'] = '<bdi$1>$2</bdi>', -- bidirectional isolation used with |script-title= and the like

['cite'] = '<cite class="$1">$2</cite>'; -- for use when citation does not have a namelist and |ref= not set so no id="..." attribute
['cite-id'] = '<cite id="$1" class="$2">$3</cite>'; -- for use when when |ref= is set or when citation has a namelist

['format'] = ' ($1)', -- for |format=, |chapter-format=, etc.
['interwiki'] = ' [in $1]', -- for interwiki-language-linked author, editor, etc
['interproj'] = ' [at $1]', -- for interwiki-project-linked author, editor, etc (:d: and :s: supported; :w: ignored)

-- various access levels, for |access=, |doi-access=, |arxiv=, ...
-- narrow no-break space   may work better than nowrap CSS. Or not? Browser support?

['ext-link-access-signal'] = '$3', -- external link with appropriate lock icon
['free'] = {class='id-lock-free', title='Freely accessible'}, -- classes defined in Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css
['registration'] = {class='id-lock-registration', title='Free registration required'},
['limited'] = {class='id-lock-limited', title='Free access subject to limited trial, subscription normally required'},
['subscription'] = {class='id-lock-subscription', title='Paid subscription required'},

['interwiki-icon'] = '$3',
['class-wikisource'] = 'cs1-ws-icon',

['italic-title'] = "''$1''",

['kern-left'] = '$1', -- spacing to use when title contains leading single or double quote mark
['kern-right'] = '$1', -- spacing to use when title contains trailing single or double quote mark

['nowrap1'] = '$1', -- for nowrapping an item: yyyy-mm-dd
['nowrap2'] = '$1 $2', -- for nowrapping portions of an item: dd mmmm yyyy (note white space)

['ocins'] = '',

['parameter'] = '<code class="cs1-code">|$1=</code>',

['ps_cs1'] = '.'; -- CS1 style postscript (terminal) character
['ps_cs2'] = ''; -- CS2 style postscript (terminal) character (empty string)

['quoted-text'] = '<q>$1</q>', -- for wrapping |quote= content
['quoted-title'] = '"$1"',

['sep_cs1'] = '.', -- CS1 element separator
['sep_cs2'] = ',', -- CS2 separator
['sep_nl'] = ';', -- CS1|2 style name-list separator between names is a semicolon
['sep_nl_and'] = ' and ', -- used as last nl sep when |name-list-style=and and list has 2 items
['sep_nl_end'] = '; and ', -- used as last nl sep when |name-list-style=and and list has 3+ names
['sep_name'] = ', ', -- CS1|2 style last/first separator is <comma><space>
['sep_nl_vanc'] = ',', -- Vancouver style name-list separator between authors is a comma
['sep_name_vanc'] = ' ', -- Vancouver style last/first separator is a space

['sep_list'] = ', ', -- used for |language= when list has 3+ items except for last sep which uses sep_list_end
['sep_list_pair'] = ' and ', -- used for |language= when list has 2 items
['sep_list_end'] = ', and ', -- used as last list sep for |language= when list has 3+ items

['trans-italic-title'] = "[''$1'']",
['trans-quoted-title'] = "[$1]", -- for |trans-title= and |trans-quote=
['vol-bold'] = '$1 $2', -- sepc, volume; for bold journal cites; for other cites ['vol'] in messages{}
}

--[[--------------------------< A L I A S E S >---------------------------------

Aliases table for commonly passed parameters.

Parameter names on the right side in the assignments in this table must have been
defined in the Whitelist before they will be recognized as valid parameter names

]]

local aliases = {
['AccessDate'] = {'access-date', 'accessdate'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot
['Agency'] = 'agency',
['ArchiveDate'] = {'archive-date', 'archivedate'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot
['ArchiveFormat'] = 'archive-format',
['ArchiveURL'] = {'archive-url', 'archiveurl'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot
['ArticleNumber'] = 'article-number',
['ASINTLD'] = 'asin-tld',
['At'] = 'at', -- Used by InternetArchiveBot
['Authors'] = {'people', 'credits'},
['BookTitle'] = {'book-title', 'booktitle'},
['Cartography'] = 'cartography',
['Chapter'] = {'chapter', 'contribution', 'entry', 'article', 'section'},
['ChapterFormat'] = {'chapter-format', 'contribution-format', 'entry-format',
'article-format', 'section-format'};
['ChapterURL'] = {'chapter-url', 'contribution-url', 'entry-url', 'article-url', 'section-url'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot
['ChapterUrlAccess'] = {'chapter-url-access', 'contribution-url-access',
'entry-url-access', 'article-url-access', 'section-url-access'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot
['Class'] = 'class', -- cite arxiv and arxiv identifier
['Collaboration'] = 'collaboration',
['Conference'] = {'conference', 'event'},
['ConferenceFormat'] = 'conference-format',
['ConferenceURL'] = 'conference-url', -- Used by InternetArchiveBot
['Date'] = {'date', 'air-date', 'airdate'}, -- air-date and airdate for cite episode and cite serial only
['Degree'] = 'degree',
['DF'] = 'df',
['DisplayAuthors'] = {'display-authors', 'display-subjects'},
['DisplayContributors'] = 'display-contributors',
['DisplayEditors'] = 'display-editors',
['DisplayInterviewers'] = 'display-interviewers',
['DisplayTranslators'] = 'display-translators',
['Docket'] = 'docket',
['DoiBroken'] = 'doi-broken-date',
['Edition'] = 'edition',
['Embargo'] = 'pmc-embargo-date',
['Encyclopedia'] = {'encyclopedia', 'encyclopaedia', 'dictionary'}, -- cite encyclopedia only
['Episode'] = 'episode', -- cite serial only TODO: make available to cite episode?
['Format'] = 'format',
['ID'] = {'id', 'ID'},
['Inset'] = 'inset',
['Issue'] = {'issue', 'number'},
['Language'] = {'language', 'lang'},
['MailingList'] = {'mailing-list', 'mailinglist'}, -- cite mailing list only
['Map'] = 'map', -- cite map only
['MapFormat'] = 'map-format', -- cite map only
['MapURL'] = {'map-url', 'mapurl'}, -- cite map only -- Used by InternetArchiveBot
['MapUrlAccess'] = 'map-url-access', -- cite map only -- Used by InternetArchiveBot
['Minutes'] = 'minutes',
['Mode'] = 'mode',
['NameListStyle'] = 'name-list-style',
['Network'] = 'network',
['Newsgroup'] = 'newsgroup', -- cite newsgroup only
['NoPP'] = {'no-pp', 'nopp'},
['NoTracking'] = {'no-tracking', 'template-doc-demo'},
['Number'] = 'number', -- this case only for cite techreport
['OrigDate'] = {'orig-date', 'orig-year', 'origyear'},
['Others'] = 'others',
['Page'] = {'page', 'p'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot
['Pages'] = {'pages', 'pp'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot
['Periodical'] = {'journal', 'magazine', 'newspaper', 'periodical', 'website', 'work'},
['Place'] = {'place', 'location'},
['PostScript'] = 'postscript',
['PublicationDate'] = {'publication-date', 'publicationdate'},
['PublicationPlace'] = {'publication-place', 'publicationplace'},
['PublisherName'] = {'publisher', 'institution'},
['Quote'] = {'quote', 'quotation'},
['QuotePage'] = 'quote-page',
['QuotePages'] = 'quote-pages',
['Ref'] = 'ref',
['Scale'] = 'scale',
['ScriptChapter'] = {'script-chapter', 'script-contribution', 'script-entry',
'script-article', 'script-section'},
['ScriptEncyclopedia'] = {'script-encyclopedia', 'script-encyclopaedia'}, -- cite encyclopedia only
['ScriptMap'] = 'script-map',
['ScriptPeriodical'] = {'script-journal', 'script-magazine', 'script-newspaper',
'script-periodical', 'script-website', 'script-work'},
['ScriptQuote'] = 'script-quote',
['ScriptTitle'] = 'script-title', -- Used by InternetArchiveBot
['Season'] = 'season',
['Sections'] = 'sections', -- cite map only
['Series'] = {'series', 'version'},
['SeriesLink'] = {'series-link', 'serieslink'},
['SeriesNumber'] = {'series-number', 'series-no'},
['Sheet'] = 'sheet', -- cite map only
['Sheets'] = 'sheets', -- cite map only
['Station'] = 'station',
['Time'] = 'time',
['TimeCaption'] = 'time-caption',
['Title'] = 'title', -- Used by InternetArchiveBot
['TitleLink'] = {'title-link', 'episode-link', 'episodelink'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot
['TitleNote'] = {'title-note', 'department'},
['TitleType'] = {'type', 'medium'},
['TransChapter'] = {'trans-article', 'trans-chapter', 'trans-contribution',
'trans-entry', 'trans-section'},
['Transcript'] = 'transcript',
['TranscriptFormat'] = 'transcript-format',
['TranscriptURL'] = 'transcript-url', -- Used by InternetArchiveBot
['TransEncyclopedia'] = {'trans-encyclopedia', 'trans-encyclopaedia'}, -- cite encyclopedia only
['TransMap'] = 'trans-map', -- cite map only
['TransPeriodical'] = {'trans-journal', 'trans-magazine', 'trans-newspaper',
'trans-periodical', 'trans-website', 'trans-work'},
['TransQuote'] = 'trans-quote',
['TransTitle'] = 'trans-title', -- Used by InternetArchiveBot
['URL'] = {'url', 'URL'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot
['UrlAccess'] = 'url-access', -- Used by InternetArchiveBot
['UrlStatus'] = 'url-status', -- Used by InternetArchiveBot
['Vauthors'] = 'vauthors',
['Veditors'] = 'veditors',
['Via'] = 'via',
['Volume'] = 'volume',
['Year'] = 'year',

['AuthorList-First'] = {"first#", "author-first#", "author#-first", "author-given#", "author#-given",
"subject-first#", "subject#-first", "subject-given#", "subject#-given",
"given#"},
['AuthorList-Last'] = {"last#", "author-last#", "author#-last", "author-surname#", "author#-surname",
"subject-last#", "subject#-last", "subject-surname#", "subject#-surname",
"author#", 'host#', "subject#", "surname#"},
['AuthorList-Link'] = {"author-link#", "author#-link", "subject-link#",
"subject#-link", "authorlink#", "author#link"},
['AuthorList-Mask'] = {"author-mask#", "author#-mask", "subject-mask#", "subject#-mask"},

['ContributorList-First'] = {'contributor-first#', 'contributor#-first',
'contributor-given#', 'contributor#-given'},
['ContributorList-Last'] = {'contributor-last#', 'contributor#-last',
'contributor-surname#', 'contributor#-surname', 'contributor#'},
['ContributorList-Link'] = {'contributor-link#', 'contributor#-link'},
['ContributorList-Mask'] = {'contributor-mask#', 'contributor#-mask'},

['EditorList-First'] = {"editor-first#", "editor#-first", "editor-given#", "editor#-given"},
['EditorList-Last'] = {"editor-last#", "editor#-last", "editor-surname#",
"editor#-surname", "editor#"},
['EditorList-Link'] = {"editor-link#", "editor#-link"},
['EditorList-Mask'] = {"editor-mask#", "editor#-mask"},

['InterviewerList-First'] = {'interviewer-first#', 'interviewer#-first',
'interviewer-given#', 'interviewer#-given'},
['InterviewerList-Last'] = {'interviewer-last#', 'interviewer#-last',
'interviewer-surname#', 'interviewer#-surname', 'interviewer#'},
['InterviewerList-Link'] = {'interviewer-link#', 'interviewer#-link'},
['InterviewerList-Mask'] = {'interviewer-mask#', 'interviewer#-mask'},

['TranslatorList-First'] = {'translator-first#', 'translator#-first',
'translator-given#', 'translator#-given'},
['TranslatorList-Last'] = {'translator-last#', 'translator#-last',
'translator-surname#', 'translator#-surname', 'translator#'},
['TranslatorList-Link'] = {'translator-link#', 'translator#-link'},
['TranslatorList-Mask'] = {'translator-mask#', 'translator#-mask'},
}

--[[-----------------------------------------------------

builds a table of parameter names that the extraneous terminal punctuation check should not check.

]]

local punct_meta_params = { -- table of aliases[] keys (meta parameters); each key has a table of parameter names for a value
'BookTitle', 'Chapter', 'ScriptChapter', 'ScriptTitle', 'Title', 'TransChapter', 'Transcript', 'TransMap', 'TransTitle', -- title-holding parameters
'AuthorList-Mask', 'ContributorList-Mask', 'EditorList-Mask', 'InterviewerList-Mask', 'TranslatorList-Mask', -- name-list mask may have name separators
'PostScript', 'Quote', 'ScriptQuote', 'TransQuote', 'Ref', -- miscellaneous
'ArchiveURL', 'ChapterURL', 'ConferenceURL', 'MapURL', 'TranscriptURL', 'URL', -- URL-holding parameters
}

local url_meta_params = { -- table of aliases[] keys (meta parameters); each key has a table of parameter names for a value
'ArchiveURL', 'ChapterURL', 'ConferenceURL', 'ID', 'MapURL', 'TranscriptURL', 'URL', -- parameters allowed to hold urls
'Page', 'Pages', 'At', 'QuotePage', 'QuotePages', -- insource locators allowed to hold urls
}

local function build_skip_table (skip_t, meta_params)
for _, meta_param in ipairs (meta_params) do -- for each meta parameter key
local params = aliases[meta_param]; -- get the parameter or the table of parameters associated with the meta parameter name
if 'string' == type (params) then
skip_t[params] = 1; -- just a single parameter
else
for _, param in ipairs (params) do -- get the parameter name
skip_t[param] = 1; -- add the parameter name to the skip table
local count;
param, count = param:gsub ('#', ''); -- remove enumerator marker from enumerated parameters
if 0 ~= count then -- if removed
skip_t[param] = 1; -- add param name without enumerator marker
end
end
end
end
return skip_t;
end

local punct_skip = {};
local url_skip = {};

--[[----------------------------------------------------------------------------

this table used by the wikipedia library url test, has_twl_url(), which automatically sets a url-access parameter
to 'subscription' when it discovers a wikipedia library url in any of the url-holding paramters used as keys in
this table.

translators: if your wiki uses parameter names for these url-holding parameters and their matching -access parameters,
add your wiki's parameters to this list. Leave the English parameters in place.

TODO: is there a better way to do this?

]]

local url_access_map_t = {
['chapter-url'] = 'chapter-url-access',
['contribution-url'] = 'contribution-url-access',
['entry-url'] = 'entry-url-access',
['article-url'] = 'article-url-access',
['section-url'] = 'section-url-access',
['map-url'] = 'map-url-access',
['mapurl'] = 'map-url-access',
['url'] = 'url-access',
['URL'] = 'url-access'
}

--[[--------------------------< S I N G L E - L E T T E R S E C O N D - L E V E L D O M A I N S >----------

this is a list of tlds that are known to have single-letter second-level domain names. This list does not include
ccTLDs which are accepted in is_domain_name().

]]

local single_letter_2nd_lvl_domains_t = {'cash', 'company', 'foundation', 'media', 'org', 'today'};

--[[-----------< S P E C I A L C A S E T R A N S L A T I O N S >------------

This table is primarily here to support internationalization. Translations in
this table are used, for example, when an error message, category name, etc.,
is extracted from the English alias key. There may be other cases where
this translation table may be useful.

]]
local is_Latn = 'A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143\225\184\128-\225\187\191';
local special_case_translation = {
['AuthorList'] = 'authors list', -- used to assemble maintenance category names
['ContributorList'] = 'contributors list', -- translation of these names plus translation of the base maintenance category names in maint_cats{} table below
['EditorList'] = 'editors list', -- must match the names of the actual categories
['InterviewerList'] = 'interviewers list', -- this group or translations used by name_has_ed_markup() and name_has_mult_names()
['TranslatorList'] = 'translators list',

-- Lua patterns to match pseudo-titles used by InternetArchiveBot and others as placeholder for unknown |title= value
['archived_copy'] = { -- used with CS1 maint: Archive[d] copy as title
['en'] = '^archived?%s+copy$', -- for English; translators: keep this because templates imported from en.wiki
['local'] = nil, -- translators: replace ['local'] = nil with lowercase translation only when bots or tools create generic titles in your language
},

-- Lua patterns to match generic titles; usually created by bots or reference filling tools
-- translators: replace ['local'] = nil with lowercase translation only when bots or tools create generic titles in your language
-- generic titles and patterns in this table should be lowercase only
-- leave ['local'] nil except when there is a matching generic title in your language
-- boolean 'true' for plain-text searches; 'false' for pattern searches

['generic_titles'] = {
['accept'] = {
},
['reject'] = {
{['en'] = {'^wayback%s+machine$', false}, ['local'] = nil},
{['en'] = {'are you a robot', true}, ['local'] = nil},
{['en'] = {'hugedomains', true}, ['local'] = nil},
{['en'] = {'^[%(%[{<]?no +title[>}%]%)]?$', false}, ['local'] = nil},
{['en'] = {'page not found', true}, ['local'] = nil},
{['en'] = {'subscribe to read', true}, ['local'] = nil},
{['en'] = {'^[%(%[{<]?unknown[>}%]%)]?$', false}, ['local'] = nil},
{['en'] = {'website is for sale', true}, ['local'] = nil},
{['en'] = {'^404', false}, ['local'] = nil},
{['en'] = {'error[ %-]404', false}, ['local'] = nil},
{['en'] = {'internet archive wayback machine', true}, ['local'] = nil},
{['en'] = {'log into facebook', true}, ['local'] = nil},
{['en'] = {'login • instagram', true}, ['local'] = nil},
{['en'] = {'redirecting...', true}, ['local'] = nil},
{['en'] = {'usurped title', true}, ['local'] = nil}, -- added by a GreenC bot
{['en'] = {'webcite query result', true}, ['local'] = nil},
{['en'] = {'wikiwix\'s cache', true}, ['local'] = nil},
}
},

-- boolean 'true' for plain-text searches, search string must be lowercase only
-- boolean 'false' for pattern searches
-- leave ['local'] nil except when there is a matching generic name in your language

['generic_names'] = {
['accept'] = {
{['en'] = {'%[%[[^|]*%(author%) *|[^%]]*%]%]', false}, ['local'] = nil},
},
['reject'] = {
{['en'] = {'about us', true}, ['local'] = nil},
{['en'] = {'%f[%a][Aa]dvisor%f[%A]', false}, ['local'] = nil},
{['en'] = {'allmusic', true}, ['local'] = nil},
{['en'] = {'%f[%a][Aa]uthor%f[%A]', false}, ['local'] = nil},
{['en'] = {'^[Bb]ureau$', false}, ['local'] = nil},
{['en'] = {'business', true}, ['local'] = nil},
{['en'] = {'cnn', true}, ['local'] = nil},
{['en'] = {'collaborator', true}, ['local'] = nil},
{['en'] = {'^[Cc]ompany$', false}, ['local'] = nil},
{['en'] = {'contributor', true}, ['local'] = nil},
{['en'] = {'contact us', true}, ['local'] = nil},
{['en'] = {'correspondent', true}, ['local'] = nil},
{['en'] = {'^[Dd]esk$', false}, ['local'] = nil},
{['en'] = {'directory', true}, ['local'] = nil},
{['en'] = {'%f[%(%[][%(%[]%s*eds?%.?%s*[%)%]]?$', false}, ['local'] = nil},
{['en'] = {'[,%.%s]%f[e]eds?%.?$', false}, ['local'] = nil},
{['en'] = {'^eds?[%.,;]', false}, ['local'] = nil},
{['en'] = {'^[%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]', false}, ['local'] = nil},
{['en'] = {'%f[%a][Ee]dited%f[%A]', false}, ['local'] = nil},
{['en'] = {'%f[%a][Ee]ditors?%f[%A]', false}, ['local'] = nil},
{['en'] = {'%f[%a][Ee]mail%f[%A]', false}, ['local'] = nil},
{['en'] = {'facebook', true}, ['local'] = nil},
{['en'] = {'google', true}, ['local'] = nil},
{['en'] = {'^[Gg]roup$', false}, ['local'] = nil},
{['en'] = {'home page', true}, ['local'] = nil},
{['en'] = {'^[Ii]nc%.?$', false}, ['local'] = nil},
{['en'] = {'instagram', true}, ['local'] = nil},
{['en'] = {'interviewer', true}, ['local'] = nil},
{['en'] = {'^[Ll]imited$', false}, ['local'] = nil},
{['en'] = {'linkedIn', true}, ['local'] = nil},
{['en'] = {'^[Nn]ews$', false}, ['local'] = nil},
{['en'] = {'[Nn]ews[ %-]?[Rr]oom', false}, ['local'] = nil},
{['en'] = {'pinterest', true}, ['local'] = nil},
{['en'] = {'policy', true}, ['local'] = nil},
{['en'] = {'privacy', true}, ['local'] = nil},
{['en'] = {'reuters', true}, ['local'] = nil},
{['en'] = {'translator', true}, ['local'] = nil},
{['en'] = {'tumblr', true}, ['local'] = nil},
{['en'] = {'twitter', true}, ['local'] = nil},
{['en'] = {'site name', true}, ['local'] = nil},
{['en'] = {'statement', true}, ['local'] = nil},
{['en'] = {'submitted', true}, ['local'] = nil},
{['en'] = {'super.?user', false}, ['local'] = nil},
{['en'] = {'%f['..is_Latn..'][Uu]ser%f[^'..is_Latn..']', false}, ['local'] = nil},
{['en'] = {'updated', true}, ['local'] = nil},
{['en'] = {'verfasser', true}, ['local'] = nil},
}
}
}

--[[--------------------------< D A T E _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------------------------

This table of tables lists local language date names and fallback English date names.
The code in Date_validation will look first in the local table for valid date names.
If date names are not found in the local table, the code will look in the English table.

Because citations can be copied to the local wiki from en.wiki, the English is
required when the date-name translation function date_name_xlate() is used.

In these tables, season numbering is defined by
Extended Date/Time Format (EDTF) Specification (https://www.loc.gov/standards/datetime/)
which became part of ISO 8601 in 2019. See '§Sub-year groupings'. The standard
defines various divisions using numbers 21-41. CS1|2 only supports generic seasons.
EDTF does support the distinction between north and south hemisphere seasons
but CS1|2 has no way to make that distinction.

33-36 = Quarter 1, Quarter 2, Quarter 3, Quarter 4 (3 months each)

The standard does not address 'named' dates so, for the purposes of CS1|2,
Easter and Christmas are defined here as 98 and 99, which should be out of the
ISO 8601 (EDTF) range of uses for a while.

local_date_names_from_mediawiki is a boolean. When set to:
true – module will fetch local month names from MediaWiki for both date_names['local']['long'] and date_names['local']['short']; this will unconditionally overwrite manual translations
false – module will *not* fetch local month names from MediaWiki

Caveat lector: There is no guarantee that MediaWiki will provide short month names. At your wiki you can test
the results of the MediaWiki fetch in the debug console with this command (the result is alpha sorted):
=mw.dumpObject (p.date_names['local'])

While the module can fetch month names from MediaWiki, it cannot fetch the quarter, season, and named date names
from MediaWiki. Those must be translated manually.

]]

local local_date_names_from_mediawiki = true; -- when false, manual translation required for date_names['local']['long'] and date_names['local']['short']; overwrites manual translations
-- when true, module fetches long and short month names from MediaWiki
local date_names = {
['en'] = { -- English
['long'] = {['January'] = 1, ['February'] = 2, ['March'] = 3, ['April'] = 4, ['May'] = 5, ['June'] = 6, ['July'] = 7, ['August'] = 8, ['September'] = 9, ['October'] = 10, ['November'] = 11, ['December'] = 12},
['short'] = {['Jan'] = 1, ['Feb'] = 2, ['Mar'] = 3, ['Apr'] = 4, ['May'] = 5, ['Jun'] = 6, ['Jul'] = 7, ['Aug'] = 8, ['Sep'] = 9, ['Oct'] = 10, ['Nov'] = 11, ['Dec'] = 12},
['quarter'] = {['First Quarter'] = 33, ['Second Quarter'] = 34, ['Third Quarter'] = 35, ['Fourth Quarter'] = 36},
['season'] = {['Winter'] = 24, ['Spring'] = 21, ['Summer'] = 22, ['Fall'] = 23, ['Autumn'] = 23},
['named'] = {['Easter'] = 98, ['Christmas'] = 99},
},
-- when local_date_names_from_mediawiki = false
['local'] = { -- replace these English date names with the local language equivalents
['long'] = {['January'] = 1, ['February'] = 2, ['March'] = 3, ['April'] = 4, ['May'] = 5, ['June'] = 6, ['July'] = 7, ['August'] = 8, ['September'] = 9, ['October'] = 10, ['November'] = 11, ['December'] = 12},
['short'] = {['Jan'] = 1, ['Feb'] = 2, ['Mar'] = 3, ['Apr'] = 4, ['May'] = 5, ['Jun'] = 6, ['Jul'] = 7, ['Aug'] = 8, ['Sep'] = 9, ['Oct'] = 10, ['Nov'] = 11, ['Dec'] = 12},
['quarter'] = {['First Quarter'] = 33, ['Second Quarter'] = 34, ['Third Quarter'] = 35, ['Fourth Quarter'] = 36},
['season'] = {['Winter'] = 24, ['Spring'] = 21, ['Summer'] = 22, ['Fall'] = 23, ['Autumn'] = 23},
['named'] = {['Easter'] = 98, ['Christmas'] = 99},
},
['inv_local_long'] = {}, -- used in date reformatting & translation; copy of date_names['local'].long where k/v are inverted: [1]='<local name>' etc.
['inv_local_short'] = {}, -- used in date reformatting & translation; copy of date_names['local'].short where k/v are inverted: [1]='<local name>' etc.
['inv_local_quarter'] = {}, -- used in date translation; copy of date_names['local'].quarter where k/v are inverted: [1]='<local name>' etc.
['inv_local_season'] = {}, -- used in date translation; copy of date_names['local'].season where k/v are inverted: [1]='<local name>' etc.
['inv_local_named'] = {}, -- used in date translation; copy of date_names['local'].named where k/v are inverted: [1]='<local name>' etc.
['local_digits'] = {['0'] = '0', ['1'] = '1', ['2'] = '2', ['3'] = '3', ['4'] = '4', ['5'] = '5', ['6'] = '6', ['7'] = '7', ['8'] = '8', ['9'] = '9'}, -- used to convert local language digits to Western 0-9
['xlate_digits'] = {},
}

if local_date_names_from_mediawiki then -- if fetching local month names from MediaWiki is enabled
local long_t = {};
local short_t = {};
for i=1, 12 do -- loop 12x and
local name = lang_obj:formatDate('F', '2022-' .. i .. '-1'); -- get long month name for each i
long_t[name] = i; -- save it
name = lang_obj:formatDate('M', '2022-' .. i .. '-1'); -- get short month name for each i
short_t[name] = i; -- save it
end
date_names['local']['long'] = long_t; -- write the long table – overwrites manual translation
date_names['local']['short'] = short_t; -- write the short table – overwrites manual translation
end
-- create inverted date-name tables for reformatting and/or translation
for _, invert_t in pairs {{'long', 'inv_local_long'}, {'short', 'inv_local_short'}, {'quarter', 'inv_local_quarter'}, {'season', 'inv_local_season'}, {'named', 'inv_local_named'}} do
for name, i in pairs (date_names['local'][invert_t[1]]) do -- this table is ['name'] = i
date_names[invert_t[2]][i] = name; -- invert to get [i] = 'name' for conversions from ymd
end
end

if local_digits_from_mediawiki then -- if fetching local digits from MediaWiki is enabled
local digits_t = {};
for i=0, 9 do -- loop 10x and
digits_t [lang_obj:formatNum (i)] = tostring (i); -- format the loop indexer as local lang table index and assign loop indexer (a string) as the value
end
date_names['local_digits'] = digits_t;
end

for ld, ed in pairs (date_names.local_digits) do -- make a digit translation table for simple date translation from en to local language using local_digits table
date_names.xlate_digits [ed] = ld; -- en digit becomes index with local digit as the value
end

local df_template_patterns = { -- table of redirects to {{Use dmy dates}} and {{Use mdy dates}}
'{{ *[Uu]se +(dmy) +dates *[|}]', -- 1159k -- sorted by approximate transclusion count
'{{ *[Uu]se +(mdy) +dates *[|}]', -- 212k
'{{ *[Uu]se +(MDY) +dates *[|}]', -- 788
'{{ *[Uu]se +(DMY) +dates *[|}]', -- 343
'{{ *([Mm]dy) *[|}]', -- 176
'{{ *[Uu]se *(dmy) *[|}]', -- 156 + 18
'{{ *[Uu]se *(mdy) *[|}]', -- 149 + 11
'{{ *([Dd]my) *[|}]', -- 56
'{{ *[Uu]se +(MDY) *[|}]', -- 5
'{{ *([Dd]MY) *[|}]', -- 3
'{{ *[Uu]se(mdy)dates *[|}]', -- 1
'{{ *[Uu]se +(DMY) *[|}]', -- 0
'{{ *([Mm]DY) *[|}]', -- 0
}

local title_object = mw.title.getCurrentTitle();
local content; -- done this way so that unused templates appear in unused-template-reports; self-transcluded makes them look like they are used
if 10 ~= title_object.namespace then -- all namespaces except Template
content = title_object:getContent() or ''; -- get the content of the article or ''; new pages edited w/ve do not have 'content' until saved; ve does not preview; phab:T221625
end

local function get_date_format ()
if not content then -- nil content when we're in template
return nil; -- auto-formatting does not work in Template space so don't set global_df
end
for _, pattern in ipairs (df_template_patterns) do -- loop through the patterns looking for {{Use dmy dates}} or {{Use mdy dates}} or any of their redirects
local start, _, match = content:find(pattern); -- match is the three letters indicating desired date format
if match then
local use_dates_template = content:match ('%b{}', start); -- get the whole template
if use_dates_template:match ('| *cs1%-dates *= *[lsy][sy]?') then -- look for |cs1-dates=publication date length access-/archive-date length
return match:lower() .. '-' .. use_dates_template:match ('| *cs1%-dates *= *([lsy][sy]?)');
else
return match:lower() .. '-all'; -- no |cs1-dates= k/v pair; return value appropriate for use in |df=
end
end
end
end

local global_df; -- TODO: add this to <global_cs1_config_t>?

--[[-----------------< V O L U M E , I S S U E , P A G E S >------------------

These tables hold cite class values (from the template invocation) and identify those templates that support
|volume=, |issue=, and |page(s)= parameters. Cite conference and cite map require further qualification which
is handled in the main module.

]]

local templates_using_volume = {'citation', 'audio-visual', 'book', 'conference', 'encyclopaedia', 'interview', 'journal', 'magazine', 'map', 'news', 'report', 'techreport', 'thesis'}
local templates_using_issue = {'citation', 'conference', 'episode', 'interview', 'journal', 'magazine', 'map', 'news', 'podcast'}
local templates_not_using_page = {'audio-visual', 'episode', 'mailinglist', 'newsgroup', 'podcast', 'serial', 'sign', 'speech'}

--[[

These tables control when it is appropriate for {{citation}} to render |volume= and/or |issue=. The parameter
names in the tables constrain {{citation}} so that its renderings match the renderings of the equivalent cs1
templates. For example, {{cite web}} does not support |volume= so the equivalent {{citation |website=...}} must
not support |volume=.

]]

local citation_no_volume_t = { -- {{citation}} does not render |volume= when these parameters are used
'website', 'mailinglist', 'script-website',
}
local citation_issue_t = { -- {{citation}} may render |issue= when these parameters are used
'journal', 'magazine', 'newspaper', 'periodical', 'work',
'script-journal', 'script-magazine', 'script-newspaper', 'script-periodical', 'script-work',
}

--[[

Patterns for finding extra text in |volume=, |issue=, |page=, |pages=

]]

local vol_iss_pg_patterns = {
good_ppattern = '^P[^%.PpGg]', -- OK to begin with uppercase P: P7 (page 7 of section P), but not p123 (page 123); TODO: this allows 'Pages' which it should not
bad_ppatterns = { -- patterns for |page= and |pages=
'^[Pp][PpGg]?%.?[ %d]',
'^[Pp][Pp]?%. ', -- from {{p.}} and {{pp.}} templates
'^[Pp]ages?',
'^[Pp]gs.?',
},
vi_patterns_t = { -- combined to catch volume-like text in |issue= and issue-like text in |volume=
'^volumes?', -- volume-like text
'^vols?[%.:=]?',

'^issues?', --issue-like text
'^iss[%.:=]?',
'^numbers?',
'^nos?%A', -- don't match 'november' or 'nostradamus'
'^nr[%.:=]?',
'^n[%.:= ]', -- might be a valid issue without separator (space char is sep char here)
'^n°', -- 'n' with degree sign (U+00B0)
'^№', -- precomposed unicode numero character (U+2116)
},
}

--[[--------------------------< K E Y W O R D S >-------------------------------

These tables hold keywords for those parameters that have defined sets of acceptable keywords.

]]

--[[-------------------< K E Y W O R D S T A B L E >--------------------------

this is a list of keywords; each key in the list is associated with a table of
synonymous keywords possibly from different languages.

for I18N: add local-language keywords to value table; do not change the key.
For example, adding the German keyword 'ja':
['affirmative'] = {'yes', 'true', 'y', 'ja'},

Because CS1|2 templates from en.wiki articles are often copied to other local wikis,
it is recommended that the English keywords remain in these tables.

]]

local keywords = {
['amp'] = {'&', 'amp', 'ampersand'}, -- |name-list-style=
['and'] = {'and', 'serial'}, -- |name-list-style=
['affirmative'] = {'yes', 'true', 'y'}, -- |no-tracking=, |no-pp= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot
['afterword'] = {'afterword'}, -- |contribution=
['bot: unknown'] = {'bot: unknown'}, -- |url-status= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot
['cs1'] = {'cs1'}, -- |mode=
['cs2'] = {'cs2'}, -- |mode=
['dead'] = {'dead', 'deviated'}, -- |url-status= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot
['dmy'] = {'dmy'}, -- |df=
['dmy-all'] = {'dmy-all'}, -- |df=
['foreword'] = {'foreword'}, -- |contribution=
['free'] = {'free'}, -- |<id>-access= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot
['harv'] = {'harv'}, -- |ref=; this no longer supported; is_valid_parameter_value() called with <invert> = true
['introduction'] = {'introduction'}, -- |contribution=
['limited'] = {'limited'}, -- |url-access= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot
['live'] = {'live'}, -- |url-status= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot
['mdy'] = {'mdy'}, -- |df=
['mdy-all'] = {'mdy-all'}, -- |df=
['none'] = {'none'}, -- |postscript=, |ref=, |title=, |type= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot
['off'] = {'off'}, -- |title= (potentially also: |title-link=, |postscript=, |ref=, |type=)
['preface'] = {'preface'}, -- |contribution=
['registration'] = {'registration'}, -- |url-access= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot
['subscription'] = {'subscription'}, -- |url-access= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot
['unfit'] = {'unfit'}, -- |url-status= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot
['usurped'] = {'usurped'}, -- |url-status= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot
['vanc'] = {'vanc'}, -- |name-list-style=
['ymd'] = {'ymd'}, -- |df=
['ymd-all'] = {'ymd-all'}, -- |df=
-- ['yMd'] = {'yMd'}, -- |df=; not supported at en.wiki
-- ['yMd-all'] = {'yMd-all'}, -- |df=; not supported at en.wiki
}

--[[------------------------< X L A T E _ K E Y W O R D S >---------------------

this function builds a list, keywords_xlate{}, of the keywords found in keywords{} where the values from keywords{}
become the keys in keywords_xlate{} and the keys from keywords{} become the values in keywords_xlate{}:
['affirmative'] = {'yes', 'true', 'y'}, -- in keywords{}
becomes
['yes'] = 'affirmative', -- in keywords_xlate{}
['true'] = 'affirmative',
['y'] = 'affirmative',

the purpose of this function is to act as a translator between a non-English keyword and its English equivalent
that may be used in other modules of this suite

]]

local function xlate_keywords ()
local out_table = {}; -- output goes here
for k, keywords_t in pairs (keywords) do -- spin through the keywords table
for _, keyword in ipairs (keywords_t) do -- for each keyword
out_table[keyword] = k; -- create an entry in the output table where keyword is the key
end
end

return out_table;
end

local keywords_xlate = xlate_keywords (); -- the list of translated keywords

--[[----------------< M A K E _ K E Y W O R D S _ L I S T >---------------------

this function assembles, for parameter-value validation, the list of keywords appropriate to that parameter.

keywords_lists{}, is a table of tables from keywords{}

]]

local function make_keywords_list (keywords_lists)
local out_table = {}; -- output goes here

for _, keyword_list in ipairs (keywords_lists) do -- spin through keywords_lists{} and get a table of keywords
for _, keyword in ipairs (keyword_list) do -- spin through keyword_list{} and add each keyword, ...
table.insert (out_table, keyword); -- ... as plain text, to the output list
end
end
return out_table;
end

--[[----------------< K E Y W O R D S _ L I S T S >-----------------------------

this is a list of lists of valid keywords for the various parameters in [key].
Generally the keys in this table are the canonical en.wiki parameter names though
some are contrived because of use in multiple differently named parameters:
['yes_true_y'], ['id-access'].

The function make_keywords_list() extracts the individual keywords from the
appropriate list in keywords{}.

The lists in this table are used to validate the keyword assignment for the
parameters named in this table's keys.

]]

local keywords_lists = {
['yes_true_y'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.affirmative}),
['contribution'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.afterword, keywords.foreword, keywords.introduction, keywords.preface}),
['df'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.dmy, keywords['dmy-all'], keywords.mdy, keywords['mdy-all'], keywords.ymd, keywords['ymd-all']}),
-- ['df'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.dmy, keywords['dmy-all'], keywords.mdy, keywords['mdy-all'], keywords.ymd, keywords['ymd-all'], keywords.yMd, keywords['yMd-all']}), -- not supported at en.wiki
['mode'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.cs1, keywords.cs2}),
['name-list-style'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.amp, keywords['and'], keywords.vanc}),
['ref'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.harv}), -- inverted check; |ref=harv no longer supported
['url-access'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.subscription, keywords.limited, keywords.registration}),
['url-status'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.dead, keywords.live, keywords.unfit, keywords.usurped, keywords['bot: unknown']}),
['id-access'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.free}),
}

--[[--------------------------< C S 1 _ C O N F I G _ G E T >--------------------------------------------------

fetch and validate values from {{cs1 config}} template to fill <global_cs1_config_t>

no error messages; when errors are detected, the parameter value from {{cs1 config}} is blanked.

Supports all parameters and aliases associated with the metaparameters: DisplayAuthors, DisplayContributors,
DisplayEditors, DisplayInterviewers, DisplayTranslators, NameListStyle, and Mode. The DisplayWhatever metaparameters
accept numeric values only (|display-authors=etal and the like is not supported).

]]

local global_cs1_config_t = {}; -- TODO: add value returned from get_date_format() to this table?

local function get_cs1_config ()
if not content then -- nil content when we're in template
return nil; -- auto-formatting does not work in Template space so don't set global_df
end

local start = content:find('{{ *[Cc][Ss]1 config *[|}]'); -- <start> is offset into <content> when {{cs1 config}} found; nil else
if start then
local cs1_config_template = content:match ('%b{}', start); -- get the whole template

if not cs1_config_template then
return nil;
end

local params_t = mw.text.split (cs1_config_template:gsub ('^{{%s*', ''):gsub ('%s*}}$', ''), '%s*|%s*'); -- remove '{{' and '}}'; make a sequence of parameter/value pairs (split on the pipe)
table.remove (params_t, 1); -- remove the template name because it isn't a parameter/value pair

local config_meta_params_t = {'DisplayAuthors', 'DisplayContributors', 'DisplayEditors', 'DisplayInterviewers', 'DisplayTranslators', 'NameListStyle', 'Mode'};
local meta_param_map_t = {}; -- list of accepted parameter names usable in {{cs1 config}} goes here

for _, meta_param in ipairs (config_meta_params_t) do -- for i18n using <config_meta_params_t>, map template parameter names to their metaparameter equivalents
if 'table' == type (aliases[meta_param]) then -- if <meta_param> is a sequence,
for _, param in ipairs (aliases[meta_param]) do -- extract its contents
meta_param_map_t[param] = meta_param; -- and add to <meta_param_map_t>
end
else
meta_param_map_t[aliases[meta_param]] = meta_param; -- not a sequence so just add the parameter to <meta_param_map_t>
end
end

local keywords_t = {}; -- map valid keywords to their associate metaparameter; reverse form of <keyword_lists[key] for these metaparameters
for _, metaparam_t in ipairs ({{'NameListStyle', 'name-list-style'}, {'Mode', 'mode'}}) do -- only these metaparameter / keywords_lists key pairs
for _, keyword in ipairs (keywords_lists[metaparam_t[2]]) do -- spin through the list of keywords
keywords_t[keyword] = metaparam_t[1]; -- add [keyword] = metaparameter to the map
end
end

for _, param in ipairs (params_t) do -- spin through the {{cs1 config}} parameters and fill <global_cs1_config_t>
local k, v = param:match ('([^=]-)%s*=%s*(.+)'); -- <k> is the parameter name; <v> is parameter's assigned value
if k then
if k:find ('^display') then -- if <k> is one of the |display-<namelist>= parameters
if v:match ('%d+') then -- the assigned value must be digits; doesn't accept 'etal'
global_cs1_config_t[meta_param_map_t[k]]=v; -- add the display param and its value to globals table
end
else
if keywords_t[v] == meta_param_map_t[k] then -- keywords_t[v] returns nil or the metaparam name; these must be the same
global_cs1_config_t[meta_param_map_t[k]]=v; -- add the parameter and its value to globals table
end
end
end
end
end
end

get_cs1_config (); -- fill <global_cs1_config_t>

--[[---------------------< S T R I P M A R K E R S >----------------------------

Common pattern definition location for stripmarkers so that we don't have to go
hunting for them if (when) MediaWiki changes their form.

]]

local stripmarkers = {
['any'] = '\127[^\127]*UNIQ%-%-(%a+)%-[%a%d]+%-QINU[^\127]*\127', -- capture returns name of stripmarker
['math'] = '\127[^\127]*UNIQ%-%-math%-[%a%d]+%-QINU[^\127]*\127' -- math stripmarkers used in coins_cleanup() and coins_replace_math_stripmarker()
}

--[[---------------------------------

This table holds non-printing or invisible characters indexed either by name or
by Unicode group. Values are decimal representations of UTF-8 codes. The table
is organized as a table of tables because the Lua pairs keyword returns table
data in an arbitrary order. Here, we want to process the table from top to bottom
because the entries at the top of the table are also found in the ranges specified
by the entries at the bottom of the table.

Also here is a pattern that recognizes stripmarkers that begin and end with the
delete characters. The nowiki stripmarker is not an error but some others are
because the parameter values that include them become part of the template's
metadata before stripmarker replacement.

]]

local invisible_defs = {
del = '\127', -- used to distinguish between stripmarker and del char
zwj = '\226\128\141', -- used with capture because zwj may be allowed
}

local invisible_chars = {
{'replacement', '\239\191\189'}, -- U+FFFD, EF BF BD
{'zero width joiner', '('.. invisible_defs.zwj .. ')'}, -- U+200D, E2 80 8D; capture because zwj may be allowed
{'zero width space', '\226\128\139'}, -- U+200B, E2 80 8B
{'hair space', '\226\128\138'}, -- U+200A, E2 80 8A
{'soft hyphen', '\194\173'}, -- U+00AD, C2 AD
{'horizontal tab', '\009'}, -- U+0009 (HT), 09
{'line feed', '\010'}, -- U+000A (LF), 0A
{'no-break space', '\194\160'}, -- U+00A0 (NBSP), C2 A0
{'carriage return', '\013'}, -- U+000D (CR), 0D
{'stripmarker', stripmarkers.any}, -- stripmarker; may or may not be an error; capture returns the stripmaker type
{'delete', '('.. invisible_defs.del .. ')'}, -- U+007F (DEL), 7F; must be done after stripmarker test; capture to distinguish isolated del chars not part of stripmarker
{'C0 control', '[\000-\008\011\012\014-\031]'}, -- U+0000–U+001F (NULL–US), 00–1F (except HT, LF, CR (09, 0A, 0D))
{'C1 control', '[\194\128-\194\159]'}, -- U+0080–U+009F (XXX–APC), C2 80 – C2 9F
-- {'Specials', '[\239\191\185-\239\191\191]'}, -- U+FFF9-U+FFFF, EF BF B9 – EF BF BF
-- {'Private use area', '[\238\128\128-\239\163\191]'}, -- U+E000–U+F8FF, EE 80 80 – EF A3 BF
-- {'Supplementary Private Use Area-A', '[\243\176\128\128-\243\191\191\189]'}, -- U+F0000–U+FFFFD, F3 B0 80 80 – F3 BF BF BD
-- {'Supplementary Private Use Area-B', '[\244\128\128\128-\244\143\191\189]'}, -- U+100000–U+10FFFD, F4 80 80 80 – F4 8F BF BD
}

--[[

Indic script makes use of zero width joiner as a character modifier so zwj
characters must be left in. This pattern covers all of the unicode characters
for these languages:
Devanagari 0900–097F – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0900.pdf
Devanagari extended A8E0–A8FF – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/UA8E0.pdf
Bengali 0980–09FF – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0980.pdf
Gurmukhi 0A00–0A7F – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0A00.pdf
Gujarati 0A80–0AFF – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0A80.pdf
Oriya 0B00–0B7F – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0B00.pdf
Tamil 0B80–0BFF – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0B80.pdf
Telugu 0C00–0C7F – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0C00.pdf
Kannada 0C80–0CFF – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0C80.pdf
Malayalam 0D00–0D7F – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0D00.pdf
plus the not-necessarily Indic scripts for Sinhala and Burmese:
Sinhala 0D80-0DFF - https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0D80.pdf
Myanmar 1000-109F - https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U1000.pdf
Myanmar extended A AA60-AA7F - https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/UAA60.pdf
Myanmar extended B A9E0-A9FF - https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/UA9E0.pdf
the pattern is used by has_invisible_chars() and coins_cleanup()

]]

local indic_script = '[\224\164\128-\224\181\191\224\163\160-\224\183\191\225\128\128-\225\130\159\234\167\160-\234\167\191\234\169\160-\234\169\191]';

-- list of emoji that use a zwj character (U+200D) to combine with another emoji
-- from: https://unicode.org/Public/emoji/17.0/emoji-zwj-sequences.txt; version: 17.0; 2025-01-08
-- table created by: [[:en:Module:Make emoji zwj table]]
local emoji_t = { -- indexes are decimal forms of the hex values in U+xxxx
[8596] = true, -- U+2194 ↔ left right arrow
[8597] = true, -- U+2195 ↕ up down arrow
[9760] = true, -- U+2620 ☠ skull and crossbones
[9792] = true, -- U+2640 ♀ female sign
[9794] = true, -- U+2642 ♂ male sign
[9877] = true, -- U+2695 ⚕ staff of aesculapius
[9878] = true, -- U+2696 ⚖ scales
[9895] = true, -- U+26A7 ⚧ male with stroke and male and female sign
[9992] = true, -- U+2708 ✈ airplane
[10052] = true, -- U+2744 ❄ snowflake
[10084] = true, -- U+2764 ❤ heavy black heart
[10145] = true, -- U+27A1 ➡ black rightwards arrow
[11035] = true, -- U+2B1B ⬛ black large square
[127752] = true, -- U+1F308 🌈 rainbow
[127787] = true, -- U+1F32B 🌫 fog
[127806] = true, -- U+1F33E 🌾 ear of rice
[127859] = true, -- U+1F373 🍳 cooking
[127868] = true, -- U+1F37C 🍼 baby bottle
[127876] = true, -- U+1F384 🎄 christmas tree
[127891] = true, -- U+1F393 🎓 graduation cap
[127908] = true, -- U+1F3A4 🎤 microphone
[127912] = true, -- U+1F3A8 🎨 artist palette
[127979] = true, -- U+1F3EB 🏫 school
[127981] = true, -- U+1F3ED 🏭 factory
[128048] = true, -- U+1F430 🐰 rabbit face
[128102] = true, -- U+1F466 👦 boy
[128103] = true, -- U+1F467 👧 girl
[128104] = true, -- U+1F468 👨 man
[128105] = true, -- U+1F469 👩 woman
[128139] = true, -- U+1F48B 💋 kiss mark
[128165] = true, -- U+1F4A5 💥 collision symbol
[128168] = true, -- U+1F4A8 💨 dash symbol
[128171] = true, -- U+1F4AB 💫 dizzy symbol
[128187] = true, -- U+1F4BB 💻 personal computer
[128188] = true, -- U+1F4BC 💼 brief case
[128293] = true, -- U+1F525 🔥 fire
[128295] = true, -- U+1F527 🔧 wrench
[128300] = true, -- U+1F52C 🔬 microscope
[128488] = true, -- U+1F5E8 🗨 left speech bubble
[128640] = true, -- U+1F680 🚀 rocket
[128658] = true, -- U+1F692 🚒 fire engine
[129001] = true, -- U+1F7E9 🟩 large green square
[129003] = true, -- U+1F7EB 🟫 large brown square
[129309] = true, -- U+1F91D 🤝 handshake
[129455] = true, -- U+1F9AF 🦯 probing cane
[129456] = true, -- U+1F9B0 🦰 emoji component red hair
[129457] = true, -- U+1F9B1 🦱 emoji component curly hair
[129458] = true, -- U+1F9B2 🦲 emoji component bald
[129459] = true, -- U+1F9B3 🦳 emoji component white hair
[129466] = true, -- U+1F9BA 🦺 safety vest
[129468] = true, -- U+1F9BC 🦼 motorized wheelchair
[129469] = true, -- U+1F9BD 🦽 manual wheelchair
[129489] = true, -- U+1F9D1 🧑 adult
[129490] = true, -- U+1F9D2 🧒 child
[129648] = true, -- U+1FA70 🩰 ballet shoes
[129657] = true, -- U+1FA79 🩹 adhesive bandage
[129775] = true, -- U+1FAEF 🫯 fight cloud
[129778] = true, -- U+1FAF2 🫲 leftwards hand
}

--[[----------------------< L A N G U A G E S U P P O R T >-------------------

These tables and constants support various language-specific functionality.

]]

--local this_wiki_code = mw.getContentLanguage():getCode(); -- get this wiki's language code
local this_wiki_code = lang_obj:getCode(); -- get this wiki's language code
if string.match (mw.site.server, 'wikidata') then
this_wiki_code = mw.getCurrentFrame():callParserFunction('int', {'lang'}); -- on Wikidata so use interface language setting instead
end

local mw_languages_by_tag_t = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames (this_wiki_code, 'all'); -- get a table of language tag/name pairs known to Wikimedia; used for interwiki tests
local mw_languages_by_name_t = {};
for k, v in pairs (mw_languages_by_tag_t) do -- build a 'reversed' table name/tag language pairs know to MediaWiki; used for |language=
v = mw.ustring.lower (v); -- lowercase for tag fetch; get name's proper case from mw_languages_by_tag_t[<tag>]
if mw_languages_by_name_t[v] then -- when name already in the table
if 2 == #k or 3 == #k then -- if tag does not have subtags
mw_languages_by_name_t[v] = k; -- prefer the shortest tag for this name
end
else -- here when name not in the table
mw_languages_by_name_t[v] = k; -- so add name and matching tag
end
end

local inter_wiki_map = {}; -- map of interwiki prefixes that are language-code prefixes
for k, v in pairs (mw.site.interwikiMap ('local')) do -- spin through the base interwiki map (limited to local)
if mw_languages_by_tag_t[v["prefix"]] then -- if the prefix matches a known language tag
inter_wiki_map[v["prefix"]] = true; -- add it to our local map
end
end

--[[--------------------< S C R I P T _ L A N G _ C O D E S >-------------------

This table is used to hold ISO 639-1 two-character and ISO 639-3 three-character
language codes that apply only to |script-title= and |script-chapter=

]]

local script_lang_codes = {
'ab', 'am', 'ar', 'az', 'be', 'bg', 'bn', 'bo', 'bs', 'ce', 'chr', 'cu',
'dv', 'dz', 'el', 'fa', 'grc', 'gu', 'he', 'hi', 'hy', 'ja', 'ka', 'kk',
'km', 'kn', 'ko', 'ku', 'ky', 'lo', 'mk', 'ml', 'mn', 'mni', 'mr', 'my',
'ne', 'or', 'ota', 'pa', 'ps', 'ru', 'sd', 'si', 'sr', 'syc', 'ta', 'te',
'tg', 'th', 'ti', 'tkr', 'tt', 'ug', 'uk', 'ur', 'uz', 'yi', 'yue', 'zh',
'zgh'
};

--[[---------------< L A N G U A G E R E M A P P I N G >----------------------

These tables hold language information that is different (correct) from MediaWiki's definitions

For each ['<tag>'] = 'language name' in lang_code_remap{} there must be a matching ['language name'] = {'language name', '<tag>'} in lang_name_remap{}

lang_tag_remap{}:
key is always lowercase ISO 639-1, -2, -3 language tag or a valid lowercase IETF language tag
value is properly spelled and capitalized language name associated with <tag>
only one language name per <tag>;
key/value pair must have matching entry in lang_name_remap{}

lang_name_remap{}:
key is always lowercase language name
value is a table the holds correctly spelled and capitalized language name [1] and associated tag [2] (tag must match a tag key in lang_tag_remap{})
may have multiple keys referring to a common preferred name and tag; For example:
['kolsch'] and ['kölsch'] both refer to 'Kölsch' and 'ksh'

]]

local lang_tag_remap = { -- used for |language= and |script-title= / |script-chapter=
['als'] = 'Tosk Albanian', -- MediaWiki returns Alemannisch
['bh'] = 'Bihari', -- MediaWiki uses 'bh' as a subdomain name for Bhojpuri Wikipedia: bh.wikipedia.org
['bla'] = 'Blackfoot', -- MediaWiki/IANA/ISO 639: Siksika; use en.wiki preferred name
['bn'] = 'Bengali', -- MediaWiki returns Bangla
['ca-valencia'] = 'Valencian', -- IETF variant of Catalan
['fkv'] = 'Kven', -- MediaWiki returns Kvensk
['gsw'] = 'Swiss German',
['ilo'] = 'Ilocano', -- MediaWiki/IANA/ISO 639: Iloko; use en.wiki preferred name
['ksh'] = 'Kölsch', -- MediaWiki: Colognian; use IANA/ISO 639 preferred name
['ksh-x-colog'] = 'Colognian', -- override MediaWiki ksh; no IANA/ISO 639 code for Colognian; IETF private code created at Module:Lang/data
['mis-x-ripuar'] = 'Ripuarian', -- override MediaWiki ksh; no IANA/ISO 639 code for Ripuarian; IETF private code created at Module:Lang/data
['nan-tw'] = 'Taiwanese Hokkien', -- make room for MediaWiki/IANA/ISO 639 nan: Min Nan Chinese and support en.wiki preferred name
['sr-ec'] = 'Serbian (Cyrillic script)', -- MediaWiki returns српски (ћирилица)
['sr-el'] = 'Serbian (Latin script)', -- MediaWiki returns srpski (latinica)
}

local lang_name_remap = { -- used for |language=; names require proper capitalization; tags must be lowercase
['alemannic'] = {'Swiss German', 'gsw'}, -- ISO 639-2, -3 alternate for Swiss German; MediaWiki mediawiki returns Alemannic for gsw; en.wiki preferred name
['alemannisch'] = {'Swiss German', 'gsw'}, -- not an ISO or IANA language name; MediaWiki uses 'als' as a subdomain name for Alemannic Wikipedia: als.wikipedia.org
['bangla'] = {'Bengali', 'bn'}, -- MediaWiki returns Bangla (the endonym) but we want Bengali (the exonym); here we remap
['bengali'] = {'Bengali', 'bn'}, -- MediaWiki doesn't use exonym so here we provide correct language name and 639-1 code
['bhojpuri'] = {'Bhojpuri', 'bho'}, -- MediaWiki uses 'bh' as a subdomain name for Bhojpuri Wikipedia: bh.wikipedia.org
['bihari'] = {'Bihari', 'bh'}, -- MediaWiki replaces 'Bihari' with 'Bhojpuri' so 'Bihari' cannot be found
['blackfoot'] = {'Blackfoot', 'bla'}, -- MediaWiki/IANA/ISO 639: Siksika; use en.wiki preferred name
['colognian'] = {'Colognian', 'ksh-x-colog'}, -- MediaWiki preferred name for ksh
['ilocano'] = {'Ilocano', 'ilo'}, -- MediaWiki/IANA/ISO 639: Iloko; use en.wiki preferred name
['kolsch'] = {'Kölsch', 'ksh'}, -- use IANA/ISO 639 preferred name (use non-diacritical o instead of umlaut ö)
['kölsch'] = {'Kölsch', 'ksh'}, -- use IANA/ISO 639 preferred name
['kven'] = {'Kven', 'fkv'}, -- Unicode CLDR have decided not to support English language name for these two...
['kvensk'] = {'Kven', 'fkv'}, -- ...they say to refer to IANA registry for English names
['ripuarian'] = {'Ripuarian', 'mis-x-ripuar'}, -- group of dialects; no code in MediaWiki or in IANA/ISO 639
['serbian (cyrillic script)'] = {'Serbian (Cyrillic script)', 'sr-cyrl'}, -- special case to get correct tag when |language=sr-ec
['serbian (latin script)'] = {'Serbian (Latin script)', 'sr-latn'}, -- special case to get correct tag when |language=sr-el
['swiss german'] = {'Swiss German', 'gsw'},
['taiwanese hokkien'] = {'Taiwanese Hokkien', 'nan-tw'}, -- make room for MediaWiki/IANA/ISO 639 nan: Min Nan Chinese
['tosk albanian'] = {'Tosk Albanian', 'als'}, -- MediaWiki replaces 'Tosk Albanian' with 'Alemannisch' so 'Tosk Albanian' cannot be found
['valencian'] = {'Valencian', 'ca-valencia'}, -- variant of Catalan; categorizes as Valencian
}

--[[-------------------------------

Properties categories. These are used for investigating qualities of citations.

]]

local prop_cats = {
['foreign-lang-source'] = 'CS1 $1-language sources ($2)', -- |language= categories; $1 is foreign-language name, $2 is ISO639-1 code
['foreign-lang-source-2'] = 'CS1 foreign language sources (ISO 639-2)|$1', -- |language= category; a cat for ISO639-2 languages; $1 is the ISO 639-2 code used as a sort key
['interproj-linked-name'] = 'CS1 interproject-linked names|$1', -- any author, editor, etc that has an interproject link; $1 is interproject tag used as a sort key
['interwiki-linked-name'] = 'CS1 interwiki-linked names|$1', -- any author, editor, etc that has an interwiki link; $1 is interwiki tag used as a sort key; yeilds to interproject
['local-lang-source'] = 'CS1 $1-language sources ($2)', -- |language= categories; $1 is local-language name, $2 is ISO639-1 code; not emitted when local_lang_cat_enable is false
['location-test'] = 'CS1 location test',
['long-vol'] = 'CS1: long volume value', -- probably temporary cat to identify scope of |volume= values longer than 4 characters
['script'] = 'CS1 uses $1-language script ($2)', -- |script-title=xx: has matching category; $1 is language name, $2 is language tag
['tracked-param'] = 'CS1 tracked parameter: $1', -- $1 is base (enumerators removed) parameter name
['unfit'] = 'CS1: unfit URL', -- |url-status=unfit or |url-status=usurped; used to be a maint cat
['vanc-accept'] = 'CS1:Vancouver names with accept markup', -- for |vauthors=/|veditors= with accept-as-written markup
['year-range-abbreviated'] = 'CS1: abbreviated year range', -- probably temporary cat to identify scope of |date=, |year= values using YYYY–YY form
}

--[[-------------------< T I T L E _ T Y P E S >--------------------------------

Here we map a template's CitationClass to TitleType (default values for |type= parameter)

]]

local title_types = {
['AV-media-notes'] = 'Media notes',
['document'] = 'Document',
['interview'] = 'Interview',
['mailinglist'] = 'Mailing list',
['map'] = 'Map',
['podcast'] = 'Podcast',
['pressrelease'] = 'Press release',
['report'] = 'Report',
['speech'] = 'Speech',
['techreport'] = 'Technical report',
['thesis'] = 'Thesis',
}

--[[----------------------------

build a table of doi registrants known to be free-to-read In a doi, the registrant ID is the series of digits
between the '10.' and the first '/': in doi 10.1100/sommat, 1100 is the registrant ID

see §3.2.2 DOI prefix of the Doi Handbook p. 43
https://www.doi.org/doi-handbook/DOI_Handbook_Final.pdf#page=43

]]

local function build_free_doi_registrants_table()
local registrants_t = {};
for _, v in ipairs ({
'1045', '1074', '1096', '1100', '1155', '1186', '1194', '1371', '1629', '1989', '1999', '2147', '2196', '3285', '3389', '3390',
'3748', '3814', '3847', '3897', '4061', '4089', '4103', '4172', '4175', '4230', '4236', '4239', '4240', '4249', '4251',
'4252', '4253', '4254', '4291', '4292', '4329', '4330', '4331', '5194', '5210', '5306', '5312', '5313', '5314',
'5315', '5316', '5317', '5318', '5319', '5320', '5321', '5334', '5402', '5409', '5410', '5411', '5412',
'5492', '5493', '5494', '5495', '5496', '5497', '5498', '5499', '5500', '5501', '5527', '5528', '5662',
'6064', '6219', '7167', '7217', '7287', '7482', '7490', '7554', '7717', '7759', '7766', '9778', '11131', '11569', '11647',
'11648', '12688', '12703', '12715', '12942', '12998', '13105', '14256', '14293', '14303', '15215', '15347', '15412', '15560', '16995',
'17645', '18637', '19080', '19173', '20944', '21037', '21468', '21767', '22261', '22323', '22459', '24105', '24196', '24966',
'26775', '30845', '32545', '35711', '35712', '35713', '35995', '36648', '37126', '37532', '37871', '47128',
'47622', '47959', '52437', '52975', '53288', '54081', '54947', '55667', '55914', '57009', '58647', '59081',
}) do
registrants_t[v] = true; -- build a k/v table of known free-to-read doi registrants
end

return registrants_t;
end

local extended_registrants_t = { -- known free registrants identifiable by the doi suffix incipit
['1002'] = {'aelm', 'leap'}, -- Advanced Electronic Materials, Learned Publishing
['1016'] = {'j.heliyon', 'j.nlp', 'j.patter', 'j.proche'}, -- Heliyon, Natural Language Processing, Patterns, Procedia Chemistry
['1017'] = {'nlp'}, -- Natural Language Processing Journal
['1046'] = {'j.1365-8711', 'j.1365-246x'}, -- MNRAS, GJI
['1093'] = {'mnras', 'mnrasl', 'gji', 'rasti'}, -- MNRAS, MNRAS Letters, GJI, RASTI
['1099'] = {'acmi', 'mic', '00221287', 'mgen'}, -- Access Microbiology, Microbiology, Journal of General Microbiology, Microbial Genomics
['1111'] = {'j.1365-2966', 'j.1745-3933', 'j.1365-246X'}, -- MNRAS, MNRAS Letters, GJI
['1210'] = {'jendso','jcemcr'}, -- Journal of the Endocrine Society, JCEM Case Reports
['4171'] = {'dm','mag'}, -- Documenta Mathematica, EMS Magazine
['11158'] = {'saasp'}, -- Systematic and Applied Acarology Special Publications
['11646'] = {'megataxa', 'mesozoic'}, -- Megataxa, Mesozoic
['14231'] = {'ag'}, -- Algebraic Geometry
['22073'] = {'pja'}, -- Persian Journal of Acarology
['35249'] = {'rche'}, -- Revista Chilena de Entomología
['37520'] = {'fi'}, -- Fossil Imprint
['53562'] = {'ajcb'} -- Asian Journal of Conservation Biology
}

--[[===================<< E R R O R M E S S A G I N G >>======================
]]

--[[----------< E R R O R M E S S A G E S U P P L I M E N T S >-------------

I18N for those messages that are supplemented with additional specific text that
describes the reason for the error

TODO: merge this with special_case_translations{}?
]]

local err_msg_supl = {
['char'] = 'invalid character', -- |isbn=, |sbn=
['check'] = 'checksum', -- |isbn=, |sbn=
['flag'] = 'flag', -- |archive-url=
['form'] = 'invalid form', -- |isbn=, |sbn=
['group'] = 'invalid group id', -- |isbn=
['initials'] = 'initials', -- Vancouver
['invalid language code'] = 'invalid language code', -- |script-<param>=
['journal'] = 'journal', -- |bibcode=
['length'] = 'length', -- |isbn=, |bibcode=, |sbn=
['liveweb'] = 'liveweb', -- |archive-url=
['missing comma'] = 'missing comma', -- Vancouver
['missing prefix'] = 'missing prefix', -- |script-<param>=
['missing title part'] = 'missing title part', -- |script-<param>=
['name'] = 'name', -- Vancouver
['non-Latin char'] = 'non-Latin character', -- Vancouver
['path'] = 'path', -- |archive-url=
['prefix'] = 'invalid prefix', -- |isbn=
['punctuation'] = 'punctuation', -- Vancouver
['save'] = 'save command', -- |archive-url=
['suffix'] = 'suffix', -- Vancouver
['timestamp'] = 'timestamp', -- |archive-url=
['unknown language code'] = 'unknown language code', -- |script-<param>=
['value'] = 'value', -- |bibcode=
['year'] = 'year', -- |bibcode=
}

--[[--------------< E R R O R _ C O N D I T I O N S >---------------------------

Error condition table. This table has two sections: errors at the top, maintenance
at the bottom. Maint 'messaging' does not have a 'message' (message=nil)

The following contains a list of IDs for various error conditions defined in the
code. For each ID, we specify a text message to display, an error category to
include, and whether the error message should be wrapped as a hidden comment.

Anchor changes require identical changes to matching anchor in Help:CS1 errors

TODO: rename error_conditions{} to something more generic; create separate error
and maint tables inside that?

]]

local error_conditions = {
err_accessdate_missing_url = {
message = '<code class="cs1-code">|access-date=</code> requires <code class="cs1-code">|url=</code>',
anchor = 'accessdate_missing_url',
category = 'CS1 errors: access-date without URL',
hidden = false
},
err_apostrophe_markup = {
message = 'Italic or bold markup not allowed in: <code class="cs1-code">|$1=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name
anchor = 'apostrophe_markup',
category = 'CS1 errors: markup',
hidden = false
},
err_archive_date_missing_url = {
message = '<code class="cs1-code">|archive-date=</code> requires <code class="cs1-code">|archive-url=</code>',
anchor = 'archive_date_missing_url',
category = 'CS1 errors: archive-url',
hidden = false
},
err_archive_date_url_ts_mismatch = {
message = '<code class="cs1-code">|archive-date=</code> / <code class="cs1-code">|archive-url=</code> timestamp mismatch; $1 suggested',
anchor = 'archive_date_url_ts_mismatch',
category = 'CS1 errors: archive-url',
hidden = false
},
err_archive_missing_date = {
message = '<code class="cs1-code">|archive-url=</code> requires <code class="cs1-code">|archive-date=</code>',
anchor = 'archive_missing_date',
category = 'CS1 errors: archive-url',
hidden = false
},
err_archive_missing_url = {
message = '<code class="cs1-code">|archive-url=</code> requires <code class="cs1-code">|url=</code>',
anchor = 'archive_missing_url',
category = 'CS1 errors: archive-url',
hidden = false
},
err_archive_url = {
message = '<code class="cs1-code">|archive-url=</code> is malformed: $1', -- $1 is error message detail
anchor = 'archive_url',
category = 'CS1 errors: archive-url',
hidden = false
},
err_arxiv_missing = {
message = '<code class="cs1-code">|arxiv=</code> required',
anchor = 'arxiv_missing',
category = 'CS1 errors: arXiv', -- same as bad arxiv
hidden = false
},
err_asintld_missing_asin = {
message = '<code class="cs1-code">|$1=</code> requires <code class="cs1-code">|asin=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name
anchor = 'asintld_missing_asin',
category = 'CS1 errors: ASIN TLD',
hidden = false
},
err_bad_arxiv = {
message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">|arxiv=</code> value',
anchor = 'bad_arxiv',
category = 'CS1 errors: arXiv',
hidden = false
},
err_bad_asin = {
message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">|asin=</code> value',
anchor = 'bad_asin',
category ='CS1 errors: ASIN',
hidden = false
},
err_bad_asin_tld = {
message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">|asin-tld=</code> value',
anchor = 'bad_asin_tld',
category ='CS1 errors: ASIN TLD',
hidden = false
},
err_bad_bibcode = {
message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">|bibcode=</code> $1', -- $1 is error message detail
anchor = 'bad_bibcode',
category = 'CS1 errors: bibcode',
hidden = false
},
err_bad_biorxiv = {
message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">|biorxiv=</code> value',
anchor = 'bad_biorxiv',
category = 'CS1 errors: bioRxiv',
hidden = false
},
err_bad_citeseerx = {
message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">|citeseerx=</code> value',
anchor = 'bad_citeseerx',
category = 'CS1 errors: citeseerx',
hidden = false
},
err_bad_date = {
message = 'Check date values in: $1', -- $1 is a parameter name list
anchor = 'bad_date',
category = 'CS1 errors: dates',
hidden = false
},
err_bad_doi = {
message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">|doi=</code> value',
anchor = 'bad_doi',
category = 'CS1 errors: DOI',
hidden = false
},
err_bad_hdl = {
message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">|hdl=</code> value',
anchor = 'bad_hdl',
category = 'CS1 errors: HDL',
hidden = false
},
err_bad_isbn = {
message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">|isbn=</code> value: $1', -- $1 is error message detail
anchor = 'bad_isbn',
category = 'CS1 errors: ISBN',
hidden = false
},
err_bad_ismn = {
message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">|ismn=</code> value',
anchor = 'bad_ismn',
category = 'CS1 errors: ISMN',
hidden = false
},
err_bad_issn = {
message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">|$1issn=</code> value', -- $1 is 'e' or '' for eissn or issn
anchor = 'bad_issn',
category = 'CS1 errors: ISSN',
hidden = false
},
err_bad_jfm = {
message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">|jfm=</code> value',
anchor = 'bad_jfm',
category = 'CS1 errors: JFM',
hidden = false
},
err_bad_jstor = {
message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">|jstor=</code> value',
anchor = 'bad_jstor',
category = 'CS1 errors: JSTOR',
hidden = false
},
err_bad_lccn = {
message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">|lccn=</code> value',
anchor = 'bad_lccn',
category = 'CS1 errors: LCCN',
hidden = false
},
err_bad_medrxiv = {
message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">|medrxiv=</code> value',
anchor = 'bad_medrxiv',
category = 'CS1 errors: medRxiv',
hidden = false
},
err_bad_mr = {
message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">|mr=</code> value',
anchor = 'bad_mr',
category = 'CS1 errors: MR',
hidden = false
},
err_bad_oclc = {
message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">|oclc=</code> value',
anchor = 'bad_oclc',
category = 'CS1 errors: OCLC',
hidden = false
},
err_bad_ol = {
message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">|ol=</code> value',
anchor = 'bad_ol',
category = 'CS1 errors: OL',
hidden = false
},
err_bad_osti = {
message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">|osti=</code> value',
anchor = 'bad_osti',
category = 'CS1 errors: OSTI',
hidden = false
},
err_bad_paramlink = { -- for |title-link=, |author/editor/translator-link=, |series-link=, |episode-link=
message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">|$1=</code> value', -- $1 is parameter name
anchor = 'bad_paramlink',
category = 'CS1 errors: parameter link',
hidden = false
},
err_bad_pmc = {
message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">|pmc=</code> value',
anchor = 'bad_pmc',
category = 'CS1 errors: PMC',
hidden = false
},
err_bad_pmid = {
message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">|pmid=</code> value',
anchor = 'bad_pmid',
category = 'CS1 errors: PMID',
hidden = false
},
err_bad_rfc = {
message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">|rfc=</code> value',
anchor = 'bad_rfc',
category = 'CS1 errors: RFC',
hidden = false
},
err_bad_s2cid = {
message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">|s2cid=</code> value',
anchor = 'bad_s2cid',
category = 'CS1 errors: S2CID',
hidden = false
},
err_bad_sbn = {
message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">|sbn=</code> value: $1', -- $1 is error message detail
anchor = 'bad_sbn',
category = 'CS1 errors: SBN',
hidden = false
},
err_bad_ssrn = {
message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">|ssrn=</code> value',
anchor = 'bad_ssrn',
category = 'CS1 errors: SSRN',
hidden = false
},
err_bad_url = {
message = 'Check $1 value', -- $1 is parameter name
anchor = 'bad_url',
category = 'CS1 errors: URL',
hidden = false
},
err_bad_usenet_id = {
message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">|message-id=</code> value',
anchor = 'bad_message_id',
category = 'CS1 errors: message-id',
hidden = false
},
err_bad_zbl = {
message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">|zbl=</code> value',
anchor = 'bad_zbl',
category = 'CS1 errors: Zbl',
hidden = false
},
err_bare_url_missing_title = {
message = '$1 missing title', -- $1 is parameter name
anchor = 'bare_url_missing_title',
category = 'CS1 errors: bare URL',
hidden = false
},
err_biorxiv_missing = {
message = '<code class="cs1-code">|biorxiv=</code> required',
anchor = 'biorxiv_missing',
category = 'CS1 errors: bioRxiv', -- same as bad bioRxiv
hidden = false
},
err_chapter_ignored = {
message = '<code class="cs1-code">|$1=</code> ignored', -- $1 is parameter name
anchor = 'chapter_ignored',
category = 'CS1 errors: chapter ignored',
hidden = false
},
err_citation_missing_title = {
message = 'Missing or empty <code class="cs1-code">|$1=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name
anchor = 'citation_missing_title',
category = 'CS1 errors: missing title',
hidden = false
},
err_citeseerx_missing = {
message = '<code class="cs1-code">|citeseerx=</code> required',
anchor = 'citeseerx_missing',
category = 'CS1 errors: citeseerx', -- same as bad citeseerx
hidden = false
},
err_cite_web_url = { -- this error applies to cite web and to cite podcast
message = 'Missing or empty <code class="cs1-code">|url=</code>',
anchor = 'cite_web_url',
category = 'CS1 errors: requires URL',
hidden = false
},
err_class_ignored = {
message = '<code class="cs1-code">|class=</code> ignored',
anchor = 'class_ignored',
category = 'CS1 errors: class',
hidden = false
},
err_contributor_ignored = {
message = '<code class="cs1-code">|contributor=</code> ignored',
anchor = 'contributor_ignored',
category = 'CS1 errors: contributor',
hidden = false
},
err_contributor_missing_required_param = {
message = '<code class="cs1-code">|contributor=</code> requires <code class="cs1-code">|$1=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name
anchor = 'contributor_missing_required_param',
category = 'CS1 errors: contributor',
hidden = false
},
err_deprecated_params = {
message = 'Cite uses deprecated parameter <code class="cs1-code">|$1=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name
anchor = 'deprecated_params',
category = 'CS1 errors: deprecated parameters',
hidden = false
},
err_disp_name = {
message = 'Invalid <code class="cs1-code">|$1=$2</code>', -- $1 is parameter name; $2 is the assigned value
anchor = 'disp_name',
category = 'CS1 errors: display-names',
hidden = false,
},
err_doibroken_missing_doi = {
message = '<code class="cs1-code">|$1=</code> requires <code class="cs1-code">|doi=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name
anchor = 'doibroken_missing_doi',
category = 'CS1 errors: DOI',
hidden = false
},
err_embargo_missing_pmc = {
message = '<code class="cs1-code">|$1=</code> requires <code class="cs1-code">|pmc=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name
anchor = 'embargo_missing_pmc',
category = 'CS1 errors: PMC embargo',
hidden = false
},
err_empty_citation = {
message = 'Empty citation',
anchor = 'empty_citation',
category = 'CS1 errors: empty citation',
hidden = false
},
err_etal = {
message = 'Explicit use of et al. in: <code class="cs1-code">|$1=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name
anchor = 'explicit_et_al',
category = 'CS1 errors: explicit use of et al.',
hidden = false
},
err_extra_text_edition = {
message = '<code class="cs1-code">|edition=</code> has extra text',
anchor = 'extra_text_edition',
category = 'CS1 errors: extra text: edition',
hidden = false,
},
err_extra_text_issue = {
message = '<code class="cs1-code">|$1=</code> has extra text', -- $1 is parameter name
anchor = 'extra_text_issue',
category = 'CS1 errors: extra text: issue',
hidden = false,
},
err_extra_text_pages = {
message = '<code class="cs1-code">|$1=</code> has extra text', -- $1 is parameter name
anchor = 'extra_text_pages',
category = 'CS1 errors: extra text: pages',
hidden = false,
},
err_extra_text_volume = {
message = '<code class="cs1-code">|$1=</code> has extra text', -- $1 is parameter name
anchor = 'extra_text_volume',
category = 'CS1 errors: extra text: volume',
hidden = false,
},
err_first_missing_last = {
message = '<code class="cs1-code">|$1=</code> missing <code class="cs1-code">|$2=</code>', -- $1 is first alias, $2 is matching last alias
anchor = 'first_missing_last',
category = 'CS1 errors: missing name', -- author, contributor, editor, interviewer, translator
hidden = false
},
err_format_missing_url = {
message = '<code class="cs1-code">|$1=</code> requires <code class="cs1-code">|$2=</code>', -- $1 is format parameter $2 is url parameter
anchor = 'format_missing_url',
category = 'CS1 errors: format without URL',
hidden = false
},
err_generic_name = {
message = '<code class="cs1-code">|$1=</code> has generic name', -- $1 is parameter name
anchor = 'generic_name',
category = 'CS1 errors: generic name',
hidden = false,
},
err_generic_title = {
message = 'Cite uses generic title',
anchor = 'generic_title',
category = 'CS1 errors: generic title',
hidden = false,
},
err_invalid_isbn_date = {
message = 'ISBN / Date incompatibility',
anchor = 'invalid_isbn_date',
category = 'CS1 errors: ISBN date',
hidden = true
},
err_invalid_param_val = {
message = 'Invalid <code class="cs1-code">|$1=$2</code>', -- $1 is parameter name $2 is parameter value
anchor = 'invalid_param_val',
category = 'CS1 errors: invalid parameter value',
hidden = false
},
err_invisible_char = {
message = '$1 in $2 at position $3', -- $1 is invisible char $2 is parameter name $3 is position number
anchor = 'invisible_char',
category = 'CS1 errors: invisible characters',
hidden = false
},
err_medrxiv_missing = {
message = '<code class="cs1-code">|medrxiv=</code> required',
anchor = 'medrxiv_missing',
category = 'CS1 errors: medRxiv', -- same as bad medRxiv
hidden = false
},
err_missing_name = {
message = 'Missing <code class="cs1-code">|$1$2=</code>', -- $1 is modified NameList; $2 is enumerator
anchor = 'missing_name',
category = 'CS1 errors: missing name', -- author, contributor, editor, interviewer, translator
hidden = false
},
err_missing_periodical = {
message = 'Cite $1 requires <code class="cs1-code">|$2=</code>', -- $1 is cs1 template name; $2 is canonical periodical parameter name for cite $1
anchor = 'missing_periodical',
category = 'CS1 errors: missing periodical',
hidden = false
},
err_missing_pipe = {
message = 'Missing pipe in: <code class="cs1-code">|$1=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name
anchor = 'missing_pipe',
category = 'CS1 errors: missing pipe',
hidden = false
},
err_missing_publisher = {
message = 'Cite $1 requires <code class="cs1-code">|$2=</code>', -- $1 is cs1 template name; $2 is canonical publisher parameter name for cite $1
anchor = 'missing_publisher',
category = 'CS1 errors: missing publisher',
hidden = false
},
err_numeric_names = {
message = '<code class="cs1-code">|$1=</code> has numeric name', -- $1 is parameter name',
anchor = 'numeric_names',
category = 'CS1 errors: numeric name',
hidden = false,
},
err_param_access_requires_param = {
message = '<code class="cs1-code">|$1-access=</code> requires <code class="cs1-code">|$1=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name
anchor = 'param_access_requires_param',
category = 'CS1 errors: param-access',
hidden = false
},
err_param_has_ext_link = {
message = 'External link in <code class="cs1-code">$1</code>', -- $1 is parameter name
anchor = 'param_has_ext_link',
category = 'CS1 errors: external links',
hidden = false
},
err_param_has_twl_url = {
message = 'Wikipedia Library link in <code class="cs1-code">$1</code>', -- $1 is parameter name
anchor = 'param_has_twl_url',
category = 'CS1 errors: URL',
hidden = false
},
err_parameter_ignored = {
message = 'Unknown parameter <code class="cs1-code">|$1=</code> ignored', -- $1 is parameter name
anchor = 'parameter_ignored',
category = 'CS1 errors: unsupported parameter',
hidden = false
},
err_parameter_ignored_suggest = {
message = 'Unknown parameter <code class="cs1-code">|$1=</code> ignored (<code class="cs1-code">|$2=</code> suggested)', -- $1 is unknown parameter $2 is suggested parameter name
anchor = 'parameter_ignored_suggest',
category = 'CS1 errors: unsupported parameter',
hidden = false
},
err_periodical_ignored = {
message = '<code class="cs1-code">|$1=</code> ignored', -- $1 is parameter name
anchor = 'periodical_ignored',
category = 'CS1 errors: periodical ignored',
hidden = false
},
err_redundant_parameters = {
message = 'More than one of $1 specified', -- $1 is error message detail
anchor = 'redundant_parameters',
category = 'CS1 errors: redundant parameter',
hidden = false
},
err_script_parameter = {
message = 'Invalid <code class="cs1-code">|$1=</code>: $2', -- $1 is parameter name $2 is script language code or error detail
anchor = 'script_parameter',
category = 'CS1 errors: script parameters',
hidden = false
},
err_ssrn_missing = {
message = '<code class="cs1-code">|ssrn=</code> required',
anchor = 'ssrn_missing',
category = 'CS1 errors: SSRN',
hidden = false
},
err_text_ignored = {
message = 'Text "$1" ignored', -- $1 is ignored text
anchor = 'text_ignored',
category = 'CS1 errors: unrecognized parameter',
hidden = false
},
err_trans_missing_title = {
message = '<code class="cs1-code">|trans-$1=</code> requires <code class="cs1-code">|$1=</code> or <code class="cs1-code">|script-$1=</code>', -- $1 is base parameter name
anchor = 'trans_missing_title',
category = 'CS1 errors: translated title',
hidden = false
},
err_param_unknown_empty = {
message = 'Cite has empty unknown parameter$1: $2', -- $1 is 's' or empty space; $2 is emty unknown param list
anchor = 'param_unknown_empty',
category = 'CS1 errors: empty unknown parameters',
hidden = false
},
err_vancouver = {
message = 'Vancouver style error: $1 in name $2', -- $1 is error detail, $2 is the nth name
anchor = 'vancouver',
category = 'CS1 errors: Vancouver style',
hidden = false
},
err_wikilink_in_url = {
message = 'URL–wikilink conflict', -- uses ndash
anchor = 'wikilink_in_url',
category = 'CS1 errors: URL–wikilink conflict', -- uses ndash
hidden = false
},

--[[--------------------------< M A I N T >-------------------------------------

maint messages do not have a message (message = nil); otherwise the structure
is the same as error messages

]]

maint_archived_copy = {
message = nil,
anchor = 'archived_copy',
category = 'CS1 maint: archived copy as title',
hidden = true,
},
maint_bibcode = {
message = nil,
anchor = 'bibcode',
category = 'CS1 maint: bibcode',
hidden = true,
},
maint_location_no_publisher = { -- cite book, conference, encyclopedia; citation as book cite or encyclopedia cite
message = nil,
anchor = 'location_no_publisher',
category = 'CS1 maint: location missing publisher',
hidden = true,
},
maint_bot_unknown = {
message = nil,
anchor = 'bot:_unknown',
category = 'CS1 maint: bot: original URL status unknown',
hidden = true,
},
maint_date_auto_xlated = { -- date auto-translation not supported by en.wiki
message = nil,
anchor = 'date_auto_xlated',
category = 'CS1 maint: date auto-translated',
hidden = true,
},
maint_date_format = {
message = nil,
anchor = 'date_format',
category = 'CS1 maint: date format',
hidden = true,
},
maint_date_year = {
message = nil,
anchor = 'date_year',
category = 'CS1 maint: date and year',
hidden = true,
},
maint_doi_ignore = {
message = nil,
anchor = 'doi_ignore',
category = 'CS1 maint: ignored DOI errors',
hidden = true,
},
maint_doi_inactive = {
message = nil,
anchor = 'doi_inactive',
category = 'CS1 maint: DOI inactive',
hidden = true,
},
maint_doi_inactive_dated = {
message = nil,
anchor = 'doi_inactive_dated',
category = 'CS1 maint: DOI inactive as of $2$3$1', -- $1 is year, $2 is month-name or empty string, $3 is space or empty string
hidden = true,
},
maint_doi_unflagged_free = {
message = nil,
anchor = 'doi_unflagged_free',
category = 'CS1 maint: unflagged free DOI',
hidden = true,
},
maint_extra_punct = {
message = nil,
anchor = 'extra_punct',
category = 'CS1 maint: extra punctuation',
hidden = true,
},
maint_id_limit_load_fail = { -- applies to all cs1|2 templates on a page;
message = nil, -- maint message (category link) never emitted
anchor = 'id_limit_load_fail',
category = 'CS1 maint: ID limit load fail',
hidden = true,
},
maint_isbn_ignore = {
message = nil,
anchor = 'ignore_isbn_err',
category = 'CS1 maint: ignored ISBN errors',
hidden = true,
},
maint_issn_ignore = {
message = nil,
anchor = 'ignore_issn',
category = 'CS1 maint: ignored ISSN errors',
hidden = true,
},
maint_jfm_format = {
message = nil,
anchor = 'jfm_format',
category = 'CS1 maint: JFM format',
hidden = true,
},
maint_location = {
message = nil,
anchor = 'location',
category = 'CS1 maint: location',
hidden = true,
},
maint_missing_class = {
message = nil,
anchor = 'missing_class',
category = 'CS1 maint: missing class',
hidden = true,
},
maint_mr_format = {
message = nil,
anchor = 'mr_format',
category = 'CS1 maint: MR format',
hidden = true,
},
maint_mult_names = {
message = nil,
anchor = 'mult_names',
category = 'CS1 maint: multiple names: $1', -- $1 is '<name>s list'; gets value from special_case_translation table
hidden = true,
},
maint_numeric_names = {
message = nil,
anchor = 'numeric_names',
category = 'CS1 maint: numeric names: $1', -- $1 is '<name>s list'; gets value from special_case_translation table
hidden = true,
},
maint_others = {
message = nil,
anchor = 'others',
category = 'CS1 maint: others',
hidden = true,
},
maint_others_avm = {
message = nil,
anchor = 'others_avm',
category = 'CS1 maint: others in cite AV media (notes)',
hidden = true,
},
maint_overridden_setting = {
message = nil,
anchor = 'overridden',
category = 'CS1 maint: overridden setting',
hidden = true,
},
maint_page_art_num = {
message = nil,
anchor = 'page_art_num',
category = 'CS1 maint: article number as page number',
hidden = true,
},
maint_pmc_embargo = {
message = nil,
anchor = 'embargo',
category = 'CS1 maint: PMC embargo expired',
hidden = true,
},
maint_pmc_format = {
message = nil,
anchor = 'pmc_format',
category = 'CS1 maint: PMC format',
hidden = true,
},
maint_postscript = {
message = nil,
anchor = 'postscript',
category = 'CS1 maint: postscript',
hidden = true,
},
maint_publisher_location = {
message = nil,
anchor = 'publisher_location',
category = 'CS1 maint: publisher location',
hidden = true,
},
maint_ref_duplicates_default = {
message = nil,
anchor = 'ref_default',
category = 'CS1 maint: ref duplicates default',
hidden = true,
},
maint_unknown_lang = {
message = nil,
anchor = 'unknown_lang',
category = 'CS1 maint: unrecognized language',
hidden = true,
},
maint_untitled = {
message = nil,
anchor = 'untitled',
category = 'CS1 maint: untitled periodical',
hidden = true,
},
maint_url_status = {
message = nil,
anchor = 'url_status',
category = 'CS1 maint: url-status',
hidden = true,
},
maint_year= {
message = nil,
anchor = 'year',
category = 'CS1 maint: year',
hidden = true,
},
maint_zbl = {
message = nil,
anchor = 'zbl',
category = 'CS1 maint: Zbl',
hidden = true,
},
}

--[[------------------------------------------------------------------------

fetch id limits for certain identifiers from c:Data:CS1/Identifier limits.tab. This source is a json tabular
data file maintained at wikipedia commons. Convert the json format to a table of k/v pairs.

The values from <id_limits_data_t> are used to set handle.id_limit.

From 2025-02-21, MediaWiki is broken. Use this link to edit the tablular data file:
https://commons.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Data:CS1/Identifier_limits.tab&action=edit
See Phab:T389105

]]

local id_limits_data_t = {};

local use_commons_data = true; -- set to false if your wiki does not have access to mediawiki commons; then,
if false == use_commons_data then -- update this table from https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Data:CS1/Identifier_limits.tab; last update: 2025-02-21
id_limits_data_t = {['OCLC'] = 10450000000, ['OSTI'] = 23010000, ['PMC'] = 11900000, ['PMID'] = 40400000, ['RFC'] = 9300, ['SSRN'] = 5200000, ['S2CID'] = 276000000}; -- this table must be maintained locally

else -- here for wikis that do have access to mediawiki commons
local load_fail_limit = 99999999999; -- very high number to avoid error messages on load failure
id_limits_data_t = {['OCLC'] = load_fail_limit, ['OSTI'] = load_fail_limit, ['PMC'] = load_fail_limit, ['PMID'] = load_fail_limit, ['RFC'] = load_fail_limit, ['SSRN'] = load_fail_limit, ['S2CID'] = load_fail_limit};

local id_limits_data_load_fail = false; -- flag; assume that we will be successful when loading json id limit tabular data

local tab_data_t = mw.ext.data.get ('CS1/Identifier limits.tab'); -- attempt to load the tabular data from commons into <tab_data_t>
if false == tab_data_t then -- undocumented 'feature': mw.ext.data.get() sometimes returns false
id_limits_data_load_fail = true; -- set the flag so that Module:Citation/CS1 can create an unannotated maint category
else
for _, limit_t in ipairs (tab_data_t.data) do -- overwrite default <load_fail_limit> values from the data table in the tabular data
id_limits_data_t[limit_t[1]] = limit_t[2]; -- <limit[1]> is identifier; <limit[2]> is upper limit for that identifier
end
end
end

--[[----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The following contains a list of values for various defined identifiers. For each
identifier we specify a variety of information necessary to properly render the
identifier in the citation.

parameters: a list of parameter aliases for this identifier; first in the list is the canonical form
link: Wikipedia article name
redirect: a local redirect to a local Wikipedia article name; at en.wiki, 'ISBN (identifier)' is a redirect to 'International Standard Book Number'
q: Wikidata q number for the identifier
label: the label preceding the identifier; label is linked to a Wikipedia article (in this order):
redirect from id_handlers['<id>'].redirect when use_identifier_redirects is true
Wikidata-supplied article name for the local wiki from id_handlers['<id>'].q
local article name from id_handlers['<id>'].link
prefix: the first part of a URL that will be concatenated with a second part which usually contains the identifier
suffix: optional third part to be added after the identifier
encode: true if URI should be percent-encoded; otherwise false
COinS: identifier link or keyword for use in COinS:
for identifiers registered at info-uri.info use: info:.... where '...' is the appropriate identifier label
for identifiers that have COinS keywords, use the keyword: rft.isbn, rft.issn, rft.eissn
for |asin= and |ol=, which require assembly, use the keyword: url
for others make a URL using the value in prefix/suffix and #label, use the keyword: pre (not checked; any text other than 'info', 'rft', or 'url' works here)
set to nil to leave the identifier out of the COinS
separator: character or text between label and the identifier in the rendered citation
id_limit: for those identifiers with established limits, this property holds the upper limit
access: use this parameter to set the access level for all instances of this identifier.
the value must be a valid access level for an identifier (see ['id-access'] in this file).
custom_access: to enable custom access level for an identifier, set this parameter
to the parameter that should control it (normally 'id-access')

]]

local id_handlers = {
['ARXIV'] = {
parameters = {'arxiv', 'eprint'},
link = 'arXiv',
redirect = 'arXiv (identifier)',
q = 'Q118398',
label = 'arXiv',
prefix = 'https://arxiv.org/abs/',
encode = false,
COinS = 'info:arxiv',
separator = ':',
access = 'free', -- free to read
},
['ASIN'] = {
parameters = { 'asin', 'ASIN' },
link = 'Amazon Standard Identification Number',
redirect = 'ASIN (identifier)',
q = 'Q1753278',
label = 'ASIN',
prefix = 'https://www.amazon.',
COinS = 'url',
separator = ' ',
encode = false;
},
['BIBCODE'] = {
parameters = {'bibcode'},
link = 'Bibcode',
redirect = 'Bibcode (identifier)',
q = 'Q25754',
label = 'Bibcode',
prefix = 'https://ui.adsabs.harvard.edu/abs/',
encode = false,
COinS = 'info:bibcode',
separator = ':',
custom_access = 'bibcode-access',
},
['BIORXIV'] = {
parameters = {'biorxiv'},
link = 'bioRxiv',
redirect = 'bioRxiv (identifier)',
q = 'Q19835482',
label = 'bioRxiv',
prefix = 'https://doi.org/',
COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value
access = 'free', -- free to read
encode = true,
separator = ' ',
},
['CITESEERX'] = {
parameters = {'citeseerx'},
link = 'CiteSeerX',
redirect = 'CiteSeerX (identifier)',
q = 'Q2715061',
label = 'CiteSeerX',
prefix = 'https://citeseerx.ist.psu.edu/viewdoc/summary?doi=',
COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value
access = 'free', -- free to read
encode = true,
separator = ' ',
},
['DOI'] = { -- Used by InternetArchiveBot
parameters = { 'doi', 'DOI'},
link = 'Digital object identifier',
redirect = 'doi (identifier)',
q = 'Q25670',
label = 'doi',
prefix = 'https://doi.org/',
COinS = 'info:doi',
separator = ':',
encode = true,
custom_access = 'doi-access',
},
['EISSN'] = {
parameters = {'eissn', 'EISSN'},
link = 'International Standard Serial Number#Electronic ISSN',
redirect = 'eISSN (identifier)',
q = 'Q46339674',
label = 'eISSN',
prefix = 'https://search.worldcat.org/issn/',
COinS = 'rft.eissn',
encode = false,
separator = ' ',
},
['HDL'] = {
parameters = { 'hdl', 'HDL' },
link = 'Handle System',
redirect = 'hdl (identifier)',
q = 'Q3126718',
label = 'hdl',
prefix = 'https://hdl.handle.net/',
COinS = 'info:hdl',
separator = ':',
encode = true,
custom_access = 'hdl-access',
},
['ISBN'] = { -- Used by InternetArchiveBot
parameters = {'isbn', 'ISBN'},
link = 'International Standard Book Number',
redirect = 'ISBN (identifier)',
q = 'Q33057',
label = 'ISBN',
prefix = 'Special:BookSources/',
COinS = 'rft.isbn',
separator = ' ',
},
['ISMN'] = {
parameters = {'ismn', 'ISMN'},
link = 'International Standard Music Number',
redirect = 'ISMN (identifier)',
q = 'Q1666938',
label = 'ISMN',
prefix = '', -- not currently used;
COinS = nil, -- nil because we can't use pre or rft or info:
separator = ' ',
},
['ISSN'] = {
parameters = {'issn', 'ISSN'},
link = 'International Standard Serial Number',
redirect = 'ISSN (identifier)',
q = 'Q131276',
label = 'ISSN',
prefix = 'https://search.worldcat.org/issn/',
COinS = 'rft.issn',
encode = false,
separator = ' ',
},
['JFM'] = {
parameters = {'jfm', 'JFM'},
link = 'Jahrbuch über die Fortschritte der Mathematik',
redirect = 'JFM (identifier)',
q = '',
label = 'JFM',
prefix = 'https://zbmath.org/?format=complete&q=an:',
COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value
encode = true,
separator = ' ',
},
['JSTOR'] = {
parameters = {'jstor', 'JSTOR'},
link = 'JSTOR',
redirect = 'JSTOR (identifier)',
q = 'Q1420342',
label = 'JSTOR',
prefix = 'https://www.jstor.org/stable/',
COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value
encode = false,
separator = ' ',
custom_access = 'jstor-access',
},
['LCCN'] = {
parameters = {'lccn', 'LCCN'},
link = 'Library of Congress Control Number',
redirect = 'LCCN (identifier)',
q = 'Q620946',
label = 'LCCN',
prefix = 'https://lccn.loc.gov/',
COinS = 'info:lccn',
encode = false,
separator = ' ',
},
['MEDRXIV'] = {
parameters = {'medrxiv'},
link = 'medRxiv',
redirect = 'medRxiv (identifier)',
q = 'Q58465838',
label = 'medRxiv',
prefix = 'https://www.medrxiv.org/content/',
COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value
access = 'free', -- free to read
encode = false,
separator = ' ',
},
['MR'] = {
parameters = {'mr', 'MR'},
link = 'Mathematical Reviews',
redirect = 'MR (identifier)',
q = 'Q211172',
label = 'MR',
prefix = 'https://mathscinet.ams.org/mathscinet-getitem?mr=',
COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value
encode = true,
separator = ' ',
},
['OCLC'] = {
parameters = {'oclc', 'OCLC'},
link = 'OCLC',
redirect = 'OCLC (identifier)',
q = 'Q190593',
label = 'OCLC',
prefix = 'https://search.worldcat.org/oclc/',
COinS = 'info:oclcnum',
encode = true,
separator = ' ',
id_limit = id_limits_data_t.OCLC or 0,
},
['OL'] = {
parameters = { 'ol', 'OL' },
link = 'Open Library',
redirect = 'OL (identifier)',
q = 'Q1201876',
label = 'OL',
prefix = 'https://openlibrary.org/',
COinS = 'url',
separator = ' ',
encode = true,
custom_access = 'ol-access',
},
['OSTI'] = {
parameters = {'osti', 'OSTI'},
link = 'Office of Scientific and Technical Information',
redirect = 'OSTI (identifier)',
q = 'Q2015776',
label = 'OSTI',
prefix = 'https://www.osti.gov/biblio/',
COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value
encode = true,
separator = ' ',
id_limit = id_limits_data_t.OSTI or 0,
custom_access = 'osti-access',
},
['PMC'] = {
parameters = {'pmc', 'PMC'},
link = 'PubMed Central',
redirect = 'PMC (identifier)',
q = 'Q229883',
label = 'PMC',
prefix = 'https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC',
suffix = '',
COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value
encode = true,
separator = ' ',
id_limit = id_limits_data_t.PMC or 0,
access = 'free', -- free to read
},
['PMID'] = {
parameters = {'pmid', 'PMID'},
link = 'PubMed Identifier',
redirect = 'PMID (identifier)',
q = 'Q2082879',
label = 'PMID',
prefix = 'https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/',
COinS = 'info:pmid',
encode = false,
separator = ' ',
id_limit = id_limits_data_t.PMID or 0,
},
['RFC'] = {
parameters = {'rfc', 'RFC'},
link = 'Request for Comments',
redirect = 'RFC (identifier)',
q = 'Q212971',
label = 'RFC',
prefix = 'https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc',
COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value
encode = false,
separator = ' ',
id_limit = id_limits_data_t.RFC or 0,
access = 'free', -- free to read
},
['SBN'] = {
parameters = {'sbn', 'SBN'},
link = 'Standard Book Number', -- redirect to International_Standard_Book_Number#History
redirect = 'SBN (identifier)',
label = 'SBN',
prefix = 'Special:BookSources/0-', -- prefix has leading zero necessary to make 9-digit sbn a 10-digit isbn
COinS = nil, -- nil because we can't use pre or rft or info:
separator = ' ',
},
['SSRN'] = {
parameters = {'ssrn', 'SSRN'},
link = 'Social Science Research Network',
redirect = 'SSRN (identifier)',
q = 'Q7550801',
label = 'SSRN',
prefix = 'https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=',
COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value
encode = true,
separator = ' ',
id_limit = id_limits_data_t.SSRN or 0,
custom_access = 'ssrn-access',
},
['S2CID'] = {
parameters = {'s2cid', 'S2CID'},
link = 'Semantic Scholar',
redirect = 'S2CID (identifier)',
q = 'Q22908627',
label = 'S2CID',
prefix = 'https://api.semanticscholar.org/CorpusID:',
COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value
encode = false,
separator = ' ',
id_limit = id_limits_data_t.S2CID or 0,
custom_access = 's2cid-access',
},
['USENETID'] = {
parameters = {'message-id'},
link = 'Usenet',
redirect = 'Usenet (identifier)',
q = 'Q193162',
label = 'Usenet:',
prefix = 'news:',
encode = false,
COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value
separator = ' ',
},
['ZBL'] = {
parameters = {'zbl', 'ZBL' },
link = 'Zentralblatt MATH',
redirect = 'Zbl (identifier)',
q = 'Q190269',
label = 'Zbl',
prefix = 'https://zbmath.org/?format=complete&q=an:',
COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value
encode = true,
separator = ' ',
},
}

--[[--------------------------< E X P O R T S >---------------------------------
]]

return {
use_identifier_redirects = use_identifier_redirects, -- booleans defined in the settings at the top of this module
local_lang_cat_enable = local_lang_cat_enable,
date_name_auto_xlate_enable = date_name_auto_xlate_enable,
date_digit_auto_xlate_enable = date_digit_auto_xlate_enable,
enable_sort_keys = enable_sort_keys,

-- tables and variables created when this module is loaded
global_df = get_date_format (), -- this line can be replaced with "global_df = 'dmy-all'," to have all dates auto translated to dmy format.
global_cs1_config_t = global_cs1_config_t, -- global settings from {{cs1 config}}
punct_skip = build_skip_table (punct_skip, punct_meta_params),
url_skip = build_skip_table (url_skip, url_meta_params),
known_free_doi_registrants_t = build_free_doi_registrants_table(),
id_limits_data_load_fail = id_limits_data_load_fail, -- true when commons tabular identifier-limit data fails to load

name_space_sort_keys = name_space_sort_keys,
aliases = aliases,
special_case_translation = special_case_translation,
date_names = date_names,
err_msg_supl = err_msg_supl,
error_conditions = error_conditions,
editor_markup_patterns = editor_markup_patterns,
et_al_patterns = et_al_patterns,
extended_registrants_t = extended_registrants_t,
id_handlers = id_handlers,
keywords_lists = keywords_lists,
keywords_xlate = keywords_xlate,
stripmarkers = stripmarkers,
invisible_chars = invisible_chars,
invisible_defs = invisible_defs,
indic_script = indic_script,
emoji_t = emoji_t,
maint_cats = maint_cats,
messages = messages,
presentation = presentation,
prop_cats = prop_cats,
script_lang_codes = script_lang_codes,
lang_tag_remap = lang_tag_remap,
lang_name_remap = lang_name_remap,
this_wiki_code = this_wiki_code,
title_types = title_types,
uncategorized_namespaces = uncategorized_namespaces_t,
uncategorized_subpages = uncategorized_subpages,
templates_using_volume = templates_using_volume,
templates_using_issue = templates_using_issue,
templates_not_using_page = templates_not_using_page,
vol_iss_pg_patterns = vol_iss_pg_patterns,
single_letter_2nd_lvl_domains_t = single_letter_2nd_lvl_domains_t,
url_access_map_t = url_access_map_t,

inter_wiki_map = inter_wiki_map,
mw_languages_by_tag_t = mw_languages_by_tag_t,
mw_languages_by_name_t = mw_languages_by_name_t,
citation_class_map_t = citation_class_map_t,

citation_issue_t = citation_issue_t,
citation_no_volume_t = citation_no_volume_t,
}

Module:Citation/CS1/COinS

2025-11-01T21:42:41Z

Nordiclarpwikiadmin: 1 revision imported

--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
]]

local has_accept_as_written, is_set, in_array, remove_wiki_link, strip_apostrophe_markup; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities

local cfg; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration

--[[--------------------------< M A K E _ C O I N S _ T I T L E >----------------------------------------------

Makes a title for COinS from Title and / or ScriptTitle (or any other name-script pairs)

Apostrophe markup (bold, italics) is stripped from each value so that the COinS metadata isn't corrupted with strings
of %27%27...

]]

local function make_coins_title (title, script)
title = has_accept_as_written (title);
if is_set (title) then
title = strip_apostrophe_markup (title); -- strip any apostrophe markup
else
title = ''; -- if not set, make sure title is an empty string
end
if is_set (script) then
script = script:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- remove language prefix if present (script value may now be empty string)
script = strip_apostrophe_markup (script); -- strip any apostrophe markup
else
script = ''; -- if not set, make sure script is an empty string
end
if is_set (title) and is_set (script) then
script = ' ' .. script; -- add a space before we concatenate
end
return title .. script; -- return the concatenation
end

--[[--------------------------< E S C A P E _ L U A _ M A G I C _ C H A R S >----------------------------------

Returns a string where all of Lua's magic characters have been escaped. This is important because functions like
string.gsub() treat their pattern and replace strings as patterns, not literal strings.
]]

local function escape_lua_magic_chars (argument)
argument = argument:gsub("%%", "%%%%"); -- replace % with %%
argument = argument:gsub("([%^%$%(%)%.%[%]%*%+%-%?])", "%%%1"); -- replace all other Lua magic pattern characters
return argument;
end

--[[--------------------------< G E T _ C O I N S _ P A G E S >------------------------------------------------

Extract page numbers from external wikilinks in any of the |page=, |pages=, or |at= parameters for use in COinS.

]]

local function get_coins_pages (pages)
local pattern;
if not is_set (pages) then return pages; end -- if no page numbers then we're done

while true do
pattern = pages:match("%[(%w*:?//[^ ]+%s+)[%w%d].*%]"); -- pattern is the opening bracket, the URL and following space(s): "[url "
if nil == pattern then break; end -- no more URLs
pattern = escape_lua_magic_chars (pattern); -- pattern is not a literal string; escape Lua's magic pattern characters
pages = pages:gsub(pattern, ""); -- remove as many instances of pattern as possible
end

pages = pages:gsub("[%[%]]", ""); -- remove the brackets
pages = pages:gsub("–", "-" ); -- replace endashes with hyphens
pages = pages:gsub("&%w+;", "-" ); -- and replace HTML entities (– etc.) with hyphens; do we need to replace numerical entities like and the like?
pages = pages:gsub ('%b<>', ''); -- remove html-like tags; spans are added to <Pages> by utilities.hyphen_to_dash() which should not appear in COinS metadata
return pages;
end

--[=[-------------------------< C O I N S _ R E P L A C E _ M A T H _ S T R I P M A R K E R >------------------

There are three options for math markup rendering that depend on the editor's math preference settings. These
settings are at [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-rendering]] and are
PNG images
TeX source
MathML with SVG or PNG fallback

All three are heavy with HTML and CSS which doesn't belong in the metadata.

Without this function, the metadata saved in the raw wikitext contained the rendering determined by the settings
of the last editor to save the page.

This function gets the rendered form of an equation according to the editor's preference before the page is saved. It
then searches the rendering for the text equivalent of the rendered equation and replaces the rendering with that so
that the page is saved without extraneous HTML/CSS markup and with a reasonably readable text form of the equation.

When a replacement is made, this function returns true and the value with replacement; otherwise false and the initial
value. To replace multipe equations it is necessary to call this function from within a loop.

]=]

local function coins_replace_math_stripmarker (value)
local stripmarker = cfg.stripmarkers['math'];
local rendering = value:match (stripmarker); -- is there a math stripmarker

if not rendering then -- when value doesn't have a math stripmarker, abandon this test
return false, value;
end

rendering = mw.text.unstripNoWiki (rendering); -- convert stripmarker into rendered value (or nil? ''? when math render error)

if rendering:match ('alt="[^"]+"') then -- if PNG math option
rendering = rendering:match ('alt="([^"]+)"'); -- extract just the math text
elseif rendering:match ('$%s+.+%s+%$') then -- if TeX math option; $ is legit character that is escapes as \$
rendering = rendering:match ('$%s+(.+)%s+%$') -- extract just the math text
elseif rendering:match ('<annotation[^>]+>.+</annotation>') then -- if MathML math option
rendering = rendering:match ('<annotation[^>]+>(.+)</annotation>') -- extract just the math text
else
return false, value; -- had math stripmarker but not one of the three defined forms
end

return true, value:gsub (stripmarker, rendering, 1);
end

--[[--------------------------< C O I N S _ C L E A N U P >----------------------------------------------------

Cleanup parameter values for the metadata by removing or replacing invisible characters and certain HTML entities.

2015-12-10: there is a bug in mw.text.unstripNoWiki (). It replaces math stripmarkers with the appropriate content
when it shouldn't. See https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T121085 and Wikipedia_talk:Lua#stripmarkers_and_mw.text.unstripNoWiki.28.29

TODO: move the replacement patterns and replacement values into a table in /Configuration similar to the invisible
characters table?

]]

local function coins_cleanup (value)
local replaced = true; -- default state to get the do loop running

while replaced do -- loop until all math stripmarkers replaced
replaced, value = coins_replace_math_stripmarker (value); -- replace math stripmarker with text representation of the equation
end

value = value:gsub (cfg.stripmarkers['math'], "MATH RENDER ERROR"); -- one or more couldn't be replaced; insert vague error message

value = mw.text.unstripNoWiki (value); -- replace nowiki stripmarkers with their content
value = value:gsub (''(s?)', "'%1"); -- replace {{'}} or {{'s}} with simple apostrophe or apostrophe-s
value = value:gsub (' ', ' '); -- replace   entity with plain space
value = value:gsub ('\226\128\138', ' '); -- replace hair space with plain space
if not mw.ustring.find (value, cfg.indic_script) then -- don't remove zero-width joiner characters from indic script
value = value:gsub ('&zwj;', ''); -- remove &zwj; entities
value = mw.ustring.gsub (value, '[\226\128\141\226\128\139\194\173]', ''); -- remove zero-width joiner, zero-width space, soft hyphen
end
value = value:gsub ('[\009\010\013 ]+', ' '); -- replace horizontal tab, line feed, carriage return with plain space
return value;
end

--[[--------------------------< C O I N S >--------------------------------------------------------------------

COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) allows automated tools to parse the citation information.

]]

local function COinS(data, class)
if 'table' ~= type(data) or nil == next(data) then
return '';
end

for k, v in pairs (data) do -- spin through all of the metadata parameter values
if 'ID_list' ~= k and 'Authors' ~= k then -- except the ID_list and Author tables (author nowiki stripmarker done when Author table processed)
data[k] = coins_cleanup (v);
end
end

local ctx_ver = "Z39.88-2004";

-- treat table strictly as an array with only set values.
local OCinSoutput = setmetatable( {}, {
__newindex = function(self, key, value)
if is_set(value) then
rawset( self, #self+1, table.concat{ key, '=', mw.uri.encode( remove_wiki_link( value ) ) } );
end
end
});

if in_array (class, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'medrxiv', 'ssrn', 'journal', 'news', 'magazine'}) or
(in_array (class, {'conference', 'interview', 'map', 'press release', 'web'}) and is_set(data.Periodical)) or
('citation' == class and is_set(data.Periodical) and not is_set (data.Encyclopedia)) then
OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:journal"; -- journal metadata identifier
if in_array (class, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'medrxiv', 'ssrn'}) then -- set genre according to the type of citation template we are rendering
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "preprint"; -- cite arxiv, cite biorxiv, cite citeseerx, cite medrxiv, cite ssrn
elseif 'conference' == class then
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "conference"; -- cite conference (when Periodical set)
elseif 'web' == class then
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "unknown"; -- cite web (when Periodical set)
else
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "article"; -- journal and other 'periodical' articles
end
OCinSoutput["rft.jtitle"] = data.Periodical; -- journal only
OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Title; -- 'periodical' article titles

-- these used only for periodicals
OCinSoutput["rft.ssn"] = data.Season; -- keywords: winter, spring, summer, fall
OCinSoutput["rft.quarter"] = data.Quarter; -- single digits 1->first quarter, etc.
OCinSoutput["rft.chron"] = data.Chron; -- free-form date components
OCinSoutput["rft.volume"] = data.Volume; -- does not apply to books
OCinSoutput["rft.issue"] = data.Issue;
OCinSoutput['rft.artnum'] = data.ArticleNumber; -- {{cite journal}} only
OCinSoutput["rft.pages"] = data.Pages; -- also used in book metadata

elseif 'thesis' ~= class then -- all others except cite thesis are treated as 'book' metadata; genre distinguishes
OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:book"; -- book metadata identifier
if 'report' == class or 'techreport' == class then -- cite report and cite techreport
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "report";
elseif 'conference' == class then -- cite conference when Periodical not set
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "conference";
OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Chapter; -- conference paper as chapter in proceedings (book)
elseif in_array (class, {'book', 'citation', 'encyclopaedia', 'interview', 'map'}) then
if is_set (data.Chapter) then
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "bookitem";
OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Chapter; -- book chapter, encyclopedia article, interview in a book, or map title
else
if 'map' == class or 'interview' == class then
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = 'unknown'; -- standalone map or interview
else
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = 'book'; -- book and encyclopedia
end
end
else -- {'audio-visual', 'AV-media-notes', 'DVD-notes', 'episode', 'interview', 'mailinglist', 'map', 'newsgroup', 'podcast', 'press release', 'serial', 'sign', 'speech', 'web'}
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "unknown";
end
OCinSoutput["rft.btitle"] = data.Title; -- book only
OCinSoutput["rft.place"] = data.PublicationPlace; -- book only
OCinSoutput["rft.series"] = data.Series; -- book only
OCinSoutput["rft.pages"] = data.Pages; -- book, journal
OCinSoutput["rft.edition"] = data.Edition; -- book only
OCinSoutput["rft.pub"] = data.PublisherName; -- book and dissertation

else -- cite thesis
OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:dissertation"; -- dissertation metadata identifier
OCinSoutput["rft.title"] = data.Title; -- dissertation (also patent but that is not yet supported)
OCinSoutput["rft.degree"] = data.Degree; -- dissertation only
OCinSoutput['rft.inst'] = data.PublisherName; -- book and dissertation
end
-- NB. Not currently supported are "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:patent", "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:dc", "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:sch_svc", "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:ctx"
-- and now common parameters (as much as possible)
OCinSoutput["rft.date"] = data.Date; -- book, journal, dissertation

for k, v in pairs( data.ID_list ) do -- what to do about these? For now assume that they are common to all?
if k == 'ISBN' then v = v:gsub( "[^-0-9X]", "" ); end
local id = cfg.id_handlers[k].COinS;
if string.sub( id or "", 1, 4 ) == 'info' then -- for ids that are in the info:registry
OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat{ id, "/", v };
elseif string.sub (id or "", 1, 3 ) == 'rft' then -- for isbn, issn, eissn, etc. that have defined COinS keywords
OCinSoutput[ id ] = v;
elseif 'url' == id then -- for urls that are assembled in ~/Identifiers; |asin= and |ol=
OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat ({data.ID_list[k], "#id-name=", cfg.id_handlers[k].label});
elseif id then -- when cfg.id_handlers[k].COinS is not nil so urls created here
OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat{ cfg.id_handlers[k].prefix, v, cfg.id_handlers[k].suffix or '', "#id-name=", cfg.id_handlers[k].label }; -- others; provide a URL and indicate identifier name as #fragment (human-readable, but transparent to browsers)
end
end

local last, first;
for k, v in ipairs( data.Authors ) do
last, first = coins_cleanup (v.last), coins_cleanup (v.first or ''); -- replace any nowiki stripmarkers, non-printing or invisible characters
if k == 1 then -- for the first author name only
if is_set(last) and is_set(first) then -- set these COinS values if |first= and |last= specify the first author name
OCinSoutput["rft.aulast"] = last; -- book, journal, dissertation
OCinSoutput["rft.aufirst"] = first; -- book, journal, dissertation
elseif is_set(last) then
OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = last; -- book, journal, dissertation -- otherwise use this form for the first name
end
else -- for all other authors
if is_set(last) and is_set(first) then
OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = table.concat{ last, ", ", first }; -- book, journal, dissertation
elseif is_set(last) then
OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = last; -- book, journal, dissertation
end
-- TODO: At present we do not report "et al.". Add anything special if this condition applies?
end
end

OCinSoutput.rft_id = data.URL;
OCinSoutput.rfr_id = table.concat{ "info:sid/", mw.site.server:match( "[^/]*$" ), ":", data.RawPage };

-- TODO: Add optional extra info:
-- rfr_dat=#REVISION<version> (referrer private data)
-- ctx_id=<data.RawPage>#<ref> (identifier for the context object)
-- ctx_tim=<ts> (timestamp in format yyyy-mm-ddThh:mm:ssTZD or yyyy-mm-dd)
-- ctx_enc=info:ofi/enc:UTF-8 (character encoding)

OCinSoutput = setmetatable( OCinSoutput, nil );

-- sort with version string always first, and combine.
-- table.sort( OCinSoutput );
table.insert( OCinSoutput, 1, "ctx_ver=" .. ctx_ver ); -- such as "Z39.88-2004"
return table.concat(OCinSoutput, "&");
end

--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S E L E C T E D _ M O D U L E S >--------------------------------------

Sets local cfg table and imported functions table to same (live or sandbox) as that used by the other modules.

]]

local function set_selected_modules (cfg_table_ptr, utilities_page_ptr)
cfg = cfg_table_ptr;

has_accept_as_written = utilities_page_ptr.has_accept_as_written; -- import functions from selected Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities module
is_set = utilities_page_ptr.is_set;
in_array = utilities_page_ptr.in_array;
remove_wiki_link = utilities_page_ptr.remove_wiki_link;
strip_apostrophe_markup = utilities_page_ptr.strip_apostrophe_markup;
end

--[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------
]]

return {
make_coins_title = make_coins_title,
get_coins_pages = get_coins_pages,
COinS = COinS,
set_selected_modules = set_selected_modules,
}

Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers

2025-11-01T21:42:35Z

Nordiclarpwikiadmin: 1 revision imported

--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
]]

local has_accept_as_written, is_set, in_array, set_message, select_one, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
substitute, make_wikilink;

local z; -- table of tables defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities

local cfg; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration

--[[----------------------------------------------------------------

declare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from other modules; that are created here and used here

]]

local auto_link_urls = {}; -- holds identifier URLs for those identifiers that can auto-link |title=

--============================<< H E L P E R F U N C T I O N S >>============================================

--[[--------------------------< W I K I D A T A _ A R T I C L E _ N A M E _ G E T >----------------------------

as an aid to internationalizing identifier-label wikilinks, gets identifier article names from Wikidata.

returns w:<lang code>:<article title> when <q> has an <article title> for <lang code>; nil else. 'w:<lang code>'
ensures that sister project (like wiktionary) will link to the <lang code>.wikipedia article.

for identifiers that do not have <q>, returns nil

for wikis that do not have mw.wikibase installed, returns nil

]]

local function wikidata_article_name_get (q)
if not is_set (q) or (q and not mw.wikibase) then -- when no q number or when a q number but mw.wikibase not installed on this wiki
return nil; -- abandon
end

local wd_article;
local this_wiki_code = cfg.this_wiki_code; -- Wikipedia subdomain; 'en' for en.wikipedia.org

wd_article = mw.wikibase.getSitelink (q, this_wiki_code .. 'wiki'); -- fetch article title from WD; nil when no title available at this wiki

if wd_article then
wd_article = table.concat ({'w:', this_wiki_code, ':', wd_article}); -- interwiki-style link without brackets if taken from WD; leading 'w:' required
end

return wd_article; -- article title from WD; nil else
end

--[[--------------------------< L A B E L _ L I N K _ M A K E >------------------------------------------------

common function to create a link for an identifier label from handler table or from Wikidata

returns the first available of:
1. redirect from local wiki's handler table (if enabled)
2. Wikidata sitelink to the local language wikipedia article (if there is a Wikidata entry for this identifier in the local language)
3. link to wikipedia article specified in the local wiki's handler table

]]

local function label_link_make (handler)
local wd_article;

if not (cfg.use_identifier_redirects and is_set (handler.redirect)) then -- redirect has priority so if enabled and available don't fetch from Wikidata because expensive
wd_article = wikidata_article_name_get (handler.q); -- if Wikidata has an article title for this wiki, get it;
end

return (cfg.use_identifier_redirects and is_set (handler.redirect) and handler.redirect) or wd_article or handler.link;
end

--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K _ I D >----------------------------------------------

Formats a wiki-style external link

]]

local function external_link_id (options)
local url_string = options.id;
local ext_link;
local this_wiki_code = cfg.this_wiki_code; -- Wikipedia subdomain; 'en' for en.wikipedia.org
local wd_article; -- article title from Wikidata

if options.encode == true or options.encode == nil then
url_string = mw.uri.encode (url_string, 'PATH');
end

if options.auto_link and is_set (options.access) then
auto_link_urls[options.auto_link] = table.concat ({options.prefix, url_string, options.suffix});
end

ext_link = mw.ustring.format ('[%s%s%s %s]', options.prefix, url_string, options.suffix or "", mw.text.nowiki (options.id));
if is_set (options.access) then
ext_link = substitute (cfg.presentation['ext-link-access-signal'], {cfg.presentation[options.access].class, cfg.presentation[options.access].title, ext_link}); -- add the free-to-read / paywall lock
end

return table.concat ({
make_wikilink (label_link_make (options), options.label), -- redirect, Wikidata link, or locally specified link (in that order)
options.separator or ' ',
ext_link
});
end

--[[------------------------------------------------------------------------

Formats a wiki-style internal link

TODO: Does not currently need to support options.access, options.encode, auto-linking and COinS (as in external_link_id),
but may be needed in the future for :m:Interwiki_map custom-prefixes like :arxiv:, :bibcode:, :DOI:, :hdl:, :ISSN:,
:JSTOR:, :Openlibrary:, :PMID:, :RFC:.

]]

local function internal_link_id (options)
local id = mw.ustring.gsub (options.id, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits); -- translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9

return table.concat (
{
make_wikilink (label_link_make (options), options.label), -- wiki-link the identifier label
options.separator or ' ', -- add the separator
make_wikilink (
table.concat (
{
options.prefix,
id, -- translated to Western digits
options.suffix or ''
}),
substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {'', mw.text.nowiki (options.id)}) -- bdi tags to prevent Latin script identifiers from being reversed at RTL language wikis
); -- nowiki because MediaWiki still has magic links for ISBN and the like; TODO: is it really required?
});
end

--[[--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Determines if a PMC identifier's online version is embargoed. Compares the date in |pmc-embargo-date= against
today's date. If embargo date is in the future, returns the content of |pmc-embargo-date=; otherwise, returns
an empty string because the embargo has expired or because |pmc-embargo-date= was not set in this cite.

]]

local function is_embargoed (embargo)
if is_set (embargo) then
local lang = mw.getContentLanguage();
local good1, embargo_date, todays_date;
good1, embargo_date = pcall (lang.formatDate, lang, 'U', embargo);
todays_date = lang:formatDate ('U');

if good1 then -- if embargo date is a good date
if tonumber (embargo_date) >= tonumber (todays_date) then -- is embargo date is in the future?
return embargo; -- still embargoed
else
set_message ('maint_pmc_embargo'); -- embargo has expired; add main cat
return ''; -- unset because embargo has expired
end
end
end
return ''; -- |pmc-embargo-date= not set return empty string
end

--[=[-------------------------------------------------------------------

for biorxiv, returns true if:
2019-12-11T00:00Z <= biorxiv_date < today + 2 days
for medrxiv, returns true if:
2020-01-01T00:00Z <= medrxiv_date < today + 2 days

The dated form of biorxiv identifier has a start date of 2019-12-11. The Unix timestamp for that date is {{#time:U|2019-12-11}} = 1576022400
The medrxiv identifier has a start date of 2020-01-01. The Unix timestamp for that date is {{#time:U|2020-01-01}} = 1577836800

<rxiv_date> is the date provided in those |biorxiv= parameter values that are dated and in |medrxiv= parameter values at time 00:00:00 UTC
<today> is the current date at time 00:00:00 UTC plus 48 hours
if today's date is 2023-01-01T00:00:00 then
adding 24 hours gives 2023-01-02T00:00:00 – one second more than today
adding 24 hours gives 2023-01-03T00:00:00 – one second more than tomorrow

inputs:
<y>, <m>, <d> – year, month, day parts of the date from the birxiv or medrxiv identifier
<select> 'b' for biorxiv, 'm' for medrxiv; defaults to 'b'

]=]

local function is_valid_rxiv_date (y, m, d, select)
if 0 == tonumber (m) and 12 < tonumber (m) then -- <m> must be a number 1–12
return false;
end
if 0 == tonumber (d) and 31 < tonumber (d) then -- <d> must be a number 1–31; TODO: account for month length and leap yer?
return false;
end

local rxiv_date = table.concat ({y, m, d}, '-'); -- make ymd date string
local good1, good2;
local rxiv_ts, tomorrow_ts; -- to hold Unix timestamps representing the dates
local lang_object = mw.getContentLanguage();

good1, rxiv_ts = pcall (lang_object.formatDate, lang_object, 'U', rxiv_date); -- convert rxiv_date value to Unix timestamp
good2, tomorrow_ts = pcall (lang_object.formatDate, lang_object, 'U', 'today + 2 days' ); -- today midnight + 2 days is one second more than all day tomorrow

if good1 and good2 then -- lang.formatDate() returns a timestamp in the local script which tonumber() may not understand
rxiv_ts = tonumber (rxiv_ts) or lang_object:parseFormattedNumber (rxiv_ts); -- convert to numbers for the comparison;
tomorrow_ts = tonumber (tomorrow_ts) or lang_object:parseFormattedNumber (tomorrow_ts);
else
return false; -- one or both failed to convert to Unix timestamp
end

local limit_ts = ((select and ('m' == select)) and 1577836800) or 1576022400; -- choose the appropriate limit timesatmp

return ((limit_ts <= rxiv_ts) and (rxiv_ts < tomorrow_ts)) -- limit_ts <= rxiv_date < tomorrow's date
end

--[[--------------------------< IS _ V A L I D _ I S X N >-----------------------------------------------------

ISBN-10 and ISSN validator code calculates checksum across all ISBN/ISSN digits including the check digit.
ISBN-13 is checked in isbn().

If the number is valid the result will be 0. Before calling this function, ISBN/ISSN must be checked for length
and stripped of dashes, spaces and other non-ISxN characters.

]]

local function is_valid_isxn (isxn_str, len)
local temp = 0;
isxn_str = { isxn_str:byte(1, len) }; -- make a table of byte values '0' → 0x30 .. '9' → 0x39, 'X' → 0x58
len = len + 1; -- adjust to be a loop counter
for i, v in ipairs (isxn_str) do -- loop through all of the bytes and calculate the checksum
if v == string.byte ("X" ) then -- if checkdigit is X (compares the byte value of 'X' which is 0x58)
temp = temp + 10 * (len - i); -- it represents 10 decimal
else
temp = temp + tonumber (string.char (v) )*(len-i);
end
end
return temp % 11 == 0; -- returns true if calculation result is zero
end

--[[--------------------------< IS _ V A L I D _ I S X N _ 1 3 >-----------------------------------------------

ISBN-13 and ISMN validator code calculates checksum across all 13 ISBN/ISMN digits including the check digit.
If the number is valid, the result will be 0. Before calling this function, ISBN-13/ISMN must be checked for length
and stripped of dashes, spaces and other non-ISxN-13 characters.

]]

local function is_valid_isxn_13 (isxn_str)
local temp=0;

isxn_str = { isxn_str:byte(1, 13) }; -- make a table of byte values '0' → 0x30 .. '9' → 0x39
for i, v in ipairs (isxn_str) do
temp = temp + (3 - 2*(i % 2)) * tonumber (string.char (v) ); -- multiply odd index digits by 1, even index digits by 3 and sum; includes check digit
end
return temp % 10 == 0; -- sum modulo 10 is zero when ISBN-13/ISMN is correct
end

--[[--------------------------< N O R M A L I Z E _ L C C N >--------------------------------------------------

LCCN normalization (https://www.loc.gov/marc/lccn-namespace.html#normalization)
1. Remove all blanks.
2. If there is a forward slash (/) in the string, remove it, and remove all characters to the right of the forward slash.
3. If there is a hyphen in the string:
a. Remove it.
b. Inspect the substring following (to the right of) the (removed) hyphen. Then (and assuming that steps 1 and 2 have been carried out):
1. All these characters should be digits, and there should be six or less. (not done in this function)
2. If the length of the substring is less than 6, left-fill the substring with zeroes until the length is six.

Returns a normalized LCCN for lccn() to validate. There is no error checking (step 3.b.1) performed in this function.

]]

local function normalize_lccn (lccn)
lccn = lccn:gsub ("%s", ""); -- 1. strip whitespace

if nil ~= string.find (lccn, '/') then
lccn = lccn:match ("(.-)/"); -- 2. remove forward slash and all character to the right of it
end

local prefix
local suffix
prefix, suffix = lccn:match ("(.+)%-(.+)"); -- 3.a remove hyphen by splitting the string into prefix and suffix

if nil ~= suffix then -- if there was a hyphen
suffix = string.rep("0", 6-string.len (suffix)) .. suffix; -- 3.b.2 left fill the suffix with 0s if suffix length less than 6
lccn = prefix..suffix; -- reassemble the LCCN
end

return lccn;
end

--============================<>====================================

--[[--------------------------< A R X I V >--------------------------------------------------------------------

See: https://arxiv.org/help/arxiv_identifier

format and error check arXiv identifier. There are three valid forms of the identifier:
the first form, valid only between date codes 9107 and 0703, is:
arXiv:<archive>.<class>/<date code><number><version>
where:
<archive> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation
<class> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation; not the same as |class= parameter which is not supported in this form
<date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01
first digit of YY for this form can only 9 and 0
<number> is a three-digit number
<version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces (undocumented)

the second form, valid from April 2007 through December 2014 is:
arXiv:<date code>.<number><version>
where:
<date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01
<number> is a four-digit number
<version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces

the third form, valid from January 2015 is:
arXiv:<date code>.<number><version>
where:
<date code> and <version> are as defined for 0704-1412
<number> is a five-digit number

]]

local function arxiv (options)
local id = options.id;
local class = options.Class; -- TODO: lowercase?
local handler = options.handler;
local year, month, version;
local err_msg = false; -- assume no error message
local text; -- output text

if id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 9107-0703 format with or without version
year, month = id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/([90]%d)([01]%d)%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
year = tonumber (year);
month = tonumber (month);
if ((not (90 < year or 8 > year)) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) or -- if invalid year or invalid month
((91 == year and 7 > month) or (7 == year and 3 < month)) then -- if years ok, are starting and ending months ok?
err_msg = true; -- flag for error message
end

elseif id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 0704-1412 with or without version
year, month = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
year = tonumber (year);
month = tonumber (month);
if ((7 > year) or (14 < year) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) or -- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years)
((7 == year) and (4 > month)) then -- when year is 07, is month invalid (before April)?
err_msg = true; -- flag for error message
end

elseif id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 1501- format with or without version
year, month = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
year = tonumber (year);
month = tonumber (month);
if ((15 > year) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) then -- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years)
err_msg = true; -- flag for error message
end

else
err_msg = true; -- not a recognized format; flag for error message
end

if err_msg then
options.coins_list_t['ARXIV'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end

local err_msg_t = {};
if err_msg then
set_message ('err_bad_arxiv');
end

text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = handler.access});

if is_set (class) then
if id:match ('^%d+') then
text = table.concat ({text, ' [[https://arxiv.org/archive/', class, ' ', class, ']]'}); -- external link within square brackets, not wikilink
else
set_message ('err_class_ignored');
end
else -- class not set
if id:match ('^%d+') and options.CitationClass == 'arxiv' then -- new (post 2007) format; {{cite arxiv}} only
set_message ('maint_missing_class'); -- add maint cat
end
end

return text;
end

--[[----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Validates (sort of) and formats a bibcode ID.

Format for bibcodes is specified here: https://adsabs.harvard.edu/abs_doc/help_pages/data.html#bibcodes

But, this: 2015arXiv151206696F is apparently valid so apparently, the only things that really matter are length, 19 characters
and first four digits must be a year. This function makes these tests:
length must be 19 characters
characters in position
1–4 must be digits and must represent a year in the range of 1000 – next year
5 must be a letter
6–8 must be letter, digit, ampersand, or dot (ampersand cannot directly precede a dot; &. )
9–18 must be letter, digit, or dot
19 must be a letter or dot

]]

local function bibcode (options)
local id = options.id;
local access = options.access;
local handler = options.handler;
local ignore_invalid = options.accept;
local err_type;
local err_msg = '';
local year;

local text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode,
access = access});

if 19 ~= id:len() then
err_type = cfg.err_msg_supl.length;
else
year = id:match ("^(%d%d%d%d)[%a][%w&%.][%w&%.][%w&%.][%w.]+[%a%.]$");
if not year then -- if nil then no pattern match
err_type = cfg.err_msg_supl.value; -- so value error
else
local next_year = tonumber (os.date ('%Y')) + 1; -- get the current year as a number and add one for next year
year = tonumber (year); -- convert year portion of bibcode to a number
if (1000 > year) or (year > next_year) then
err_type = cfg.err_msg_supl.year; -- year out of bounds
end
if id:find('&%.') then
err_type = cfg.err_msg_supl.journal; -- journal abbreviation must not have '&.' (if it does it's missing a letter)
end
if id:match ('.........%.tmp%.') then -- temporary bibcodes when positions 10–14 are '.tmp.'
set_message ('maint_bibcode');
end
end
end

if is_set (err_type) and not ignore_invalid then -- if there was an error detected and accept-as-written markup not used
set_message ('err_bad_bibcode', {err_type});
options.coins_list_t['BIBCODE'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end

return text;
end

--[[-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Format bioRxiv ID and do simple error checking. Before 2019-12-11, biorXiv IDs were 10.1101/ followed by exactly
6 digits. After 2019-12-11, biorXiv IDs retained the six-digit identifier but prefixed that with a yyyy.mm.dd.
date and suffixed with an optional version identifier.

The bioRxiv ID is the string of characters:
https://doi.org/10.1101/078733 -> 10.1101/078733
or a date followed by a six-digit number followed by an optional version indicator 'v' and one or more digits:
https://www.biorxiv.org/content/10.1101/2019.12.11.123456v2 -> 10.1101/2019.12.11.123456v2

see https://www.biorxiv.org/about-biorxiv

]]

local function biorxiv (options)
local id = options.id;
local handler = options.handler;
local err_msg = true; -- flag; assume that there will be an error

local patterns = {
'^10%.1101/%d%d%d%d%d%d$', -- simple 6-digit identifier (before 2019-12-11)
'^10%.1101/(20%d%d)%.(%d%d)%.(%d%d)%.%d%d%d%d%d%dv%d+$', -- y.m.d. date + 6-digit identifier + version (after 2019-12-11)
'^10%.1101/(20%d%d)%.(%d%d)%.(%d%d)%.%d%d%d%d%d%d$', -- y.m.d. date + 6-digit identifier (after 2019-12-11)
}

for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through the patterns looking for a match
if id:match (pattern) then
local y, m, d = id:match (pattern); -- found a match, attempt to get year, month and date from the identifier

if m then -- m is nil when id is the six-digit form
if not is_valid_rxiv_date (y, m, d, 'b') then -- validate the encoded date; 'b' for biorxiv limit
break; -- date fail; break out early so we don't unset the error message
end
end
err_msg = nil; -- we found a match so unset the error message
break; -- and done
end
end -- err_cat remains set here when no match

if err_msg then
options.coins_list_t['BIORXIV'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
set_message ('err_bad_biorxiv'); -- and set the error message
end

return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator,
encode = handler.encode, access = handler.access});
end

--[[--------------------------< C I T E S E E R X >------------------------------------------------------------

CiteSeerX use their own notion of "doi" (not to be confused with the identifiers resolved via doi.org).

The description of the structure of this identifier can be found at Help_talk:Citation_Style_1/Archive_26#CiteSeerX_id_structure

]]

local function citeseerx (options)
local id = options.id;
local handler = options.handler;
local matched;

local text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode,
access = handler.access});

matched = id:match ("^10%.1%.1%.[1-9]%d?%d?%d?%.[1-9]%d?%d?%d?$");
if not matched then
set_message ('err_bad_citeseerx' );
options.coins_list_t['CITESEERX'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end

return text;
end

--[[--------------------------< D O I >------------------------------------------------------------------------

Formats a DOI and checks for DOI errors.

DOI names contain two parts: prefix and suffix separated by a forward slash.
Prefix: directory indicator '10.' followed by a registrant code
Suffix: character string of any length chosen by the registrant

This function checks a DOI name for: prefix/suffix. If the DOI name contains spaces or endashes, or, if it ends
with a period or a comma, this function will emit a bad_doi error message.

DOI names are case-insensitive and can incorporate any printable Unicode characters so the test for spaces, endash,
and terminal punctuation may not be technically correct but it appears, that in practice these characters are rarely
if ever used in DOI names.

https://www.doi.org/doi_handbook/2_Numbering.html -- 2.2 Syntax of a DOI name
https://www.doi.org/doi_handbook/2_Numbering.html#2.2.2 -- 2.2.2 DOI prefix

]]

local function doi (options)
local id = options.id;
local inactive = options.DoiBroken
local access = options.access;
local ignore_invalid = options.accept;
local handler = options.handler;
local err_flag;

local function is_extended_free (registrant, suffix) -- local function to check those few registrants that are mixed; identifiable by the doi suffix <incipit>
if cfg.extended_registrants_t[registrant] then -- if this registrant has known free-to-read extentions
for _, incipit in ipairs (cfg.extended_registrants_t[registrant]) do -- loop through the registrant's incipits
if mw.ustring.find (suffix, '^' .. incipit) then -- if found
return true;
end
end
end
end

local text;
if is_set (inactive) then
local inactive_year = inactive:match("%d%d%d%d"); -- try to get the year portion from the inactive date
local inactive_month, good;

if is_set (inactive_year) then
if 4 < inactive:len() then -- inactive date has more than just a year (could be anything)
local lang_obj = mw.getContentLanguage(); -- get a language object for this wiki
good, inactive_month = pcall (lang_obj.formatDate, lang_obj, 'F', inactive); -- try to get the month name from the inactive date
if not good then
inactive_month = nil; -- something went wrong so make sure this is unset
end
end
end -- otherwise, |doi-broken-date= has something but it isn't a date

if is_set (inactive_year) and is_set (inactive_month) then
set_message ('maint_doi_inactive_dated', {inactive_year, inactive_month, ' '});
elseif is_set (inactive_year) then
set_message ('maint_doi_inactive_dated', {inactive_year, '', ''});
else
set_message ('maint_doi_inactive');
end
inactive = " (" .. cfg.messages['inactive'] .. ' ' .. inactive .. ')';
end

local suffix;
local registrant, suffix = mw.ustring.match (id, '^10%.([^/]+)/([^%s–]-[^%.,])$'); -- registrant and suffix set when DOI has the proper basic form

local registrant_err_patterns = { -- these patterns are for code ranges that are not supported
'^[^1-3]%d%d%d%d%.%d+$', -- 5 digits with subcode (0xxxx, 40000+); accepts: 10000–39999
'^[^1-7]%d%d%d%d$', -- 5 digits without subcode (0xxxx, 60000+); accepts: 10000–69999
'^[^1-9]%d%d%d%.%d+$', -- 4 digits with subcode (0xxx); accepts: 1000–9999
'^[^1-9]%d%d%d$', -- 4 digits without subcode (0xxx); accepts: 1000–9999
'^%d%d%d%d%d%d+', -- 6 or more digits
'^%d%d?%d?$', -- less than 4 digits without subcode (3 digits with subcode is legitimate)
'^%d%d?%.[%d%.]+', -- 1 or 2 digits with subcode
'^5555$', -- test registrant will never resolve
'[^%d%.]', -- any character that isn't a digit or a dot
}

if not ignore_invalid then
if registrant then -- when DOI has proper form
for i, pattern in ipairs (registrant_err_patterns) do -- spin through error patterns
if registrant:match (pattern) then -- to validate registrant codes
err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_doi'); -- when found, mark this DOI as bad
break; -- and done
end
end
else
err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_doi'); -- invalid directory or malformed
end
else
set_message ('maint_doi_ignore');
end

if err_flag then
options.coins_list_t['DOI'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
else
if not access and (cfg.known_free_doi_registrants_t[registrant] or is_extended_free (registrant, suffix)) then -- |doi-access=free not set and <registrant> is known to be free
set_message ('maint_doi_unflagged_free'); -- set a maint cat
end
end

text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = access,
auto_link = not (err_flag or is_set (inactive) or ignore_invalid) and 'doi' or nil -- do not auto-link when |doi-broken-date= has a value or when there is a DOI error or (to play it safe, after all, auto-linking is not essential) when invalid DOIs are ignored
}) .. (inactive or '');

return text;
end

--[[--------------------------< H D L >------------------------------------------------------------------------

Formats an HDL with minor error checking.

HDL names contain two parts: prefix and suffix separated by a forward slash.
Prefix: character string using any character in the UCS-2 character set except '/'
Suffix: character string of any length using any character in the UCS-2 character set chosen by the registrant

This function checks a HDL name for: prefix/suffix. If the HDL name contains spaces, endashes, or, if it ends
with a period or a comma, this function will emit a bad_hdl error message.

HDL names are case-insensitive and can incorporate any printable Unicode characters so the test for endashes and
terminal punctuation may not be technically correct but it appears, that in practice these characters are rarely
if ever used in HDLs.

Query string parameters are named here: https://www.handle.net/proxy_servlet.html. query strings are not displayed
but since '?' is an allowed character in an HDL, '?' followed by one of the query parameters is the only way we
have to detect the query string so that it isn't URL-encoded with the rest of the identifier.

]]

local function hdl (options)
local id = options.id;
local access = options.access;
local handler = options.handler;
local query_params = { -- list of known query parameters from https://www.handle.net/proxy_servlet.html
'noredirect',
'ignore_aliases',
'auth',
'cert',
'index',
'type',
'urlappend',
'locatt',
'action',
}

local hdl, suffix, param = id:match ('(.-)(%?(%a+).+)$'); -- look for query string
local found;

if hdl then -- when there are query strings, this is the handle identifier portion
for _, q in ipairs (query_params) do -- spin through the list of query parameters
if param:match ('^' .. q) then -- if the query string begins with one of the parameters
found = true; -- announce a find
break; -- and stop looking
end
end
end

if found then
id = hdl; -- found so replace id with the handle portion; this will be URL-encoded, suffix will not
else
suffix = ''; -- make sure suffix is empty string for concatenation else
end

local text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, suffix = suffix, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = access})

if nil == id:match("^[^%s–]-/[^%s–]-[^%.,]$") then -- HDL must contain a forward slash, must not contain spaces, endashes, and must not end with period or comma
set_message ('err_bad_hdl' );
options.coins_list_t['HDL'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end

return text;
end

--[[------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Determines whether an ISBN string is valid

]]

local function isbn (options_t)
local isbn_str = options_t.id;
local ignore_invalid = options_t.accept;
local handler = options_t.handler;
local year = options_t.Year; -- when set, valid anchor_year; may have a disambiguator which must be removed

local function return_result (check, err_type) -- local function to handle the various returns
local ISBN = internal_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = isbn_str, separator = handler.separator});
if ignore_invalid then -- if ignoring ISBN errors
set_message ('maint_isbn_ignore'); -- add a maint category even when there is no error
else -- here when not ignoring
if not check then -- and there is an error
options_t.coins_list_t['ISBN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
set_message ('err_bad_isbn', err_type); -- set an error message
return ISBN; -- return id text
end
end
return ISBN; -- return id text
end

if year and not ignore_invalid then --
year = year:match ('%d%d%d%d?'); -- strip disambiguator if present
if year and (1965 > tonumber(year)) then -- <year> will be nil here when |year=n.d. or |year=nd
set_message ('err_invalid_isbn_date'); -- set an error message
return internal_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = isbn_str, separator = handler.separator});
end
end

if nil ~= isbn_str:match ('[^%s-0-9X]') then
return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.char); -- fail if isbn_str contains anything but digits, hyphens, or the uppercase X
end

local id = isbn_str:gsub ('[%s-]', ''); -- remove hyphens and whitespace

local len = id:len();

if len ~= 10 and len ~= 13 then
return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.length); -- fail if incorrect length
end

if len == 10 then
if id:match ('^%d*X?$') == nil then -- fail if isbn_str has 'X' anywhere but last position
return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.form);
end
if not is_valid_isxn (id, 10) then -- test isbn-10 for numerical validity
return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.check); -- fail if isbn-10 is not numerically valid
end
if id:find ('^63[01]') then -- 630xxxxxxx and 631xxxxxxx are (apparently) not valid isbn group ids but are used by amazon as numeric identifiers (asin)
return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.group); -- fail if isbn-10 begins with 630/1
end
return return_result (true, cfg.err_msg_supl.check); -- pass if isbn-10 is numerically valid
else
if id:match ('^%d+$') == nil then
return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.char); -- fail if ISBN-13 is not all digits
end
if id:match ('^97[89]%d*$') == nil then
return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.prefix); -- fail when ISBN-13 does not begin with 978 or 979
end
if id:match ('^9790') then
return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.group); -- group identifier '0' is reserved to ISMN
end
return return_result (is_valid_isxn_13 (id), cfg.err_msg_supl.check);
end
end

--[[--------------------------< A S I N >----------------------------------------------------------------------

Formats a link to Amazon. Do simple error checking: ASIN must be mix of 10 numeric or uppercase alpha
characters. If a mix, first character must be uppercase alpha; if all numeric, ASINs must be 10-digit
ISBN. If 10-digit ISBN, add a maintenance category so a bot or AWB script can replace |asin= with |isbn=.
Error message if not 10 characters, if not ISBN-10, if mixed and first character is a digit.

|asin=630....... and |asin=631....... are (apparently) not a legitimate ISBN though it checksums as one; these
do not cause this function to emit the maint_asin message

This function is positioned here because it calls isbn()

]]

local function asin (options)
local id = options.id;
local domain = options.ASINTLD;

local err_flag;

if not id:match("^[%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u]$") then
err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_asin'); -- ASIN is not a mix of 10 uppercase alpha and numeric characters
else
if id:match("^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d[%dX]$") then -- if 10-digit numeric (or 9 digits with terminal X)
if is_valid_isxn (id, 10) then -- see if ASIN value is or validates as ISBN-10
if not id:find ('^63[01]') then -- 630xxxxxxx and 631xxxxxxx are (apparently) not a valid isbn prefixes but are used by amazon as a numeric identifier
err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_asin'); -- ASIN has ISBN-10 form but begins with something other than 630/1 so probably an isbn
end
elseif not is_set (err_flag) then
err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_asin'); -- ASIN is not ISBN-10
end
elseif not id:match("^%u[%d%u]+$") then
err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_asin'); -- asin doesn't begin with uppercase alpha
end
end
if (not is_set (domain)) or in_array (domain, {'us'}) then -- default: United States
domain = "com";
elseif in_array (domain, {'jp', 'uk'}) then -- Japan, United Kingdom
domain = "co." .. domain;
elseif in_array (domain, {'z.cn'}) then -- China
domain = "cn";
elseif in_array (domain, {'au', 'br', 'mx', 'sg', 'tr'}) then -- Australia, Brazil, Mexico, Singapore, Turkey
domain = "com." .. domain;
elseif not in_array (domain, {'ae', 'ca', 'cn', 'de', 'es', 'fr', 'in', 'it', 'nl', 'pl', 'sa', 'se', 'co.jp', 'co.uk', 'com', 'com.au', 'com.br', 'com.mx', 'com.sg', 'com.tr'}) then -- Arabic Emirates, Canada, China, Germany, Spain, France, Indonesia, Italy, Netherlands, Poland, Saudi Arabia, Sweden (as of 2021-03 Austria (.at), Liechtenstein (.li) and Switzerland (.ch) still redirect to the German site (.de) with special settings, so don't maintain local ASINs for them)
err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_asin_tld'); -- unsupported asin-tld value
end
local handler = options.handler;

if not is_set (err_flag) then
options.coins_list_t['ASIN'] = handler.prefix .. domain .. "/dp/" .. id; -- asin for coins
else
options.coins_list_t['ASIN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end

return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix .. domain .. "/dp/",
id = id, encode = handler.encode, separator = handler.separator})
end

--[[------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Determines whether an ISMN string is valid. Similar to ISBN-13, ISMN is 13 digits beginning 979-0-... and uses the
same check digit calculations. See https://www.ismn-international.org/download/Web_ISMN_Users_Manual_2008-6.pdf
section 2, pages 9–12.

ismn value not made part of COinS metadata because we don't have a url or isn't a COinS-defined identifier (rft.xxx)
or an identifier registered at info-uri.info (info:)

]]

local function ismn (options)
local id = options.id;
local handler = options.handler;
local text;
local valid_ismn = true;
local id_copy;

id_copy = id; -- save a copy because this testing is destructive
id = id:gsub ('[%s-]', ''); -- remove hyphens and white space

if 13 ~= id:len() or id:match ("^9790%d*$" ) == nil then -- ISMN must be 13 digits and begin with 9790
valid_ismn = false;
else
valid_ismn=is_valid_isxn_13 (id); -- validate ISMN
end

-- text = internal_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, -- use this (or external version) when there is some place to link to
-- prefix = handler.prefix, id = id_copy, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode})

text = table.concat ( -- because no place to link to yet
{
make_wikilink (label_link_make (handler), handler.label),
handler.separator,
id_copy
});

if false == valid_ismn then
options.coins_list_t['ISMN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS; not really necessary here because ismn not made part of COinS
set_message ('err_bad_ismn'); -- create an error message if the ISMN is invalid
end

return text;
end

--[[------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Validate and format an ISSN. This code fixes the case where an editor has included an ISSN in the citation but
has separated the two groups of four digits with a space. When that condition occurred, the resulting link looked
like this:

|issn=0819 4327 gives: [https://www.worldcat.org/issn/0819 4327 0819 4327] -- can't have spaces in an external link

This code now prevents that by inserting a hyphen at the ISSN midpoint. It also validates the ISSN for length
and makes sure that the checkdigit agrees with the calculated value. Incorrect length (8 digits), characters
other than 0-9 and X, or checkdigit / calculated value mismatch will all cause a check ISSN error message. The
ISSN is always displayed with a hyphen, even if the ISSN was given as a single group of 8 digits.

]]

local function issn (options)
local id = options.id;
local handler = options.handler;
local ignore_invalid = options.accept;

local issn_copy = id; -- save a copy of unadulterated ISSN; use this version for display if ISSN does not validate
local text;
local valid_issn = true;

id = id:gsub ('[%s-]', ''); -- remove hyphens and whitespace

if 8 ~= id:len() or nil == id:match ("^%d*X?$" ) then -- validate the ISSN: 8 digits long, containing only 0-9 or X in the last position
valid_issn = false; -- wrong length or improper character
else
valid_issn = is_valid_isxn (id, 8); -- validate ISSN
end

if true == valid_issn then
id = string.sub (id, 1, 4 ) .. "-" .. string.sub (id, 5 ); -- if valid, display correctly formatted version
else
id = issn_copy; -- if not valid, show the invalid ISSN with error message
end

text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode})

if ignore_invalid then
set_message ('maint_issn_ignore');
else
if false == valid_issn then
options.coins_list_t['ISSN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
set_message ('err_bad_issn', (options.hkey == 'EISSN') and 'e' or ''); -- create an error message if the ISSN is invalid
end
end

return text;
end

--[[--------------------------< J F M >-----------------------------------------------------------------------

A numerical identifier in the form nn.nnnn.nn

]]

local function jfm (options)
local id = options.id;
local handler = options.handler;
local id_num;

id_num = id:match ('^[Jj][Ff][Mm](.*)$'); -- identifier with jfm prefix; extract identifier

if is_set (id_num) then
set_message ('maint_jfm_format');
else -- plain number without JFM prefix
id_num = id; -- if here id does not have prefix
end

if id_num and id_num:match('^%d%d%.%d%d%d%d%.%d%d$') then
id = id_num; -- jfm matches pattern
else
set_message ('err_bad_jfm' ); -- set an error message
options.coins_list_t['JFM'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end

return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode});
end

--[[--------------------------< J S T O R >--------------------------------------------------------------------

Format a JSTOR with some error checking

]]

local function jstor (options)
local id = options.id;
local access = options.access;
local handler = options.handler;

if id:find ('[Jj][Ss][Tt][Oo][Rr]') or id:find ('^https?://') or id:find ('%s') then
set_message ('err_bad_jstor'); -- set an error message
options.coins_list_t['JSTOR'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end

return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = access});
end

--[[--------------------------< L C C N >----------------------------------------------------------------------

Format LCCN link and do simple error checking. LCCN is a character string 8-12 characters long. The length of
the LCCN dictates the character type of the first 1-3 characters; the rightmost eight are always digits.
https://oclc-research.github.io/infoURI-Frozen/info-uri.info/info:lccn/reg.html

length = 8 then all digits
length = 9 then lccn[1] is lowercase alpha
length = 10 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lowercase alpha or both digits
length = 11 then lccn[1] is lower case alpha, lccn[2] and lccn[3] are both lowercase alpha or both digits
length = 12 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lowercase alpha

]]

local function lccn (options)
local lccn = options.id;
local handler = options.handler;
local err_flag; -- presume that LCCN is valid
local id = lccn; -- local copy of the LCCN

id = normalize_lccn (id); -- get canonical form (no whitespace, hyphens, forward slashes)
local len = id:len(); -- get the length of the LCCN

if 8 == len then
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits)
err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_lccn'); -- set an error message
end
elseif 9 == len then -- LCCN should be adddddddd
if nil == id:match("%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- does it match our pattern?
err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_lccn'); -- set an error message
end
elseif 10 == len then -- LCCN should be aadddddddd or dddddddddd
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits) ...
if nil == id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- ... see if it matches our pattern
err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_lccn'); -- no match, set an error message
end
end
elseif 11 == len then -- LCCN should be aaadddddddd or adddddddddd
if not (id:match("^%l%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") or id:match("^%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d")) then -- see if it matches one of our patterns
err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_lccn'); -- no match, set an error message
end
elseif 12 == len then -- LCCN should be aadddddddddd
if not id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- see if it matches our pattern
err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_lccn'); -- no match, set an error message
end
else
err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_lccn'); -- wrong length, set an error message
end

if not is_set (err_flag) and nil ~= lccn:find ('%s') then
err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_lccn'); -- lccn contains a space, set an error message
end

if is_set (err_flag) then
options.coins_list_t['LCCN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end

return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = lccn, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode});
end

--[[--------------------------< M E D R X I V >-----------------------------------------------------------------

Format medRxiv ID and do simple error checking. Similar to later bioRxiv IDs, medRxiv IDs are prefixed with a
yyyy.mm.dd. date and suffixed with an optional version identifier. Ealiest date accepted is 2020.01.01

The medRxiv ID is a date followed by an eight-digit number followed by an optional version indicator 'v' and one or more digits:
https://www.medrxiv.org/content/10.1101/2020.11.16.20232009v2 -> 10.1101/2020.11.16.20232009v2

]]

local function medrxiv (options)
local id = options.id;
local handler = options.handler;
local err_msg_flag = true; -- flag; assume that there will be an error

local patterns = {
'^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$', -- simple 8-digit identifier; these should be relatively rare
'^10%.1101/(20%d%d)%.(%d%d)%.(%d%d)%.%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%dv%d+$', -- y.m.d. date + 8-digit identifier + version (2020-01-01 and later)
'^10%.1101/(20%d%d)%.(%d%d)%.(%d%d)%.%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$', -- y.m.d. date + 8-digit identifier (2020-01-01 and later)
}

for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through the patterns looking for a match
if id:match (pattern) then
local y, m, d = id:match (pattern); -- found a match, attempt to get year, month and date from the identifier

if m then -- m is nil when id is the 8-digit form
if not is_valid_rxiv_date (y, m, d, 'b') then -- validate the encoded date; 'b' for medrxiv limit
break; -- date fail; break out early so we don't unset the error message
end
end
err_msg_flag = nil; -- we found a match so unset the error message
break; -- and done
end
end -- <err_msg_flag> remains set here when no match

if err_msg_flag then
options.coins_list_t['MEDRXIV'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
set_message ('err_bad_medrxiv'); -- and set the error message
end

return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator,
encode = handler.encode, access = handler.access});
end

--[[--------------------------< M R >--------------------------------------------------------------------------

A seven digit number; if not seven digits, zero-fill leading digits to make seven digits.

]]

local function mr (options)
local id = options.id;
local handler = options.handler;
local id_num;
local id_len;

id_num = id:match ('^[Mm][Rr](%d+)$'); -- identifier with mr prefix

if is_set (id_num) then
set_message ('maint_mr_format'); -- add maint cat
else -- plain number without mr prefix
id_num = id:match ('^%d+$'); -- if here id is all digits
end

id_len = id_num and id_num:len() or 0;
if (7 >= id_len) and (0 ~= id_len) then
id = string.rep ('0', 7-id_len) .. id_num; -- zero-fill leading digits
else
set_message ('err_bad_mr'); -- set an error message
options.coins_list_t['MR'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end

return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode});
end

--[[--------------------------< O C L C >----------------------------------------------------------------------

Validate and format an OCLC ID. https://www.oclc.org/batchload/controlnumber.en.html {{dead link}}
archived at: https://web.archive.org/web/20161228233804/https://www.oclc.org/batchload/controlnumber.en.html

]]

local function oclc (options)
local id = options.id;
local handler = options.handler;
local number;

if id:match('^ocm%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$') then -- ocm prefix and 8 digits; 001 field (12 characters)
number = id:match('ocm(%d+)'); -- get the number
elseif id:match('^ocn%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$') then -- ocn prefix and 9 digits; 001 field (12 characters)
number = id:match('ocn(%d+)'); -- get the number
elseif id:match('^on%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d+$') then -- on prefix and 10 or more digits; 001 field (12 characters)
number = id:match('^on(%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d+)$'); -- get the number
elseif id:match('^%(OCoLC%)[1-9]%d*$') then -- (OCoLC) prefix and variable number digits; no leading zeros; 035 field
number = id:match('%(OCoLC%)([1-9]%d*)'); -- get the number
if 9 < number:len() then
number = nil; -- constrain to 1 to 9 digits; change this when OCLC issues 10-digit numbers
end
elseif id:match('^%d+$') then -- no prefix
number = id; -- get the number
if tonumber (id) > handler.id_limit then
number = nil; -- unset when id value exceeds the limit
end
end

if number then -- proper format
id = number; -- exclude prefix, if any, from external link
else
set_message ('err_bad_oclc') -- add an error message if the id is malformed
options.coins_list_t['OCLC'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end

return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode});
end

--[[--------------------------< O P E N L I B R A R Y >--------------------------------------------------------

Formats an OpenLibrary link, and checks for associated errors.

]]

local function openlibrary (options)
local id = options.id;
local access = options.access;
local handler = options.handler;
local ident, code = id:gsub('^OL', ''):match("^(%d+([AMW]))$"); -- strip optional OL prefix followed immediately by digits followed by 'A', 'M', or 'W';
local err_flag;
local prefix = { -- these are appended to the handler.prefix according to code
['A']='authors/OL',
['M']='books/OL',
['W']='works/OL',
['X']='OL' -- not a code; spoof when 'code' in id is invalid
};

if not ident then
code = 'X'; -- no code or id completely invalid
ident = id; -- copy id to ident so that we display the flawed identifier
err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_ol');
end

if not is_set (err_flag) then
options.coins_list_t['OL'] = handler.prefix .. prefix[code] .. ident; -- experiment for ol coins
else
options.coins_list_t['OL'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end

return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix .. prefix[code],
id = ident, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode,
access = access});
end

--[[--------------------------< O S T I >----------------------------------------------------------------------

Format OSTI and do simple error checking. OSTIs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up. This
code checks the OSTI to see that it contains only digits and is less than test_limit specified in the configuration;
the value in test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more OSTIs are issued.

NB. 1018 is the lowest OSTI number found in the wild (so far) and resolving OK on the OSTI site

]]

local function osti (options)
local id = options.id;
local access = options.access;
local handler = options.handler;

if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if OSTI has anything but digits
set_message ('err_bad_osti'); -- set an error message
options.coins_list_t['OSTI'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
else -- OSTI is only digits
local id_num = tonumber (id); -- convert id to a number for range testing
if 1018 > id_num or handler.id_limit < id_num then -- if OSTI is outside test limit boundaries
set_message ('err_bad_osti'); -- set an error message
options.coins_list_t['OSTI'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end
end

return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = access});
end

--[[--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Format a PMC, do simple error checking, and check for embargoed articles.

The embargo parameter takes a date for a value. If the embargo date is in the future the PMC identifier will not
be linked to the article. If the embargo date is today or in the past, or if it is empty or omitted, then the
PMC identifier is linked to the article through the link at cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix.

PMC embargo date testing is done in function is_embargoed () which is called earlier because when the citation
has |pmc=<value> but does not have a |url= then |title= is linked with the PMC link. Function is_embargoed ()
returns the embargo date if the PMC article is still embargoed, otherwise it returns an empty string.

PMCs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up. This code checks the PMC to see that it contains only digits and is less
than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMCs are issued.

]]

local function pmc (options)
local id = options.id;
local embargo = options.Embargo; -- TODO: lowercase?
local handler = options.handler;
local err_flag;
local id_num;
local text;

id_num = id:match ('^[Pp][Mm][Cc](%d+)$'); -- identifier with PMC prefix

if is_set (id_num) then
set_message ('maint_pmc_format');
else -- plain number without PMC prefix
id_num = id:match ('^%d+$'); -- if here id is all digits
end

if is_set (id_num) then -- id_num has a value so test it
id_num = tonumber (id_num); -- convert id_num to a number for range testing
if 1 > id_num or handler.id_limit < id_num then -- if PMC is outside test limit boundaries
err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_pmc'); -- set an error message
else
id = tostring (id_num); -- make sure id is a string
end
else -- when id format incorrect
err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_pmc'); -- set an error message
end

if is_set (embargo) and is_set (is_embargoed (embargo)) then -- is PMC is still embargoed?
text = table.concat ( -- still embargoed so no external link
{
make_wikilink (label_link_make (handler), handler.label),
handler.separator,
id,
});
else
text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, -- no embargo date or embargo has expired, ok to link to article
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = handler.access,
auto_link = not err_flag and 'pmc' or nil -- do not auto-link when PMC has error
});
end

if err_flag then
options.coins_list_t['PMC'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end

return text;
end

--[[------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Format PMID and do simple error checking. PMIDs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up. This
code checks the PMID to see that it contains only digits and is less than test_limit; the value in local variable
test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMIDs are issued.

]]

local function pmid (options)
local id = options.id;
local handler = options.handler;

if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if PMID has anything but digits
set_message ('err_bad_pmid'); -- set an error message
options.coins_list_t['PMID'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
else -- PMID is only digits
local id_num = tonumber (id); -- convert id to a number for range testing
if 1 > id_num or handler.id_limit < id_num then -- if PMID is outside test limit boundaries
set_message ('err_bad_pmid'); -- set an error message
options.coins_list_t['PMID'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end
end

return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode});
end

--[[--------------------------< R F C >------------------------------------------------------------------------

Format RFC and do simple error checking. RFCs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up. This
code checks the RFC to see that it contains only digits and is less than test_limit specified in the configuration;
the value in test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more RFCs are issued.

An index of all RFCs is here: https://tools.ietf.org/rfc/

]]

local function rfc (options)
local id = options.id;
local handler = options.handler;

if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if RFC has anything but digits
set_message ('err_bad_rfc'); -- set an error message
options.coins_list_t['RFC'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
else -- RFC is only digits
local id_num = tonumber (id); -- convert id to a number for range testing
if 1 > id_num or handler.id_limit < id_num then -- if RFC is outside test limit boundaries
set_message ('err_bad_rfc'); -- set an error message
options.coins_list_t['RFC'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end
end

return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = handler.access});
end

--[[--------------------------< S 2 C I D >--------------------------------------------------------------------

Format an S2CID, do simple error checking

S2CIDs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up. This code checks the S2CID to see that it is only
digits and is less than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically
as more S2CIDs are issued.

]]

local function s2cid (options)
local id = options.id;
local access = options.access;
local handler = options.handler;
local id_num;
local text;

id_num = id:match ('^[1-9]%d*$'); -- id must be all digits; must not begin with 0; no open access flag

if is_set (id_num) then -- id_num has a value so test it
id_num = tonumber (id_num); -- convert id_num to a number for range testing
if handler.id_limit < id_num then -- if S2CID is outside test limit boundaries
set_message ('err_bad_s2cid'); -- set an error message
options.coins_list_t['S2CID'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end
else -- when id format incorrect
set_message ('err_bad_s2cid'); -- set an error message
options.coins_list_t['S2CID'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end

text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = access});

return text;
end

--[[--------------------------< S B N >------------------------------------------------------------------------

9-digit form of ISBN-10; uses same check-digit validation when SBN is prefixed with an additional '0' to make 10 digits

sbn value not made part of COinS metadata because we don't have a url or isn't a COinS-defined identifier (rft.xxx)
or an identifier registered at info-uri.info (info:)

]]

local function sbn (options)
local id = options.id;
local ignore_invalid = options.accept;
local handler = options.handler;
local function return_result (check, err_type) -- local function to handle the various returns
local SBN = internal_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator});
if not ignore_invalid then -- if not ignoring SBN errors
if not check then
options.coins_list_t['SBN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS; not really necessary here because sbn not made part of COinS
set_message ('err_bad_sbn', {err_type}); -- display an error message
return SBN;
end
else
set_message ('maint_isbn_ignore'); -- add a maint category even when there is no error (ToDo: Possibly switch to separate message for SBNs only)
end
return SBN;
end

if id:match ('[^%s-0-9X]') then
return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.char); -- fail if SBN contains anything but digits, hyphens, or the uppercase X
end

local ident = id:gsub ('[%s-]', ''); -- remove hyphens and whitespace; they interfere with the rest of the tests

if 9 ~= ident:len() then
return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.length); -- fail if incorrect length
end

if ident:match ('^%d*X?$') == nil then
return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.form); -- fail if SBN has 'X' anywhere but last position
end

return return_result (is_valid_isxn ('0' .. ident, 10), cfg.err_msg_supl.check);
end

--[[--------------------------< S S R N >----------------------------------------------------------------------

Format an SSRN, do simple error checking

SSRNs are sequential numbers beginning at 100? and counting up. This code checks the SSRN to see that it is
only digits and is greater than 99 and less than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need
to be updated periodically as more SSRNs are issued.

]]

local function ssrn (options)
local id = options.id;
local handler = options.handler;
local id_num;
local text;

id_num = id:match ('^%d+$'); -- id must be all digits

if is_set (id_num) then -- id_num has a value so test it
id_num = tonumber (id_num); -- convert id_num to a number for range testing
if 100 > id_num or handler.id_limit < id_num then -- if SSRN is outside test limit boundaries
set_message ('err_bad_ssrn'); -- set an error message
options.coins_list_t['SSRN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end
else -- when id format incorrect
set_message ('err_bad_ssrn'); -- set an error message
options.coins_list_t['SSRN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end

text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = options.access});

return text;
end

--[[--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Validate and format a usenet message id. Simple error checking, looks for 'id-left@id-right' not enclosed in
'<' and/or '>' angle brackets.

]]

local function usenet_id (options)
local id = options.id;
local handler = options.handler;

local text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode})

if not id:match('^.+@.+$') or not id:match('^[^<].*[^>]$') then -- doesn't have '@' or has one or first or last character is '< or '>'
set_message ('err_bad_usenet_id') -- add an error message if the message id is invalid
options.coins_list_t['USENETID'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end

return text;
end

--[[--------------------------< Z B L >-----------------------------------------------------------------------

A numerical identifier in the form nnnn.nnnnn - leading zeros in the first quartet optional

format described here: http://emis.mi.sanu.ac.rs/ZMATH/zmath/en/help/search/

temporary format is apparently eight digits. Anything else is an error

]]

local function zbl (options)
local id = options.id;
local handler = options.handler;

if id:match('^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$') then -- is this identifier using temporary format?
set_message ('maint_zbl'); -- yes, add maint cat
elseif not id:match('^%d?%d?%d?%d%.%d%d%d%d%d$') then -- not temporary, is it normal format?
set_message ('err_bad_zbl'); -- no, set an error message
options.coins_list_t['ZBL'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end

return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode});
end

--============================<>==========================================

--[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ I D S >------------------------------------------------------------

Populates ID table from arguments using configuration settings. Loops through cfg.id_handlers and searches args for
any of the parameters listed in each cfg.id_handlers['...'].parameters. If found, adds the parameter and value to
the identifier list. Emits redundant error message if more than one alias exists in args

]]

local function extract_ids (args)
local id_list = {}; -- list of identifiers found in args
for k, v in pairs (cfg.id_handlers) do -- k is uppercase identifier name as index to cfg.id_handlers; e.g. cfg.id_handlers['ISBN'], v is a table
v = select_one (args, v.parameters, 'err_redundant_parameters' ); -- v.parameters is a table of aliases for k; here we pick one from args if present
if is_set (v) then id_list[k] = v; end -- if found in args, add identifier to our list
end
return id_list;
end

--[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ I D _ A C C E S S _ L E V E L S >--------------------------------------

Fetches custom id access levels from arguments using configuration settings. Parameters which have a predefined access
level (e.g. arxiv) do not use this function as they are directly rendered as free without using an additional parameter.

returns a table of k/v pairs where k is same as the identifier's key in cfg.id_handlers and v is the assigned (valid) keyword

access-level values must match the case used in cfg.keywords_lists['id-access'] (lowercase unless there is some special reason for something else)

]]

local function extract_id_access_levels (args, id_list)
local id_accesses_list = {};
for k, v in pairs (cfg.id_handlers) do
local access_param = v.custom_access; -- name of identifier's access-level parameter
if is_set (access_param) then
local access_level = args[access_param]; -- get the assigned value if there is one
if is_set (access_level) then
if not in_array (access_level, cfg.keywords_lists['id-access']) then -- exact match required
set_message ('err_invalid_param_val', {access_param, access_level});
access_level = nil; -- invalid so unset
end
if not is_set (id_list[k]) then -- identifier access-level must have a matching identifier
set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', {k:lower()}); -- parameter name is uppercase in cfg.id_handlers (k); lowercase for error message
end
id_accesses_list[k] = cfg.keywords_xlate[access_level]; -- get translated keyword
end
end
end
return id_accesses_list;
end

--[[------------------------------------------------------------------------------

render the identifiers into a sorted sequence table

<ID_list_coins_t> is a table of k/v pairs where k is same as key in cfg.id_handlers and v is the assigned value
<options_t> is a table of various k/v option pairs provided in the call to new_build_id_list();
modified by this function and passed to all identifier rendering functions
<access_levels_t> is a table of k/v pairs where k is same as key in cfg.id_handlers and v is the assigned value (if valid)

returns a sequence table of sorted (by hkey - 'handler' key) rendered identifier strings

]]

local function build_id_list (ID_list_coins_t, options_t, access_levels_t)
local ID_list_t = {};
local accept;
local func_map = { --function map points to functions associated with hkey identifier
['ARXIV'] = arxiv,
['ASIN'] = asin,
['BIBCODE'] = bibcode,
['BIORXIV'] = biorxiv,
['CITESEERX'] = citeseerx,
['DOI'] = doi,
['EISSN'] = issn,
['HDL'] = hdl,
['ISBN'] = isbn,
['ISMN'] = ismn,
['ISSN'] = issn,
['JFM'] = jfm,
['JSTOR'] = jstor,
['LCCN'] = lccn,
['MEDRXIV'] = medrxiv,
['MR'] = mr,
['OCLC'] = oclc,
['OL'] = openlibrary,
['OSTI'] = osti,
['PMC'] = pmc,
['PMID'] = pmid,
['RFC'] = rfc,
['S2CID'] = s2cid,
['SBN'] = sbn,
['SSRN'] = ssrn,
['USENETID'] = usenet_id,
['ZBL'] = zbl,
}

for hkey, v in pairs (ID_list_coins_t) do
v, accept = has_accept_as_written (v); -- remove accept-as-written markup if present; accept is boolean true when markup removed; false else
-- every function gets the options table with value v and accept boolean
options_t.hkey = hkey; -- ~/Configuration handler key
options_t.id = v; -- add that identifier value to the options table
options_t.accept = accept; -- add the accept boolean flag
options_t.access = access_levels_t[hkey]; -- add the access level for those that have an |<identifier-access= parameter
options_t.handler = cfg.id_handlers[hkey];
options_t.coins_list_t = ID_list_coins_t; -- pointer to ID_list_coins_t; for |asin= and |ol=; also to keep erroneous values out of the citation's metadata
options_t.coins_list_t[hkey] = v; -- id value without accept-as-written markup for metadata

if options_t.handler.access and not in_array (options_t.handler.access, cfg.keywords_lists['id-access']) then
error (cfg.messages['unknown_ID_access'] .. options_t.handler.access); -- here when handler access key set to a value not listed in list of allowed id access keywords
end

if func_map[hkey] then
local id_text = func_map[hkey] (options_t); -- call the function to get identifier text and any error message
table.insert (ID_list_t, {hkey, id_text}); -- add identifier text to the output sequence table
else
error (cfg.messages['unknown_ID_key'] .. hkey); -- here when func_map doesn't have a function for hkey
end
end

local function comp (a, b) -- used by following table.sort()
return a[1]:lower() < b[1]:lower(); -- sort by hkey
end

table.sort (ID_list_t, comp); -- sequence table of tables sort
for k, v in ipairs (ID_list_t) do -- convert sequence table of tables to simple sequence table of strings
ID_list_t[k] = v[2]; -- v[2] is the identifier rendering from the call to the various functions in func_map{}
end

return ID_list_t;
end

--[[--------------------------< O P T I O N S _ C H E C K >----------------------------------------------------

check that certain option parameters have their associated identifier parameters with values

<ID_list_coins_t> is a table of k/v pairs where k is same as key in cfg.id_handlers and v is the assigned value
<ID_support_t> is a sequence table of tables created in citation0() where each subtable has four elements:
[1] is the support parameter's assigned value; empty string if not set
[2] is a text string same as key in cfg.id_handlers
[3] is cfg.error_conditions key used to create error message
[4] is original ID support parameter name used to create error message

returns nothing; on error emits an appropriate error message

]]

local function options_check (ID_list_coins_t, ID_support_t)
for _, v in ipairs (ID_support_t) do
if is_set (v[1]) and not ID_list_coins_t[v[2]] then -- when support parameter has a value but matching identifier parameter is missing or empty
set_message (v[3], (v[4])); -- emit the appropriate error message
end
end
end

--[[----------------------------------------------------------------

Creates two identifier lists: a k/v table of identifiers and their values to be used locally and for use in the
COinS metadata, and a sequence table of the rendered identifier strings that will be included in the rendered
citation.

]]

local function identifier_lists_get (args_t, options_t, ID_support_t)
local ID_list_coins_t = extract_ids (args_t); -- get a table of identifiers and their values for use locally and for use in COinS
options_check (ID_list_coins_t, ID_support_t); -- ID support parameters must have matching identifier parameters
local ID_access_levels_t = extract_id_access_levels (args_t, ID_list_coins_t); -- get a table of identifier access levels
local ID_list_t = build_id_list (ID_list_coins_t, options_t, ID_access_levels_t); -- get a sequence table of rendered identifier strings

return ID_list_t, ID_list_coins_t; -- return the tables
end

--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S E L E C T E D _ M O D U L E S >--------------------------------------

Sets local cfg table and imported functions table to same (live or sandbox) as that used by the other modules.

]]

local function set_selected_modules (cfg_table_ptr, utilities_page_ptr)
cfg = cfg_table_ptr;

has_accept_as_written = utilities_page_ptr.has_accept_as_written; -- import functions from select Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities module
is_set = utilities_page_ptr.is_set;
in_array = utilities_page_ptr.in_array;
set_message = utilities_page_ptr.set_message;
select_one = utilities_page_ptr.select_one;
substitute = utilities_page_ptr.substitute;
make_wikilink = utilities_page_ptr.make_wikilink;

z = utilities_page_ptr.z; -- table of tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
end

--[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------
]]

return {
auto_link_urls = auto_link_urls, -- table of identifier URLs to be used when auto-linking |title=

identifier_lists_get = identifier_lists_get, -- experiment to replace individual calls to build_id_list(), extract_ids, extract_id_access_levels
is_embargoed = is_embargoed;
set_selected_modules = set_selected_modules;
}

Module:CS1 identifiers

2025-11-01T21:39:23Z

Nordiclarpwikiadmin: 1 revision imported

require ('strict');

local get_args = require ('Module:Arguments').getArgs;
local identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers');
local utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities');
local has_accept_as_written = utilities.has_accept_as_written; -- import functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
local is_set = utilities.is_set;
local make_wikilink = utilities.make_wikilink;
local set_message = utilities.set_message;
local substitute = utilities.substitute;

local cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration');

utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg); -- so that functions in Utilities can see the selected cfg tables
identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module

local Frame; -- local copy of <frame> from main(); nil else
local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- used to limit categorization to certain namepsaces

local no_cat; -- used to limit categorization to certain namespaces
if cfg.uncategorized_namespaces[this_page.namespace] then -- is this page's namespace id one of the uncategorized namespace ids?
no_cat = true; -- set no_cat; this page will not be categorized
end
for _, v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns
if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern
no_cat = true; -- set no_cat; this page will not be categorized
break; -- bail out if one is found
end
end

--[[--------------------------< E R R _ M E S S A G E _ C O N V E R T >----------------------------------------

converts cs1|2 error message to a message suitable for this module.

converted error messages do not name a parameter as is done in cs1|2. The help link links to the template page
not to a help-namespace page. The prefix is rewritten to name the offending template; not a cs1|2 template.

adds template specific category.

done this way because the identifier functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers create properly formatted
messages with correct html for styling.

]]

local function err_message_convert (message_prefix, message, _template, no_cat)
message = message:gsub ('|([^=]+)=', '%1'); -- remove parameter pipe and assignment operator
message = message:gsub ('Help:CS1 errors#[^%]]+', substitute ('Template:$1|help', _template)); -- rewrite help text
message = message:gsub ('(%b<>)', substitute ('$1$2: ', {'%1', message_prefix}), 1); -- %1 is the opening span tag; insert <message_prefix>
local category = no_cat and '' or substitute ('[[Category:Pages with $1 errors]]', _template:upper()); -- limited to certain namespaces
return substitute ('$1$2', {message, category}); -- make a big string and done
end

--[[--------------------------< M A I N T _ M E S S A G E _ C O N V E R T >------------------------------------

converts cs1|2 maintenance message to a message suitable for this module.

converted maintenance messages have a prefix suitable for the rendered template. The 'link' text links to the
an appropriate maintenance category

]]

local function maint_message_convert (message_prefix, message_raw, _template, no_cat)
message_raw = message_raw:gsub ('CS1 maint: ', ''); -- strip cs1-specific prefix from cat name
local message = substitute ('$1: $2', {message_prefix, message_raw}); -- add the template prefix
message = substitute ('$1$2 ($3)', {
message,
no_cat and '' or substitute (cfg.messages['cat wikilink'], message_raw),-- the category link; limited to certain namespaces
substitute (cfg.messages[':cat wikilink'], message_raw)} -- links to the maint cat, just as cs1|2 links to its maint cats
);
return substitute (cfg.presentation['hidden-maint'], message); -- the maint message text
end

--[[------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

extract enumerated parameters from <args_t> where the enumerator is . enumerator is always the last character
of the parameter name (doi-broken-date1 not doi1-broken-date)

special case the enumerator is 1: prefer non-enumerated parameters

returns a table of same-enumerator parameters (without enumerator)

note: is a number

]]

local function params_get (args_t, i)
--mw.logObject (args_t, 'args_t')
local params_t = {}; -- selected parameters go in this table
if 1 == i then -- special case when enumerator () is 1
for k, v in pairs (args_t) do -- for each parameter
if 'number' == type (k) then -- if this is a positional parameter
if 1 == k then -- and its the first positional parameter
params_t[1] = v; -- save it
end
else -- here for named parameters
local enum = k:match ('%d+$'); -- extract the enumerator from the parameter's name; nil else
if (not enum) or (1 == tonumber (enum)) then -- when not enumerated or when enumerator is 1
k = k:gsub ('%d+$', ''); -- remove the enumerator from parameter name
params_t[k] = v; -- and save this parameter
end
end
end
else
for k, v in pairs (args_t) do -- for each parameter
if 'number' == type (k) then -- if this is a positional parameter
if i == k then -- and is the desired positional parameter
params_t[1] = v; -- save it (as index number 1; not as index )
end
else -- here for named parameters
local enum = k:match ('%d+$'); -- extract the parameter's enumerator; nil else
if enum and (i == tonumber (enum)) then -- when enumerated and the enumerator is same as requested
k = k:gsub ('%d+$', ''); -- remove the enumerator from parameter name
params_t[k] = v; -- and save this parameter
end
end
end
end
--mw.logObject (params_t, 'params_t')
return params_t; -- and done
end

--[[--------------------------< R E N D E R _ F I N A L >------------------------------------------------------

this function applies cs1|2 template style sheet to a rendered identifier or error message

]]

local function render_final (output)
if not Frame then -- not set when this module called from another module
Frame = mw.getCurrentFrame(); -- get the calling module's frame so that we can call extensionTag()
end

return substitute ('$1$2', {
Frame:extensionTag ('templatestyles', '', {src='Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css'}), -- apply templatestyles
output -- to the rendered identifier or error message
});

end

--[[--------------------------< _ M A I N >--------------------------------------------------------------------

entry point when called from another module; example:
local rendered_identifier = require ('Module:CS1 identifiers')._main ({'10.4231/sommat', _template = 'doi', ['doi-access'] = 'free', ['doi-broken-date'] = 'June 2025'});

supported identifier templates are:
{{arxiv}} {{asin}} {{bibcode}} {{biorxiv}} {{citeseerx}} {{doi}}
{{hdl}} {{isbn}} {{ismn}} {{issn}} {{jfm}} {{jstor}}
{{medrxiv}} {{mr}} {{oclc}} {{ol}} {{osti}} {{pmc}}
{{pmid}} {{sbn}} {{ssrn}} {{s2cid}} {{zbl}}

<args_t> is a table of all parameters needed to properly render the identifier

]]

local function _main (args_t)
local ID_list_t = {}; -- sequence table of rendered identifiers
local ID_list_coins_t = {}; -- table of identifiers and their values from args; key is same as cfg.id_handlers's key; COinS not supported in this module
local template_name = args_t._template;
local message_prefix;

if not (template_name and cfg.id_handlers[template_name:upper()]) then
error ('|_template= requires valid value'); -- a message for template writers; not seen by users
end

template_name = template_name:lower(); -- force lower case
message_prefix = substitute ('<code class="cs1-code">{{[[Template:$1|$1]]}}</code>', template_name);

local rendered_id; -- a single rendered id worked on here
local rendered_ids_t = {}; -- individual rendered ids go here

local i = 1; -- initialize the indexer for the repeat loop
repeat -- loop until no
local params_t = params_get (args_t, i); -- get the parameters associated with enumerator 
params_t[template_name] = params_t[1] or params_t['id']; -- assign value from {{{1}}} or |id= to |<identifier>=
params_t._template = nil; -- unset as no longer needed
if not params_t[template_name] then -- in case params_t[1] and params_t.id are nil
params_t[template_name] = ''; -- set <id> to empty string
return render_final ( -- make an error message and done
substitute ('$1: required identifier missing ($2)$3', {
message_prefix,
substitute ('[[Template:$1|help]]', template_name),
no_cat and '' or substitute ('[[Category:Pages with $1 errors]]', template_name:upper())
}));
end
params_t[i] = nil; -- unset these as no longer needed
params_t.id = nil;

local DoiBroken = params_t['doi-broken-date']; -- {{doi}} only
local Embargo = params_t['pmc-embargo-date']; -- {{pmc}} only
local Class = params_t['class']; -- {{arxiv}} only
local AsinTLD = params_t['asin-tld']; -- {{asin}} only

ID_list_t, ID_list_coins_t = identifiers.identifier_lists_get (params_t, {DoiBroken = DoiBroken, Embargo = Embargo, Class = Class, ASINTLD = AsinTLD}, {}); -- {} is a placeholder for unused ID_support{}
rendered_id = ID_list_t[1];

if utilities.z.error_msgs_t[1] then -- only one error message considered
rendered_id = substitute ('$1 $2', {
rendered_id,
err_message_convert (message_prefix, utilities.z.error_msgs_t[1], template_name, no_cat),
});

elseif utilities.z.maint_cats_t[1] then -- only one maint message considered per rendering
rendered_id = substitute ('$1 $2', {
rendered_id,
maint_message_convert (message_prefix, utilities.z.maint_cats_t[1], template_name, no_cat),
});
end

utilities.z.error_msgs_t = {}; -- reset these
utilities.z.maint_cats_t = {};

if (1 ~= i) or ((1 == i) and ('yes' == args_t.plainlink)) then -- no label for 2nd... identifiers; when |plainlink=yes then no label for first identifier;
local separator = cfg.id_handlers[template_name:upper()].separator; -- get the identifier label separator
rendered_id = rendered_id:gsub ('^%[%[.-|.-%]%]', ''); -- strip cs1-supplied label
rendered_id = rendered_id:gsub ('^' .. separator, ''); -- and strip the label separator
elseif 1 == i then -- here for first identifier; |plainlink= not set
if 'no' == args_t.link then -- |link=no then do not link identifier label
rendered_id = rendered_id:gsub ('^%[%[.-|(.-)%]%]', '%1'); -- strip wikilink markup from cs1-supplied label
end
end
table.insert (rendered_ids_t, rendered_id); -- save the rendered identifier

i = i + 1; -- bump the indexer
until not (args_t[i] or args_t['id' .. i]); -- end of repeat loop

local list_separator = ', '; -- identifier separator for a list of identifiers
local leadout = args_t.leadout and mw.ustring.gsub (args_t.leadout, '^(%a.*)', ' %1 ') or nil; -- insert leading space if first character is a letter; add trailing space

if leadout then -- extra text goes between last two identifiers in the list
return render_final (mw.text.listToText (rendered_ids_t, list_separator, leadout)); -- make a list, add templatestyles, and done
end

return render_final (table.concat (rendered_ids_t, list_separator)); -- make a list, add templatestyles, and done
end

--[[--------------------------< M A I N >----------------------------------------------------------------------

entry point from an invoke

{{#invoke:CS1 identifiers|main|_template=<identifier name>}}

]]

local function main (frame)
Frame = frame; -- make a copy for rendering final output
local args_t = get_args (frame); -- extract the arguments

return _main (args_t); -- render the identifier and done
end

--[[--------------------------< E X P O R T S >----------------------------------------------------------------
]]

return {
main = main, -- entry point from an invoke (in a template usually)

_main = _main -- entry point when called from another module
}

Template:ISBN

2025-11-01T21:38:12Z

Nordiclarpwikiadmin: 1 revision imported

<includeonly>{{#invoke:CS1 identifiers|main|_template=isbn}}</includeonly><noinclude>
{{documentation}}
</noinclude>

Template:Template wrapper

2025-11-01T21:37:18Z

Nordiclarpwikiadmin: 1 revision imported

#REDIRECT [[Module:Template wrapper]]

Module:Template wrapper

2025-11-01T21:37:06Z

Nordiclarpwikiadmin: 1 revision imported

require('strict');

local error_msg = '<code style=\"color:inherit; border:inherit; padding:inherit;\">|_template=</code> missing or empty';

--[[----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

scan through tbl looking for value; return true if found, false else

]]

local function is_in_table (tbl, value)
for k, v in pairs (tbl) do
if v == value then return true end
end
return false;
end

--[[--------------------------< A D D _ P A R A M E T E R >----------------------------------------------------

adds parameter name and its value to args table according to the state of boolean list argument; kv pair for
template execution; k=v string for template listing.

]]

local function add_parameter (k, v, args, list)
if list then
table.insert( args, table.concat ({k, '=', v})); -- write parameter names and values to args table as string
else
args[k] = v; -- copy parameters to args table
end
end

--[[--------------------------< A L I A S _ M A P _ G E T >----------------------------------------------------

returns a table of local template (parent frame) parameter names and the target template names that match where
in [key]=<value> pairs where:
[key] is local template parameter name (an alias)
<value> is target template parameter name (the canonical parameter name used in the working template)

The parameter |_alias-map= has the form:
|_alias-map=<list>
where <list> is a comma-separated list of alias / canonical parameter name pairs in the form
<from> : <to>
where:
<from> is the local template's parameter name (alias)
<to> is the target template's parameter name (canonical)
for enumerated parameters place an octothorp (#) where the enumerator digits are placed in the parameter names:
<from#> : <to#>

]]

local function alias_map_get (_alias_map)
local T = mw.text.split (_alias_map, '%s*,%s*'); -- convert the comma-separated list into a table of alias pairs
local mapped_aliases = {}; -- mapped aliases will go here
local l_name, t_name; -- parameter names

for _, alias_pair in ipairs (T) do -- loop through the table of alias pairs
l_name, t_name = alias_pair:match ('(.-)%s*:%s*(.+)'); -- from each pair, get local and target parameter names
if l_name and t_name then -- if both are set
if tonumber (l_name) then
l_name = tonumber (l_name); -- convert number-as-text to a number
end
mapped_aliases[l_name] = t_name; -- add them to the map table
end
end

return mapped_aliases;
end

--[[--------------------------< F R A M E _ A R G S _ G E T >--------------------------------------------------

Fetch the wrapper template's 'default' and control parameters; adds default parameters to args

returns content of |_template= parameter (name of the working template); nil else

]]

local function frame_args_get (frame_args, args, list)
local template;

for k, v in pairs (frame_args) do -- here we get the wrapper template's 'default' parameters
if 'string' == type (k) and (v and ('' ~= v)) then -- do not pass along positional or empty parameters
if '_template' == k then
template = v; -- save the name of template that we are wrapping
elseif '_exclude' ~= k and '_reuse' ~= k and '_include-positional' ~= k and '_alias-map' ~= k then -- these already handled so ignore here;
add_parameter (k, v, args, list); -- add all other parameters to args in the style dictated by list
end
end
end

return template; -- return contents of |_template= parameter
end

--[=[--------------------------------------------------------------------------

Fetches the wrapper template's 'live' parameters; adds live parameters that aren't members of the exclude table to
args table; positional parameters may not be excluded

no return value

]=]

local function pframe_args_get (pframe_args, args, exclude, _include_positional, list)
for k, v in pairs (pframe_args) do
if 'string' == type (k) and not is_in_table (exclude, k) then -- do not pass along excluded parameters
if v and ('' ~= v) then -- pass along only those parameters that have assigned values
if 'unset' == v:lower() then -- special keyword to unset 'default' parameters set in the wrapper template
v = ''; -- unset the value in the args table
end
add_parameter (k, v, args, list) -- add all other parameters to args in the style dictated by list; alias map only supported for local-template parameters
end
end
end

if _include_positional then
for i, v in ipairs (pframe_args) do -- pass along positional parameters
if 'unset' == v:lower() then -- special keyword to unset 'default' parameters set in the wrapper template
v = ''; -- unset the value in the args table
end
add_parameter (i, v, args, list);
end
end
end

--[[--------------------------< _ M A I N >--------------------------------------------------------------------

Collect the various default and live parameters into args styled according to boolean list.

returns name of the working or listed template or nil for an error message

]]

local function _main (frame, args, list)
local template;
local exclude = {}; -- table of parameter names for parameters that are not passed to the working template
local reuse_list = {}; -- table of pframe parameter names whose values are modified before they are passed to the working template as the same name
local alias_map = {}; -- table that maps parameter aliases to working template canonical parameter names
local _include_positional;

if frame.args._exclude and ('' ~= frame.args._exclude) then -- if there is |_exclude= and it's not empty
exclude = mw.text.split (frame.args._exclude, "%s*,%s*"); -- make a table from its contents
end
-- TODO: |_reuse= needs a better name (|_reuse=)
if frame.args._reuse and ('' ~= frame.args._reuse) then -- if there is |_reuse= and it's not empty
reuse_list = mw.text.split (frame.args._reuse, "%s*,%s*"); -- make a table from its contents
end

if frame.args['_alias-map'] and ('' ~= frame.args['_alias-map']) then -- if there is |_alias-map= and it's not empty
alias_map = alias_map_get (frame.args['_alias-map']); -- make a table from its contents
end

template = frame_args_get (frame.args, args, list); -- get parameters provided in the {{#invoke:template wrapper|...|...}}
if nil == template or '' == template then -- this is the one parameter that is required by this module
return nil; -- not present, tell calling function to emit an error message
end

_include_positional = 'yes' == frame.args['_include-positional']; -- when true pass all positional parameters along with non-excluded named parameters to ...
-- ... the working template; positional parameters are not excludable

local _pframe_args = frame:getParent().args; -- here we get the wrapper template's 'live' parameters from pframe.args
local pframe_args = {}; -- a local table that we can modify

for k, v in pairs (_pframe_args) do -- make a copy that we can modify
pframe_args[k] = v;
end

-- here we look for pframe parameters that are aliases of canonical parameter names; when found
-- we replace the alias with the canonical. We do this here because the reuse_list works on
-- canonical parameter names so first we convert alias parameter names to canonical names and then
-- we remove those canonical names from the pframe table that are reused (provided to the working
-- template through the frame args table)

for k, v in pairs (alias_map) do -- k is alias name, v is canonical name
if pframe_args[k] then -- if pframe_args has parameter with alias name
pframe_args[v] = _pframe_args[k]; -- create new canonical name with alias' value
pframe_args[k] = nil; -- unset the alias
end
end

for k, v in pairs (pframe_args) do -- do enumerated parameter alias -> canonical translation
if 'string' == type (k) then -- only named parameters can be enumerated
if alias_map[k..'#'] then -- non-enumerated alias matches enumerated parameter pattern? enumerator at end only
pframe_args[alias_map[k..'#']:gsub('#', '')] = v; -- remove '#' and copy parameter to pframe_args table
pframe_args[k] = nil; -- unset the alias
elseif k:match ('%d+') then -- if this parameter name contains digits
local temp = k:gsub ('%d+', '#'); -- make a copy; digits replaced with single '#'
local enum = k:match ('%d+'); -- get the enumerator

if alias_map[temp] then -- if this parameter is a recognized enumerated alias
pframe_args[alias_map[temp]:gsub('#', enum)] = v; -- use canonical name and replace '#' with enumerator and add to pframe_args
pframe_args[k] = nil; -- unset the alias
end
end
end
end

-- pframe parameters that are _reused are 'reused' have the form something like this:
-- |chapter=[[wikisource:{{{chapter}}}|{{{chapter}}}]]
-- where a parameter in the wrapping template is modified and then passed to the working template
-- using the same parameter name (in this example |chapter=)

-- remove parameters that will be reused
for k, v in ipairs (reuse_list) do -- k is numerical index, v is canonical parameter name to ignore
if pframe_args[v] then -- if pframe_args has parameter that should be ignored
pframe_args[v] = nil; -- unset the ignored parameter
end
end

pframe_args_get (pframe_args, args, exclude, _include_positional, list); -- add parameters and values to args that are not listed in the exclude table

return template; -- args now has all default and live parameters, return working template name
end

--[[--------------------------< W R A P >----------------------------------------------------------------------

Template entry point. Call this function to 'execute' the working template

]]

local function wrap (frame)
local args = {}; -- table of default and live parameters and their values to be passed to the wrapped template
local template; -- the name of the working template

template = _main (frame, args, false); -- get default and live parameters and the name of the working template
if not template then -- template name is required
return error_msg; -- emit error message and abandon if template name not present
end

return frame:expandTemplate {title=template, args=args}; -- render the working template
end

--[[--------------------------< L I S T >----------------------------------------------------------------------

Template entry point. Call this function to 'display' the source for the working template. This function added
as a result of a TfD here: Wikipedia:Templates_for_discussion/Log/2018_April_28#Module:PassArguments

This function replaces a similarly named function which was used in {{cite compare}} and {{cite compare2}}

Values in the args table are numerically indexed strings in the form 'name=value'

]]

local function list(frame, do_link)
local args = {}; -- table of default and live parameters and their values to be passed to the listed template
local template; -- the name of the listed template

template = _main (frame, args, true); -- get default and live parameters and the name of the listed template
if not template then -- template name is required
return error_msg; -- emit error message and abandon if template name not present
end
if do_link then
template = ('[[%s|%s]]'):format(frame:expandTemplate{ title='Transclude', args = {template} }, template)
end
table.sort(args)
for i = 1, #args do
local stripped = args[i]:match('^' .. i .. '=([^=]*)$')
if stripped then args[i] = stripped else break end
end
return frame:preprocess(table.concat({
'<code style="color:inherit; background:inherit; border:none;">{{',
template,
('<nowiki>|%s</nowiki>'):rep(#args):format(unpack(args)), '}}</code>'})); -- render the template
end

local function link (frame)
return list(frame, true)
end

--[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------
]]

return {
link = link,
list = list,
wrap = wrap,
};

ISBN (identifier)

2025-11-01T21:33:29Z

Nordiclarpwikiadmin: Redirected page to wikipedia:ISBN (identifier)

#REDIRECT [[wikipedia:ISBN (identifier)]]

The Foundation Stone of Nordic Larp

2025-11-01T21:06:43Z

Nordiclarpwikiadmin: Fix link to pdf

{{Infobox book|published=2014 (Knutpunkt)|image=The Foundation Stone of Nordic Larp.jpg|country=Sweden|isbn=978-91-637-4565-2|isbn_note=(ISBND {{ISBNT|978-91-637-4566-9}})|author={{Unbulleted list|[[Eleanor Saitta]]|[[Marie Holm-Andersen]]|[[Jon Back]]}}}}
'''The Foundation Stone of Nordic Larp''', published in 2014, edited by [[Eleanor Saitta]], [[Marie Holm-Andersen]] and [[Jon Back]] is one of the two [[Knutepunkt-books]] of [[Knutpunkt 2014]]. Graphic design ''Mats Sjögren''.

==Downloads==

*{{URL|https://www.nordiclarp.org/wiki/images/8/80/2014_The_Foundation_Stone_of_Nordic_Larp.pdf}} The Foundation Stone of Nordic Larp] (PDF, 3.89 MB)

==See also==

*[[The Cutting Edge of Nordic Larp]]

==Video presentation==
Presentation about the The Knutepunkt 2014 Book by [[Eleanor Saitta]] at the [[Nordic Larp Talks]] 2014.
{{#ev:youtube|nkv28QWKdKE}}
[[Category:Books]]
{{DEFAULTSORT:Foundation Stone of Nordic Larp, The}}

The Book of Just a Little Lovin' (2013 Denmark Run)

2025-11-01T21:05:40Z

Nordiclarpwikiadmin: Text replacement - "//nordiclarp.org/wiki/" to "//www.nordiclarp.org/wiki/"

{{Infobox book
|pages=100
|published=2013 ([[Rollespilsakademiet]])|image=JaLL_2013_-_The_Book_-_Front_page.jpg|isbn=978-87-92507-17-4|author={{Unbulleted list|[[Claus Raasted]]|[[Casper Gronemann]]|[[Søren Lyng Ebbehøj]]}}|country=Denmark}}
'''The Book of Just a Little Lovin' (2013 Denmark Run)''' ''- Documenting a larp project about desire, friendship and fear of deaths'', published in 2013 through [[Rollespilsakademiet]], edited by [[Claus Raasted]] and [[Casper Gronemann]] with [[Søren Lyng Ebbehøj]] as assisting editor.

It consists of articles and photos by the participants and organizers of the Danish production of the larp [[Just a Little Lovin']] that was run in July 2013.

==Introduction==
{{quote|text=The best game design ever made for a larp.}}
{{quote|text=Hotly debated in the Swedish press.}}
{{quote|text=Mindblowing}}
{{quote|text=These are some of the things that have been said about Hanne Grasmo and Tor Kjetil Edland’s larp Just a Little Lovin’ from 2011. It has been run three times now, and in three different countries. Something like this deserves solid documentation, and while there were articles and pictures and talks about JaLL, there was no single collection of thoughts in one easily-accessible volume.}}

From the foreword.

==Distribution==
The book is available for purchase through [[Rollespilsakademiet]] with an e-mail to [mailto:info@rollespilsakademiet.dk?Subject=Purchase%20of%20JALL-book info@rollespilsakademiet.dk] or free online as a PDF.

==Downloads==

*[https://www.nordiclarp.org/wiki/File:The_book_of_jall.pdf The Book of Just a Little Lovin' (2013 Denmark run)] (PDF)

==Examples==
{{gallery
| File:JaLL 2013 - The Book - Start text.jpg
| alt1=A page from the Just a Little Lovin 2013 book.
| JaLL 2013 - Thank You
| File:JaLL 2013 - The Player Text.jpg
| alt2=A page from the Just a Little Lovin 2013 book.
| Player text
| File:JaLL 2013 - The Book - Image.jpg
| alt3=A page from the Just a Little Lovin 2013 book.
| Chapter 4 - Final Words
}}

==External links==

*[http://just-a-little-lovin.blogspot.com/ Official larp website for Just a Little Lovin']

[[Category:Books]]
[[Category:2013 books]]
{{DEFAULTSORT:Book of Just a Little Lovin' (2013 Denmark Run)}}

Anatomy of Larp Thoughts: a breathing corpus

2025-11-01T21:05:40Z

Nordiclarpwikiadmin: Text replacement - "//nordiclarp.org/wiki/" to "//www.nordiclarp.org/wiki/"

{{Infobox book|name=Anatomy of Larp Thoughts: a breathing
corpus|image=[[File:KP25 Cover Anatomy of Larp Thoughts.jpg|thumb|Cover design for the Knutepunkt 2025 Journal by Yanina Zaichanka & Kirsten van Werven.]]|published=2025 (Knutepunkt 2025)|pages=496|country=Norway}}'''Anatomy of Larp Thoughts: a breathing corpus''' is the journal of Knutepunkt 2025. It is available in three versions: preordered handed out at KP (ISBN 978-82-692633-2-9), free pdf (ISBN 978-82-692633-4-3) and is planned to be set up as Print-on-Demand (ISBN 978-82-692633-3-6) after KP. Two physical copies are available in the public library system of every Knutepunkt host-country.

==Contributors==
'''Coordinator''': [[Nadja Lipsyc]]

'''Graphics team:''' Coordinator: [[Anne Serup Grove]]. Illustrations: [[Yanina Zaichanka]] & [[Kirsten van Werven]]. Layout, diagrams & graphic concepts: [[Anne Serup Grove]], [[Maren Wolf]], [[Cosmo Esposito]]. Print research & coordination: [[Anne Serup Grove]], [[Marijke Van Hauwaert]]

'''Editors:''' [[Simon Brind]], [[Nadja Lipsyc]], [[Jukka Särkijärvi]], [[Martine Svanevik]] - [[Alana Bennett]], [[Elin Dalstål]], [[Mátyás Hartyándi]], [[Marijke Van Hauwaert]], [[Carolin Heinrich]], [[Kaisa Kangas]], [[Jonaya Kemper]], [[Sergio Losilla]], [[Markus Montola]], [[Ylva Otting]], [[Rasmus Lyngkjær]], [[Juhana Pettersson]], [[Jaakko Rinne]], [[Siri Sandquist]], [[Anne Serup Grove]], [[Melissa Song Loong]], [[Evan Torner]].

'''Reviewers:''' [[Simon Brind]], [[Adrian Hon]], [[Nadja Lipsyc]], [[Martine Svanevik]] - [[Anne van Barlingen]], [[Gijs van Bilsen]], [[Áron Birtalan]], [[Elin Dalstål]], [[Hazel Anneke Dixon]], [[Laura op de Beke]], [[Kyria Van Gasse]], [[Alessandro Giovannucci]], [[Leandro Godoy]], [[Hanne Grasmo]], [[Lyssa Greywood]], [[Ryan Hart]], [[Mátyás Hartyándi]], [[Marijke Van Hauwaert]], [[Kjell Hedgard Hugaas]], [[Mo Holkar]], [[Frederikke S. B. Høyer]], [[Kaisa Kangas]], [[Jonaya Kemper]], [[Mia Kyhn]], [[Ian Knope]], [[Rasmus Lyngkjær]], [[Søren Lyng Ebbehøj]], [[James Lórien MacDonald|Jamie MacDonald]], [[Markus Montola]], [[Nina Mutik]], [[Vili Von Nissinen]], [[Mirka Oinonen]], [[Kerstin Örtberg]], [[Josephine Rydberg]], [[Anne Serup Grove]], [[Melissa Song Loong]], [[David Thorhauge]], [[Evan Torner]], [[Jessica Townshend]], [[Katrine Wind]], [[Maren Wolf]], [[Laura Wood]].

'''Proofreaders:''' [[Lyssa Greywood]], [[Carolin Heinrich]], [[Jorg Rødsjø]], [[David Thorhauge]] - [[Karijn van der Heij]], [[Mo Holkar]], [[Adrian Hon]], [[Cosmo Esposito]], [[Mia Kyhn]], [[Marlies Kok]], [[Evan Torner]], [[Emma Voutilainen]], [[Malk Williams]]

'''Discord Wizard:''' [[Star Hope Percival]]

==Contents==

*Dedication by [[Maria Pettersson]]
*Foreword by [[Nadja Lipsyc]], [[Anne Serup Grove]], [[Katrin Førde]] & [[Thomas Frederick Hozman Tollefsen]]
*Chapter descriptions

===Hands===

*River Rafting Design by [[Katrine Wind]]
*The Costume Guide - Some tools, a paradox and an accidental manifesto by [[Anne Serup Grove]] & [[Kerstin Örtberg]]
*Emotionally pacing for larps - How to get the best rollercoaster ride by [[Elin Dalstål]]
*Design for young adult players - The relevance of designing for hope, agency and inclusion by [[Frederikke S. B. Høyer]]
*How to Start a Larp School by [[Marijke Van Hauwaert]]

===Forehead===

*Performance and Audience in Larp by [[Laura Wood]] & [[Mo Holkar]]
*Making History: Use of history in a larp context as a mirror of our own society by [[Siri Sandquist]]
*The Prosocial Act of Larp Crime, and Some Thoughts on Odysseus by [[Evan Torner]]
*What Do Adult Participants Get Out of Larp? A qualitative survey based on SWORDCRAFT Australia by [[Sam Barta]]
*Production Models of Nordic Larp by [[Juhana Pettersson]]

===Eyes===

*Bleed Before it was Cool - Early descriptions of dissimulative pretense, their unintended effects, and their impact on the evolution of roleplaying by [[Mátyás Hartyándi]]
*Larp As Embodied Art by [[Nina Mutik]] & [[Vili Myrsky Nissinen]]
*Star Wars: Galactic Starcruiser – The Blockbuster to End All Blockbusters by [[Adrian Hon]]
*Experiencing Art From Within by [[Kaisa Kangas]]
*The Art-Larp Paradox by [[Alex Brown]]

===Thorax===

*Grief in Larp: Bleeding Through Two Lives by [[Lyssa Greywood]]
*The Party Never Ends by [[Juhana Pettersson]]
*Christianity is an immersion closet by [[Julia Greip]]
*Chronicle: “Daddy, tell me a story?” by [[Leandro Godoy]]
*Learning from Bleed by [[Gijs van Bilsen]] & [[Anne van Barlingen]]

===Nerves===

*Larp Critique: Why We Need It and How To Write One by [[Alessandro Giovannucci]]
*Designing Greener Larps 101 by [[Søren Lyng Ebbehø]]<nowiki/>j & [[Troels Barkholt-Spangsbo]]
*Gender Matters: Thoughts about Accessibility, Inclusivity, and Gender-based Policing by [[Mirka Oinonen]]

===Skin===

*Quit the Mother Teresa Syndrome and the Praise-addiction, and love your work on its own terms by [[Astrid Cecilie Budolfsen]]
*‘I want to hold you close’: An auto-ethnographical discussion of sexual harassment in and around larp in Flanders by [[Kyria Van Gasse]]
*Why I hate post-larp compliment threads by [[Julia Greip]]
*Administrative and practical superheroes - And how your organization can better support their work by [[Rasmus Lyngkjær]]

===Otherbody===

*You Ate Us; We Thought We Ate You - when playing plays us, and the pleasures of being caused by [[Áron Birtalan]]
*Reading Larps: The Larp Experience Through Larp Scripts by [[Hanne Grasmo]]
*Games Never Played: or Composting ‘The Antarcticans’ by [[Laura op de Beke]]
*Mud in the Machine - On Embodiment for Virtual Players by [[Josephine Rydberg]]

===Marrow===

*Neurospicy Larpers - Role-play as a Method for Working with Neurodivergent Youth with Challenging Behavior Regarding Sexuality by [[Hanne Grasmo]]
*Failure Modes in Character Writing by [[Simon Brind]]

===Immortalised by [[Kai Simon Fredriksen]]===

==Downloads==

*[https://www.nordiclarp.org/wiki/File:KP25_PDF_-_small_single_pages.pdf PDF publication, single page: Anatomy of Larp Thoughts: A breathing corpus]
*[https://www.nordiclarp.org/wiki/File:KP25_PDF_-_small.pdf PDF publication, spread view: Anatomy of Larp Thoughts: A breathing corpus]

[[Category:Knutepunkt-books]]
[[Category:Books]]
[[Category:Knutepunkt]]
[[Category:Documentation]]

The Knudepunkt 2015 Companion Book

2025-11-01T21:05:21Z

Nordiclarpwikiadmin: Text replacement - "//nordiclarp.org/w/" to "//www.nordiclarp.org/wiki/"

{{Infobox book|pages=81|isbn=978-87-92507-24-2|published=2015 ([[Rollespilsakademiet]])|image=Kp2015companionbook.jpg|name=The Knudepunkt 2015 Companion Book|author={{Unbulleted list|[[Charles Bo Nielsen]]|[[Claus Raasted]]}}|country=Denmark}}
'''The Knudepunkt 2015 Companion Book''' is a collection of articles about larps which was released as part of documentation for the [[Knudepunkt 2015]] conference.

==Articles==

*''Foreword'' by [[Claus Raasted]]
*[http://nordiclarp.org/2015/01/28/six-levels-of-substitution/| 6 Levels of Substitution: The Behaviour Substitution Model] by [[Lauri Lukka]]
*[http://nordiclarp.org/2015/02/04/behind-the-larp-census/| Behind the Larp Census: 29.751 Larpers Can’t (All) Be Wrong] by [[Aaron Vanek]]
*[http://nordiclarp.org/2015/02/11/four-backstory-building-games-you-can-play-anywhere/| Four Backstory Building Games You Can Play Anywhere!: Simple and Effective] by [[Peter Woodworth]]
*[http://nordiclarp.org/2015/02/18/infinite-firing-squads-the-evolution-of-the-tribunal/| Infinite Firing Squads: The Evolution of The Tribunal] by [[J.Tuomas Harviainen]]
*[http://nordiclarp.org/2015/02/25/ingame-or-offgame-towards-a-typology-of-frame-switching-between-in-character-and-out-of-character/| Ingame or Offgame?: Towards a Typology of Frame Switching Between In-character and Out-of-character] by [[Olga Vorobyeva]]
*[http://nordiclarp.org/2015/03/04/learning-by-playing-larp-as-a-teaching-method/| Learning by Playing: Larp As a Teaching Method] by [[Myriel Balzer]] & [[Julia Kurz]]
*[http://nordiclarp.org/2015/03/11/looking-at-you-larp-documentation-and-being-watched/ Looking at You: Larp, Documentation and Being Watched] by [[Juhana Pettersson]]
*[http://nordiclarp.org/2015/03/18/now-that-weve-walked-the-walk-some-new-additions-to-the-larp-vocabulary/ Now That We’ve Walked The Walk…: Some new additions to the larp vocabulary] by [[Bjørn Flindt Temte]]
*[http://nordiclarp.org/2015/03/25/on-publicity-and-privacy-or-how-do-you-do-your-documentation/ On Publicity and Privacy: Or “How Do You Do Your Documentation?”] by [[Jamie MacDonald]]
*[http://nordiclarp.org/2015/04/01/painting-larp-using-art-terms-for-clarity/ Painting larp: Using art terms for clarity] by [[Jacob Nielsen]]
*[http://nordiclarp.org/2015/04/08/processing-political-larps-framing-larp-experiences-with-strong-agendas/ Processing Political Larps: Framing Larp Experiences with Strong Agendas] by [[Kaisa Kangas]]
*[http://nordiclarp.org/2015/04/15/safe-words-and-how-to-use-them/ Safe Words: And How to Use Them] by [[Nathan Hook]]
*[http://nordiclarp.org/2015/04/22/steering-for-immersion-in-five-nordic-larps-a-new-understanding-of-elaytyminen/ Steering For Immersion in Five Nordic Larps: A New Understanding of Eläytyminen] by [[Mike Pohjola]]
*[http://nordiclarp.org/2015/04/29/the-art-of-steering-bringing-the-player-and-the-character-back-together/ The Art of Steering: Bringing the Player and the Character Back Together] by [[Markus Montola]], [[Jaakko Stenros]] & [[Eleanor Saitta]]
*[http://nordiclarp.org/2015/05/06/the-blockbuster-formula-brute-force-design-in-the-monitor-celestra-and-college-of-wizardry/ The Blockbuster Formula: Brute Force Design in The Monitor Celestra and College of Wizardry] by [[Eirik Fatland]] & [[Markus Montola]]
*[https://nordiclarp.org/2015/05/13/the-d-m-creative-agenda-model-an-axis-instead-of-a-pyramid/ The D-M creative agenda model: An axis instead of a pyramid] by [[Nathan Hook]]
*[https://nordiclarp.org/2015/05/20/the-golden-cobra-challenge-amateur-friendly-pervasive-freeform-design/ The Golden Cobra Challenge: Amateur-Friendly Pervasive Freeform Design] by [[Evan Torner]], [[Whitney Beltrán|Whitney “Strix” Beltrán]], [[Emily Care Boss]] & [[Jason Morningstar]]
*[http://admin-tablet.hm.com/se/forever-summer?deviceStay=true There is no Nordic larp: And yet we all know what it means] by [[Stefan Deutsch]]
*[https://nordiclarp.org/2016/04/20/workshop-practice-practice-functional-workshop-structure-method/ Workshop practice: A functional workshop structure method] by [[Mo Holkar]]
*''Ending: The Larper’s Burden'' by [[Claus Raasted]]

==Downloads==

*[//www.nordiclarp.org/wiki/images/2/27/Kp2015companionbook.pdf The Knudepunkt 2015 Companion Book] (PDF)

[[Category:Books]]
{{DEFAULTSORT:Knudepunkt 2015 Companion Book, The}}

The Book

2025-11-01T21:05:21Z

Nordiclarpwikiadmin: Text replacement - "//nordiclarp.org/w/" to "//www.nordiclarp.org/wiki/"

{{Infobox book|name=The Book|published=2001|author={{Unbulleted list|[[Anette Alfsvåg]]|[[Ingrid Storrø]]|[[Erlend Eidsem Hansen]]}}|country=Norway}}
'''The Book''' was published in conjunction with the [[Knutepunkt 2001]] conference.

==Content==
===The Book - Knutepunkt 2001===
===='Editorial====
By Anethe Alfsvåg, [[Erlend Eidsem Hansen]], Ingrid Storrø, Tommy Finsen, Bjørn Rugstad and Helge H. Jensen.

====Welcome====
By Benedikte

====KP Online====
By Tommy Finsen

====GiHa-DraMaK 07====
By [[Erlend Eidsem Hansen]]

===The Articles===
====Knutepunkt; A retrospective vizualisation====
By Lars Munck

A series of humorous drawings.

====Developing a Character====
By Holger Jacobsson

A suggestion to drop writing long background stories and descriptions for roleplaying characters and focus on the personal qualities and experiences that the players would want to explore.

====Pre-LARP Communication====
By Cathrine Movold

A short primer on the principles of communicating information to the players before a game and the exciting new opportunities of digital media.

====Cultural Studies and Role-Playing====
By Frans Mäyrä

The lack of and trouble of doing academic studies of roleplaying, due to its manifold character and grassroots nature.

====The LRP-phenomenon====
By Lars Ivar and Owesen Lein-Borge

Summary of an article. Ritual theory as applied to larp. The unique conditions of audience-less performance and the liminal spaces that allow for behavious unaccepted in normal life. The duality of actual experiences in a fictional setting.

====Norwegian Vampire LARP====
By Torgrim Husvik

An example of a vampire larp campaign in Norway and how it differs from the original Mind's Eye Theatre system from the US, illustrating some particularities of Norwegian larp.

====Factors of LARP====
By Morten Gade

Seven factors that players would want out of larp: Adrenaline, fun, intrigues, personality, education, media, art.

====Historical Worlds====
by Henrik Summanen

Ideas and examples of possible cooperation between museums and larpers, the kinds of thing each can gain from the other.

====Before Full Time====
By Ingrid Fahlgren

Two examples of larps that had to be stopped before time, due to developments that hurt the play of a large part of the participants.

====LARP on the Net====
By Bo Kjellson

How larpers are using chatrooms to continue the life of their characters between play.

====Experience History====
By Hilde Bryhn, Cathrine Movold and Margrete Raaum

Example of and advice for using a larp to teach history to primary school students.

====Politically Consciousness-Expanding Roleplaying====
By Helge Hiram

Philosophical perspectives on larp as a post-modern media and it's ability to change political viewpoints.

====Why LARP Changed the Society Before 2010====
By Morten Gunnerud

A scifi-style look at how larp was supposed to save the world in just ten years.

====Emotions and Authority====
By Ragnhild Hutchison

How a higher degree of women in the Oslo larp scene has brought emotional depth and a focus on relationship play into the hobby. As well as giving opportunities for women to take on roles of authority and the problems faced due to gendered socialization.

====LARP = Sex?====
By [[Erlend Eidsem Hansen]]

A look at how larp is like sex in many ways, ex. the use of body language and the intensity between two people.

====Hidden Plays in Public Places====
By Jonas Nelson

A thorough dissection of the dangers and moral implications of pervasive larping, using numerous examples.

====Building Dramatics====
By [[Susanne Gräslund]]

A text on creating better dramatic structures for games, focusing on the individual player perspective. Goes through three-level models of design, dramatic webs, fateplay and assorted narrative techniques.

====Two-Faced Dogme - Auteur Truth====
By [[Johanna Koljonen]]

A comparison of the state of larp with contemporary media, specifically film and larp theory with political thinkers, to examine theorists who do not connect with reality of larp.

====About the Feminist Movement====
By Staffan Ericsson

An ironic counter statement.

====Warning - Selfdestruction has Started====
By Thomas Davidsson

A warning that if we keep suppressing the dissenting voices, larp itself will die.

===The Manifests===
A series of statements on how larp ought to be and how to go about making it so.

====Introduction====

====Rules of the Post Bjorneborgian School====
By [[J. Tuomas Harviainen]] and Lihaa Kuvitelmille

====[[The Manifest Sunday]]====
By [[Emil Boss]], [[Martin Brodén]], [[Gabriel Widing]], and [[Tobias Wrigstad]]

====Brosme 9,9 kg====
By Egil Moe

====Dogma ‘99====
(By a host of larp designers)

===The Countries===
A look at the state of larp in various countries.

====Larping in Sweden====
By [[Anna Westerling]]

====Larping in Denmark====
By Mikkel Sander

====Rovantemi====
By Matti Nuorto

====Larping in Norway====
Ed. Ingrid Storrø

====In the Nordic Castle of Murmansk====
By [[Hanne Grasmo]]

====Larps and Stripes====
By [[Mike Pohjola]]
===The Regulations===
===The People===
==Downloads==

*[//www.nordiclarp.org/wiki/images/1/1f/Kp2001book.pdf The Book] (PDF)

[[Category:Books|Book, The]]

The Nordic Larp Yearbook 2014

2025-11-01T21:05:20Z

Nordiclarpwikiadmin: Text replacement - "//nordiclarp.org/w/" to "//www.nordiclarp.org/wiki/"

{{Infobox book|pages=155|isbn=978-87-92507-23-5|published=2015 ([[Rollespilsakademiet]])|image=Nordiclarpyearbook2014.jpg|name=The Nordic Larp Yearbook 2014|author={{Unbulleted list|[[Charles Bo Nielsen]]|[[Claus Raasted]]}}|country=Denmark}}
'''The Nordic Larp Yearbook 2014''' is a collection of articles about larps run during 2014 which was released as part of documentation for the [[Knudepunkt 2015]] conference.
==Articles==

*''Foreword'' by [[Claus Raasted]]
*[http://nordiclarp.org/2015/01/16/baltic-warriors-helsinki/ Baltic Warriors: Helsinki - Saving the Environment with Zombies] by [[Juhana Pettersson]]
*[http://nordiclarp.org/2015/01/23/brudpris/ Brudpris - Honor. Love. Patriarchy] by [[Anna-Karin Linder Krauklis]] & [[Carolina Dahlberg]]
*[http://nordiclarp.org/2015/01/30/%ef%bf%bccollege-of-wizardry/ College of Wizardry - The First Larp to Go Truly Viral] by [[Claus Raasted]]
*[http://nordiclarp.org/2015/02/06/de-la-bete-an-expensive-beast/ De la Bête - An Expensive Beast] by [[David František Wagner]]
*[http://nordiclarp.org/2015/02/13/exit-3-the-bunker-claustro-drama/ Exit 3: The Bunker - Claustro-drama] by [[Karijn van der Heij]]
*[http://nordiclarp.org/2015/02/20/koikoi-drums-rituals-inaction/ KoiKoi - Drums! Rituals! Inaction!] by [[Eirik Fatland]] & [[Tor Kjetil Edland]]
*[http://nordiclarp.org/2015/02/27/last-will-make-us-your-slaves-but-feed-us/ Last Will - Make Us Your Slaves, but Feed Us] by [[Annica Strand]], [[Frida Gamero]], and [[Sofia Stenler]]
*[http://nordiclarp.org/2015/03/06/livsgald-fantasy-with-gender-elements/ Livsgäld - Fantasy with Gender Elements] by [[Simon Svensson]]
*[http://nordiclarp.org/2015/03/13/mare-incognitum-trapped-in-the-ice/ Mare Incognitum - Trapped in the ice] by [[Olle Nyman]] & [[Sebastian Utbult]]
*[http://nordiclarp.org/2015/03/20/moon-a-firefly-larp-not-exactly-about-firefly/ Moon - A Firefly Larp Not Exactly About Firefly] by [[Jindřich Mašek & Martin Buchtík]]
*[http://nordiclarp.org/2015/03/27/morgenrode-a-game-at-the-dawning-of-the-age-of-aquarius/ Morgenrøde - A Game at the Dawning of the Age of Aquarius] by [[Anders Ebbehøj]], [[Jonas Trier-Knudsen]], [[Klaus Meier]]
*[http://nordiclarp.org/2015/04/03/nemefrego-2014-old-school-fantasy-with-new-ideas/ Nemefrego 2014 – Old School Fantasy with New Ideas] by [[Morten K Tellefsen]] & [[Frederikke B Høyer]]
*[http://nordiclarp.org/2015/04/17/%ef%bf%bcpan-horror-therapy-a-potent-cocktail/ Pan - Horror & Therapy: A Potent Cocktail] by [[Nathan Hook]]
*[http://nordiclarp.org/2015/04/24/saint-summer-a-60s-tale-of-music-and-hope/ Saint Summer - A 60’s Tale of Music and Hope] by [[Olga Shovman]] & [[Mark Shovman]]
*[http://nordiclarp.org/2015/05/01/salon-moravia-cabaret-for-women-only/ Salon Moravia - Cabaret for Women Only] by [[Radim Bondy]]
*[http://nordiclarp.org/2015/05/08/skoro-rassvet-vodka-tears-and-dostoyevsky/ Skoro Rassvet - Vodka, Tears and Dostoyevsky] by [[Tomáš Hampejs]]
*''Ticket to Atlantis -Fear, Love, Death, Life...'' by [[Nadezhda Vechorek]] & [[Vasily Zakharov]]
*''Tonnin Stiflat: Season One - To booze or not to booze...'' by [[Simo Järvelä]] & [[Niina Niskanen]]

==Downloads==

*[//www.nordiclarp.org/wiki/images/6/6d/Nordiclarpyearbook2014.pdf The Nordic Larp Yearbook 2014] (PDF)

[[Category:Books|Nordic Larp Yearbook 2014]]
[[Category:2015 books|Nordic Larp Yearbook 2014]]
{{DEFAULTSORT:Nordic Larp Yearbook 2014, The}}

States of Play: Nordic Larp Around the World

2025-11-01T21:05:18Z

Nordiclarpwikiadmin: Text replacement - "//nordiclarp.org/w/" to "//www.nordiclarp.org/wiki/"

{{Infobox book|name=States of Play: Nordic Larp Around the World|image=States_of_play_solmukohta2012.jpg|published=2012 (Pohjoismaisen roolipelaamisen seura)|isbn=978-952-67599-4-4|isbnd=978-952-67599-5-1|pages=200 + a DVD|author=[[Juhana Pettersson]]|country=Finland}}
'''States of Play: Nordic Larp Around the World''' published in 2012, edited by [[Juhana Pettersson]] is the [[Knutepunkt-books|Knutepunkt book]] of [[Solmukohta 2012]].

==Articles==

*High on Hell by [[Elin Nilsen]]
*Valve: the Grand Adventure by [[Antti Kanner]] & [[Katri Lassila]]
*The Joy of Kidnapping by [[Juhana Pettersson]]
*The Golden Rule of Larp by [[Simo Järvelä]]
*A Moment of Weakness by [[Yaraslau Kot]]
*Dublin2: the EU's Asylum Policy in Miniature by [[JP Kaljonen]] & [[Johanna Raekallio]]
*Weddings and Anti-Condom Activists by [[Trine Lise Lindahl]]
*Larp and Aesthetic Responsibility by [[Tova Gerge]]
*Folk Fantasy by [[Mike Pohjola]]
*Reliving Sarmatia by [[Michal Mochocki]]
*Valokaari by [[J. Tuomas Harviainen]]
*Kiirastuli OY by [[Vili Nissinen]]
*Playing “Thus Spoke Zarathustra” by [[Ari-Pekka Lappi]]
*The Labyrinth of Possibilities by [[Gabriel Widing]]
*We Created a Monster, Part I by [[Johanna MacDonald]]
*We Created a Monster, Part II by [[Aarni Korpela]]
*Songs and Larp by [[Alexey Fedoseev]] & [[Daria Kurguzova]]
*Pathos by [[Lorenzo Trenti]]
*Shadowrun by [[Thomas B.]]
*Give Me Your Hands, I Will Be Your Eyes by [[Aaron Vanek]]
*Mistakes I’ve Made by [[Claus Raasted]]
*The Rogue Wave by [[Andrea Castellani]]
*It's About Time by [[Eleanor Saitta]]
*Letting the Stories Go by [[Eliot Wieslander]]
*Tears and Defeat by [[Nathan Hook]]
*What is Good Playing? by [[Niina Niskanen]]
*The Evaluation of Elusiveness by [[Aleksandra Mochocka]]
*¡Lucha Libre! by [[Jenni Sahramaa]]
*Tahtotila by [[Suvi Korhonen]] & [[Tuukka Virtaperko]]
*Your Character is Not Your Own by [[Gustav Nilsson]]
*The Blessing of Lineage by [[Lauri Lukka]]
*Beyond the Game Master by [[Emily Care Boss]], [[Ivan Vaghi]] & [[Jason Morningstar]]
*We Hold These Rules to Be Self-Evident by [[Lizzie Stark]]

==Downloads==

*[//www.nordiclarp.org/wiki/images/a/a0/2012-States.of.play.pdf States of Play: Nordic Larp Around the World] (PDF)

==Video presentation==
Presentation about the book by [[Juhana Pettersson]], recorded prior to the [[Nordic Larp Talks]] 2012.
{{#ev:youtube|TluzQBYCQSk}}

==External links==

*[http://www.nordicrpg.fi/julkaisut/states-of-play/ Offical website for States of Play: Nordic Larp Around the World]

[[Category:Books]]
[[Category:2012 books]]
[[Category:Knutepunkt-books]]

Role, Play, Art

2025-11-01T21:05:18Z

Nordiclarpwikiadmin: Text replacement - "//nordiclarp.org/w/" to "//www.nordiclarp.org/wiki/"

{{Infobox book|name=Role, Play, Art|image=2006-Role.Play.Art.jpg|published=2006|author={{Unbulleted list|[[Thorbiörn Fritzon]]|[[Tobias Wrigstad]]}}|isbn=91-631-8853-8|country=Sweden}}
'''Role, Play, Art''' was published in conjunction with the [[Knutpunkt 2006]] conference.
==Contents==

*A Short Comment On the Compatibility of Immersion and Narrativism, [[Martin Brodén]]
*Games and Creativity Learning, [[Thomas Duus Henriksen]]
*Interaction Codes—Understanding and Establishing Patterns in Player Improvisation, [[Eirik Fatland]]
*The Theatre Connection, Kristine Flood
*To Live Happily Ever After—Techniques for Ending a Larp, Ada Fredelius
*The Character, the Player and Their Shared Body, [[Tova Gerge]] & [[Gabriel Widing]]
*Testing Larp Theories and Methods–Results of Year Two, J. Tuomas Harviainen
*With Role-Playing in Mind—A Cognitive Account of Decoupled Reality, Identity and Experience, Andreas Lieberoth
*Prosopopeia—Playing on the Edge of Reality, [[Markus Montola]] & Staffan Jonsson
*The Art of Experience, [[Juhana Pettersson]]
*Persona, Ryan Rohde Hansen & Maya Krone
*Play is Political, Johan Söderberg

==Downloads==

*[//www.nordiclarp.org/wiki/images/7/74/2006-Role.Play.Art.pdf Role, Play, Art] (PDF)

== External Links ==

* http://jeepen.org/kpbook/

[[Category:Books]]

Do Larp - Documentary Writings from KP2011

2025-11-01T21:05:17Z

Nordiclarpwikiadmin: Text replacement - "//nordiclarp.org/w/" to "//www.nordiclarp.org/wiki/"

{{Infobox book
| name = Do Larp - Documentary Writings from KP2011
| image = 2011-Do.larp.jpg
| author = {{Unbulleted list|[[Lars Andresen]]|[[Charles Bo Nielsen]]|[[Luisa Carbonelli]]|[[Jesper Heebøll-Christensen]]|[[Marie Oscilowski]]}}
| country = Denmark
| published = 2011 ([[Rollespilsakademiet]])
| isbn = 978-87-92507-06-8
}}'''Do Larp - Documentary Writings from KP2011''' was published in conjunction with the [[Knudepunkt 2011]] conference.
==Downloads==

*[//www.nordiclarp.org/wiki/images/e/e4/2011-Do.larp.pdf Do Larp - Documentary Writings from KP2011] (PDF)

[[category:Books]]
[[category:2011 books]]

Beyond Role and Play

2025-11-01T21:05:16Z

Nordiclarpwikiadmin: Text replacement - "//nordiclarp.org/w/" to "//www.nordiclarp.org/wiki/"

{{Infobox book
| name = Beyond Role and Play
| image = 2004-Beyond.Role.and.Play.jpg
| author = {{Unbulleted list|[[Markus Montola]]|[[Jaakko Stenros]]}}
| country = Finland
| published = 2004
| isbn = 952-91-6842-X
}}

'''Beyond Role and Play''' was published in conjunction with the [[Solmukohta 2004]] conference.

==Contents==

*Foreword by [[Frans Mäyrä]]
*Preface by [[Markus Montola]] & [[Jaakko Stenros]]
*In Search of the Self: A Survey of the First 25 Years of Anglo-American RolePlaying Game Theory by [[Paul Mason]]
*Play to Love: Reading Victor Turner's “Liminal to Liminoid, in Play, Flow, and Ritual; An Essay in Comparative Symbology” by [[Martin Ericsson]]

THEORY

*Immersive Story: A View of Role-Played Drama by [[John H. Kim]]
*A Semiotic View on Diegesis Construction by [[Mika Loponen]] & [[Markus Montola]]
*Tilting at Windmills: The Theatricality of Role-Playing Games by [[Edward Choy]]
*Role-Playing: A Narrative Experience and a Mindset by [[Satu Heliö]]
*Notes on Role-Playing Texts by [[Jaakko Stenros]]
*Autonomous Identities: Immersion as a Tool for Exploring, Empowering and Emancipating Identities by [[Mike Pohjola]]
*The Character Interpretation: The Process Before the Immersion and the Game by [[Ari-Pekka Lappi]]
*On the Transmutation of Educational Role-Play: A Critical Reframing to the Role-Play in Order to Meet the Educational Demands by [[Thomas Henriksen]]
*Deconstructing Larp Analysis or, “Let’s Recognize a Bias Where There Is One” by [[J. Tuomas Harviainen]]

PRACTICE

*Character Design Fundamentals for Role-Playing Games by [[Petri Lankoski]]
*Narrative Function: A Larpwright's Tool by [[Erling Rognli]]
*Chaotic Role-Playing: Applying the Chaos Model of Organisations for Role-Playing by [[Markus Montola]]
*Genre, Style, Method and Focus: Typologies for Role-Playing Games by [[Jaakko Stenros]]
*On the Importance of Body Language in Live-Action Role-play by [[Terhi Säilä]]
*Rules of Engagement by [[Eliot Wieslander]]

GAMES

*“I Could a Tale Unfold Whose Lightest Word Would Harrow up Thy Soul”: Lessons from Hamlet by [[Johanna Koljonen]]
*Post Panopticon by [[Gabriel Widing]]
*Temporary Utopias: The Political Reality of Fiction by [[Tova Gerge]]
*Infinite Possibilities: Mellan Himmel och Hav From a Science Fiction Point of View by [[Karin Tidbeck]]
*Creating Music for Live-Action Role-Play by [[Henrik Summanen]]

OPENINGS

*Positive Power Drama: A Theoretical and Practical Approach on Emotive Larping by [[Eliot Wieslander]]
*Participatory Education: What and Why by [[Elge Larsson]]
*The Storyteller's Manifesto by [[Aksel Westlund]]
*Battle Against Primitivism by [[Juhana Pettersson]]
*Genesi: Larp Art, Basic Theories by [[Christopher Sandberg]]
*About the Community of Role-Players by [[Merja Leppälahti]]

==Downloads==

*[//www.nordiclarp.org/wiki/images/8/84/2004-Beyond.Role.and.Play.pdf Beyond Role and Play] (PDF)

[[Category:Books]]
[[Category:2004 books]]
[[Category:Knutepunkt-books]]

As Larp Grows Up

2025-11-01T21:05:16Z

Nordiclarpwikiadmin: Text replacement - "//nordiclarp.org/w/" to "//www.nordiclarp.org/wiki/"

{{Infobox book
| name = As Larp Grows Up
| image = 2003-As.Larp.Grows.Up.jpg
| author = {{Unbulleted list|[[Morten Gade]]|[[Line Thorup]]|[[Mikkel Sander]]}}
| country = Denmark
| published = 2003
}}

'''As Larp Grows Up''' was published in conjunction with the [[Knudepunkt 2003]] conference.

==Content==

'''Introduction''' by Line Thorup, Mikkel Sander and Morten Gade

===Classics===

'''[[The three way model|The Three Way Model]]''' Revision of the Threefold Model by [[Petter Bøckman]]

A classic and controversial theory originally from tabletop thinkers of how there are three main ways to approach larping, the gamist, dramatist and immersionist angles.

'''The Dogma 99 Manifesto''' The Vow of Chastity by [[Eirik Fatland]], [[Lars Wingård]]

Ten commandments for a new purist way of making larps that take away much of the baggage from our tabletop origins and put power in the hands of the players. And a really thorough follow-up explanation, by the authors.

'''[[The Manifesto of the Turku School]]''' by [[Mike Pohjola]]

The original "Immersionism good, everything else bad" manifesto, that aims at larp as an artform. It has a lovely pretentious tone, covering up some good and some bad advice to players.

===That's Larp!===

'''Why do Bad Larps Happen to Good People?''' by [[Johanna Koljonen]]

An attempt to explore the differences in creative agendas and assumptions among roleplayers in different cultures, as well as the root definition of roleplaying and larp.

'''The Meilahti School: Thoughts on Role-playing''' by [[Henri Hakkarainen]] & [[Jaakko Stenros]]

A great attempt at defining roleplaying. It covers a lot of good views, though it's scope is limited to gamemastered games in some form.

'''Interaction: The Key Element of larp''' by [[Morten Gade]]

A descriptive look at larp through the lens of interactions between the elements that constitute it.

'''Relation Theory''' by [[Ryan Rohde Hansen]]

A look at how the dynamic nature of larp emerges from a set of very simple starting situations, also some observations on the relationships of players.

'''The Diegetic Rooms of Larp''' by [[Carsten Andreasen]]

An article explaining the differences and overlaps between fiction and real world, or diegesis / non-diegesis, plus the states of being and understandings of the players in that crossing.

'''Role-playing as Interactive Construction of Subjective Diegeses''' by [[Markus Montola]]

A primer in understanding the concept of diegesis, how it is constructed and how players will always be co-creators.

===The real world===

'''The use of history in larp''' by Xenia Salomonsen

An overview of historical correct or inspired larps.

'''Institutional development of Larp in Oslo''' by Ragnhild Hutchison

An economic take on the role of institutions in larpcreation, using developments in Oslo as an example.

'''Play is Political''' by Johan Soderberg

Roleplaying's position in postmodern living, as an individual escape or artform, as well as some political perspectives.

'''Learning by Fiction''' by Thomas Duus Henriksen

A critical look at using roleplay in education, especially the schism in understanding between teachers and larpers.

'''Phantasmagorie, Simulacre and the Danger of Dragonlance''' by Marie Carsten Pedersen

A modern cultural history look at fantasy larp, especially the worlds created. It looks on the role of escapism, fiction and myth in the act of worldbuilding.

'''Larp as a Way to Enlightenment''' by [[Elge Larsson]]

A positive take on the vulnerable mental state in and after larp, looking at it through various religious and psychological lenses.

'''Zen, Roleplay and Personal Expansion''' by Denkyu Sebatian Gundel

A look at zen and how it relates to roleplaying, improv and personal growth.

===Just do it!===

'''Fuck the Audience''' by [[Juhana Pettersson]]

A tale of a series of intentionally bad, randomly generated, sometimes fake (vampire) larps.

'''The Development of Ideas''' by Christian Badse

How to handle ideas, from inception, through refinement, testing and documentation.

'''Essentials of project management''' by Mikkel Sander

Basic guide to the role of main organizer of larp projects.

'''The good character description''' by Martin Enghoff

The essentials of classic character writeups.

'''Three basic concepts for LARP organizers''' by Rune Lippert

The values and lessons of the Danish group Einherjerne's style of simulationist sandbox larps, especially in regards to using minimal rules and creating immediate plots.

===Dictionary===

'''Dictionary''' by [[Petter Bøckman]]

A comprehensive dictionary of various larp terms.

===The Lost Chapters===

Two extra articles

'''The multi-tier game immersion theory''' by [[J. Tuomas Harviainen]]

Expanding on the concept of immersion, it takes the principle apart and looks at three levels of immersion: Character, reality and narrative, as well as the different

'''Postmodernism''' by [[Elge Larsson]]

What modernism and postmodernism are and how that relates to larp / participatory art in general.

==Downloads==
*[//www.nordiclarp.org/wiki/images/c/c2/2003-As.Larp.Grows.Up.pdf As Larp Grows Up] (PDF)
[[Category:Books]]

Dissecting Larp

2025-11-01T21:05:16Z

Nordiclarpwikiadmin: Text replacement - "//nordiclarp.org/w/" to "//www.nordiclarp.org/wiki/"

{{Infobox book
| name = Dissecting Larp
| image = 2005-Dissecting.Larp.jpg
| author = {{Unbulleted list|[[Petter Bøckman]]|[[Ragnhild Hutchison]]}}
| country = Norway
| published = 2005
| isbn = 82-997102-1-9
}}

'''Dissecting Larp''' was published in conjunction with the [[Knutepunkt 2005]] conference.
==Downloads==

*[//www.nordiclarp.org/wiki/images/9/95/2005-Dissecting.Larp.pdf Dissecting Larp] (PDF)

[[Category:Books]]

The Tribunal

2025-11-01T21:04:12Z

Nordiclarpwikiadmin: Text replacement - "http://nordiclarp.org/w/" to "https://www.nordiclarp.org/wiki/"

{{Infobox larp design
|first_run={{start and end dates|2010|11|19|2010|11|20}} in Oslo, Norway
|name=The Tribunal
|participants=5-10
|duration=2 hours
|designers=[[J. Tuomas Harviainen]]
}}
'''The Tribunal''' is a larp scenario written by [[J. Tuomas Harviainen]] for the first [[The Larpwriter Challenge|Larpwriter Challenge]] in 2010. It was chosen as the winner and was credited for reaching it's design goal of being a game about the mechanics of oppression in an elegant and easy to grasp design. The character design was applauded for being particularly effective in how it establishes distinctive characters for a short game of this type.

Harviainen received a game developer grant of NOK 4 000 and the possibility to go to Minsk, Belarus to a conference on educatinal larping to hold the game and a workshop on educational game design. The game, along with several other contributions, was also translated to Russian and/or Belarusian to be used by Belarusian NGOs in their work with young people.
==Downloads==
* [https://www.nordiclarp.org/wiki/images/a/a3/The_Tribunal.doc The Tribunal] (DOC, 50 KB) Raw script meant to be localized and adapted by game organizers.
* [https://www.nordiclarp.org/wiki/images/8/8f/The_Tribunal_US.pdf The Tribunal (US)] (PDF, 230 kb) Localized by [[Jason Morningstar]] for play in the US.
==External Links==
* [http://leavingmundania.com/2014/08/17/j-tuomas-harviainen-larp-collection/ The J. Tuomas Harviainen Larp Collection] (2014-08-17)
* [http://nordiclarp.org/2015/02/18/infinite-firing-squads-the-evolution-of-the-tribunal/ Infinite Firing Squads: The Evolution of The Tribunal] (2015-02-18)

[[Category:Larps]]
[[Category:Larps from Finland]]
[[Category:2010 larps]]
[[Category:Chamber larps]]
[[Category:Chamber larps from Finland]]
[[Category:2010 chamber larps]]

Knutpunkt 2014

2025-11-01T21:04:12Z

Nordiclarpwikiadmin: Text replacement - "http://nordiclarp.org/w/" to "https://www.nordiclarp.org/wiki/"

[[File:Knutpunkt_2014.png|200px|thumb|Knutpunkt 2014]]
'''Knutepunkt 2014''' was a [[Knutepunkt]]-conference held in the Gulbrannagården outside Halmstad, Sweden {{start and end dates|2014|4|3|2014|4|6}}.

313 participants came from 28 countries.

==Publications==
For 2014, two [[Knutepunkt-books]] was published:
* [[The Foundation Stone of Nordic Larp]]
* [[The Cutting Edge of Nordic Larp]]

==Program==
The program featured panels, talks, discussion, workshops, larps and other items. Check out the [https://www.nordiclarp.org/wiki/images/3/36/Knutpunkt_2014_-_Schedule_-_Version_1.4.pdf shedule as pdf] or the [https://www.nordiclarp.org/wiki/images/2/2a/Knutpunkt_2014_-_Program_Folder.pdf program folder as pdf].

==External Links==
* [http://knutpunkt.org Knutpunkt.org - Offical website]
* [http://nordiclarp.org/2014/04/07/knutpunkt-2014-summary/ Summary of Knutpunkt: Sessions, video, presentation, blogs etc]
[[Category:Knutepunkt runs]]
[[Category:Knutpunkt runs in Sweden]]
{{DEFAULTSORT:KP 2014}}

Knutepunkt 2013

2025-11-01T21:04:11Z

Nordiclarpwikiadmin: Text replacement - "http://nordiclarp.org/w/" to "https://www.nordiclarp.org/wiki/"

[[File:Knutepunkt2013-logo.png|200px|thumb|Knutepunkt 2013]]
'''Knutepunkt 2013''' was a [[Knutepunkt]]-conference held in the ''[Haraldvangen kurs og konferansesenter]'' next to the lake Hurdalsjøen Norway {{start and end dates|2013|4|18|2013|4|21}}.

308 participants came from 22 countries.

==Publication - The official Knutepunkt book series==
[[File:2013-Knutepunkt-books.jpg|right|thumb|The official Knutepunkt books series of Knutepunkt 2013]]
For the conference, a compilation of four [[Knutepunkt-books]] was published as ''The official book series of Knutepunkt 2013''. They were edited by [[Karete Jacobsen Meland]] and [[Katrine Øverlie Svela]], and cover and illustrations were made by graphic designer [[Rebecca Egebjerg]].

* ''[[Crossing Habitual Borders]]''
* ''[[Crossing Physical Borders]]''
* ''[[Crossing Theoretical Borders]]''
* ''[[Exploring Borders]]''

==Statistics==

===Newcomers===
91 out of 308 registered participants had not been to Knutepunkt before.

===Ages===
150 participants were under the age of 30.

88 were 25 or younger.

14 participants were 20 years or younger.

===Visiting countries===
Participants from 22 countries.

{|class="wikitable sortable"
|-
! Country
! Participants
|-
|Belarus
|10
|-
|Bulgaria
|2
|-
|Czech Republic
|8
|-
|Denmark
|47
|-
|Finland
|33
|-
|France
|9
|-
|Germany
|15
|-
|Greece
|2
|-
|Ireland
|1
|-
|Israel
|1
|-
|Italy
|1
|-
|Latvia
|1
|-
|Netherlands
|7
|-
|Norway
|84
|-
|Palestine
|8
|-
|Poland
|1
|-
|Portugal
|1
|-
|Russia
|6
|-
|Slovakia
|3
|-
|Sweden
|53
|-
|United Kingdom
|2
|-
|United States
|12
|}

==Program==
The program featured panels, talks, discussion, workshops, larps and other items. You can [https://www.nordiclarp.org/wiki/images/8/83/Programblekke_web-1.pdf read the program pdf here].

==A Week in Norway==
Prior to the conference A Week in Norway was held 15th-18th April. Activities included larps by participants of the [[Larp Exchange Academy]] and others designers, workshops, and [[Nordic Larp Talks]].

==Organizers==
[[Irene Tanke]] (head organizer),
[[Martin Nielsen]] (vice head organizer)
[[Elin Nilsen]] (program)
[[Tor Kjetil Edland]] (practical)
[[Ståle Askerød Johansen]] (information)
[[Magnar Grønvik Müller]] (funding)
[[Ane Marie Anderson]] (Week in)
[[Frida Sofie Jansen]] (potato)

[[Karete Jacobsen Meland]] (book)
[[Katrine Øverlie Svela]] (book)
[[Trine Lise Lindahl]] ([[Nordic Larp Talks]])

==External Links==
* [http://knutepunkt.org Knutepunkt.org - Offical website]
[[Category:Knutepunkt runs]]
[[Category:Knutepunkt runs in Norway]]
{{DEFAULTSORT:KP 2013}}

Once Upon a Nordic Larp... Twenty Years of Playing Stories

2025-11-01T21:03:37Z

Nordiclarpwikiadmin: Text replacement - "https://nordiclarp.org/w/" to "https://www.nordiclarp.org/wiki/"

{{Infobox book|name=Once Upon a Nordic Larp... Twenty Years of Playing Stories|image=OnceUponaNordicLarp-TwentyYearsofPlayingStories.jpg|author={{Unbulleted list|[[Martine Svanevik]]|[[Linn Carin Andreassen]]|[[Simon Brind]]|[[Elin Nilsen]]|[[Grethe Sofie Bulterud Strand]]}}|published=2017 (Knutepunkt 2017)|pages=404|isbn=978-87-92507-36-5|country=Norway}}
'''Once Upon a Nordic Larp... Twenty Years of Playing Stories''' is the official [[Knutepunkt-books|book]] published in conjunction with [[Knutepunkt 2017]].

Described in the book as:

''Being a complex grimoire of received wisdom, forbidden wisdom, and questionable wisdom; techniques (both meta- and otherwise); lies, damn lies, and associated ephemera. It was written by an eclectic mix of wonderful people from across the globe and edited by [[Martine Svanevik]], [[Linn Carin Andreassen]], [[Simon Brind]], [[Elin Nilsen]], and [[Grethe Sofie Bulterud Strand]].''

==Articles==
* ''Introduction'' by [[Martine Svanevik]]
===Yesterday===
* ''Let’s Larp This! '' by [[Grethe Strand]], told by [[Hanne Grasmo]]
* ''All Our Yesterdays '' by [[Charlotte Ashby]]
* ''A Tale of Knutepunkt Theorycrafting '' by [[J. Tuomas Harviainen]]
* ''Response to J. Tuomas Harviainen '' by [[Karete Jacobsen Meland]]
* ''Three Roads (of Translation) Not Taken'' by [[Tadeu Rodrigues Iuama]]
* ''The Classical Roots of Larp'' by [[Mike Pohjola]]
===Today===
* ''Hamlet, Vampires and the Italian Alps'' by [[Juhana Pettersson]]
* [https://nordiclarp.org/2017/02/27/ludo-narrative-dissonance-and-harmony-in-larps/ Ludo-narrative Dissonance and Harmony in Larps] by [[Hélène Henry]]
* ''Pre-larp Communication'' by [[Alma Elofsson]] and [[Mimmi Lundkvist]]
* [https://nordiclarp.org/2017/03/01/keeping-volunteers-alive/ Keeping Volunteers Alive] by [[Agatha Świstak]]
* ''The Workshop Pyramid'' by [[Maryia Karachun]], [[Yauheni Karachun]], [[Olga Rudak]] and [[Nastassia Sinitsyna]]
* ''Beyond Play'' by [[Simo Järvelä]] and [[Karete Jacobsen Meland]]
* ''Response to Simo Järvelä and Karete Jacobsen Meland'' by [[Grethe Sofie Bulterud Strand]]
* ''Reply to Grethe Sofie Bulterud Strand'' by [[Karete Jacobsen Meland]] and [[Simo Järvelä]]
* '[https://larpx.com/2017/09/22/sing-in-me-muse-and-through-me-tell-the-story/ Sing in Me, Muse, and Through Me Tell the Story...'] by [[User:Harryharrold|Harry Harrold]]
* ''Do You Want to Play Ball?'' by [[Josefin Westborg]] and [[Carl Nordblom]]
* ''Designing for Emotions'' by [[Olga Vorobyeva]]
* [https://nordiclarp.org/2017/02/18/playing-stories-others/ Playing the Stories of Others] by [[Kaisa Kangas]]
* [https://nordiclarp.org/2017/02/16/history-herstory-and-theirstory-representation-of-gender-and-class-in-larps-with-a-historical-setting/ History, Herstory and Theirstory: For Thought] by [[Mo Holkar]]
* ''Body Playground Framework'' by [[Blaz Branc]]
* ''Playing in Love'' by [[Charles Bo Nielsen]]
* [https://nordiclarp.org/2017/02/22/telling-character-stories/ Telling Character Stories] by [[Monika Weißenfels]]
* ''Making Heroes'' by [[John Shockley]]
* ''Playing Around the Event'' by [[Charlotte Ashby]]
* ''Response to Charlotte Ashby'' by [[Matt Pennington]]
* ''Reply to Matt Pennington'' by [[Charlotte Ashby]]
* [https://nordiclarp.org/2017/02/14/the-absence-of-disabled-bodies-in-larp/ The Absence of Disabled Bodies in Larp] by [[Shoshana Kessock]]
* [https://nordiclarp.org/2017/02/17/food-thought-narrative-food-larps/ Food for Thought: Narrative Through Food at Larps] by [[Siri Sandquist]] and [[Rosalind Göthberg]]
* [https://nordiclarp.org/2017/02/19/youtube-and-larp/ YouTube and Larp] by [[Mo Mo O’Brien]]
* [https://nordiclarp.org/2017/02/20/character-based-design-narrative-tools-french-style-romanesque-larp/ Character-based Design and Narrative Tools in the French Style Romanesque Larp] by [[Muriel Algayres]]
* [https://nordiclarp.org/2017/02/21/loyalty-to-character/ Loyalty to Character] by [[Charles Bo Nielsen]]
* [https://nordiclarp.org/2017/02/21/response-charles-b-nielsen/ Response to Charles B. Nielsen] by [[Martine Svanevik]]
* [https://nordiclarp.org/2017/02/21/reply-martine-svanevik/ Reply to Martine Svanevik] by [[Charles Bo Nielsen]]
* [https://nordiclarp.org/2017/02/15/moment-based-story-design/ Moment-based Story Design] by [[Ian Thomas]]
* ''Curious Pastimes'' by [[Emmylou Laird]]
* ''Will to Live'' by [[Rob Williams]]
* ''Context, Context, Context'' by [[Jamie Harper]]
* ''Larp Tourism'' by [[Claus Raasted]]
* ''Tensions Between Transmedia Fandom and Live-Action Role-Play'' by [[Evan Torner]]
* ''Meanwhile in the South'' by [[Andrea Giovannucci]], translation by [[Wendy Columbo]]
* ''Tell Us a Story'' by [[Ian Andrews]]
* ''Response to Ian Andrews'' by [[Simon Brind]]
* ''Reply to Simon Brind'' by [[Ian Andrews]]

===Tomorrow===
* ''On Ripping Off and Selling Out'' by [[Eirik Fatland]]
* ''Larp in the Year 2037'' by [[Christopher Amherst]]
* ''Thinking Outside the Black Box'' by [[Eva Wei]] & [[Rosalind Göthberg]]
* ''Beyond Playing to Lose and Narrativism'' by [[Jeppe Bergmann Hamming]] & [[Maria Bergmann Hamming]]
* ''An Invitation to Dance'' by [[Lorenzo Trenti]]
* ''Art and Larp'' by [[Nina Runa Essendrop]]
* ''Larp and I — Til Death Do Us Part'' by [[Hanne Grasmo]]

==Downloads==
* [https://www.nordiclarp.org/wiki/images/d/d4/2017_OnceUponANordicLarp.pdf Once Upon a Nordic Larp... Twenty Years of Playing Stories] (PDF)
[[Category:Books]]

Mátyás Hartyándi

2025-11-01T21:03:37Z

Nordiclarpwikiadmin: Text replacement - "https://nordiclarp.org/w/" to "https://www.nordiclarp.org/wiki/"

A core member of the third generation of Hungarians involved in the Nordic larp scene since 2016.

The first Hungarian to compete in Fastaval with his design ([https://alexandria.dk/en/data?scenarie=9077 Memento Morrison], 2020), and the first debuting with a larp in the KP/SK scene (2021).

As a hobbyist, he translated various larps into Hungarian.

As a scholar, he explores the history, theory, and application of roleplaying in a broad approach that goes beyond larping. His submitted PhD dissertation on leadership development methods integrates various roleplaying traditions, including gaming simulations, larps, and Moreno-based psychodrama and sociodrama.

As a business consultant, trainer, and coach he uses various roleplaying techniques and methods in leadership development and change management processes.

Psychodramatist, member of the International Simulation And Gaming Association (ISAGA), and Associate Editor of ''Simulation & Gaming'', a Scimago Q2-ranked academic journal.

Found as [https://www.facebook.com/HaRPGandi.Matyas/ Mátyás HaRPGandi] on Facebook, a pun no one else seems to recognize and appreciate.

He lives in Budapest, Hungary.

==Articles==

*[https://www.nordiclarp.org/wiki/images/3/34/KP25_PDF_-_small_single_pages.pdf Bleed Before It Was Cool] (Knutepunkt 2025 Companion Book)
*[https://nordiclarp.org/2024/04/29/larp-the-colonist/ Larp: The Colonist] (Solmukohta 2024 Companion Book)
*[https://nordiclarp.org/2022/10/31/the-chinese-hotpot-of-larp/ The Chinese Hotpot of Larp] (Knutpunkt 2022 Magazine)
*[https://www.nordiclarp.org/wiki/images/b/b3/KP22_Distance_of_Touch_Magazine.pdf Tribes and Kingdoms] (Knutpunkt 2022 Magazine)
*[https://nordiclarp.org/2021/01/18/personal-perspectives/ Overcoming Larp Shyness] (Solmukohta 2020 Companion Book)

[https://www.researchgate.net/profile/Matyas-Hartyandi/research Academic publication list]

==Talks==

*The Groundhog Day Method: Leadership Development With Larping (Edu-larp Conference 2023)
*[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ztJaAD8faZ8 Early Forms of Educational Role-playing in Hungary] (with Bálint Márk Turi; Transformative Play Initiative Seminar 2022)
*[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=l_MGPiIyVCM Educational Role Playing Traditions Before Edularp] (Edu-larp Conference 2021)
*[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7AcN2E4Fi-g The Magical Success of Chinese Larp] (Knutepunkt 2021)
*One Hundred Years of Attitude: Organized Role-playing and Larping in Hungary (with Nándor Laklia and Bálint Márk Túri, Knutepunkt 2021)
*[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uffi5i9cy_k Larp: Oddity, Hypernym or what?] (Solmukohta 2020)
*When the Grass is Not Greener: Simulation & Sensitivity Training in Edularps (Østerskov International Edu-Larp Conference 2017)

[https://www.youtube.com/@EPICLEVER Hungarian YouTube channel]

==Program items==

*''Unveiling Power Dynamics in Nordic Larp''. A critical workshop about hidden power structures (Knutepunkt 2025)
*''Rise & Reflect: Making sense of Knutepunkt.'' A self-reflective silent coaching session about last night / being at KP (Knutepunkt 2025)
*''Larping & Business''. A loosely linked series of 3 short business related program items (with Gijs van Bilsen and Stefan Deutch; Solmukohta 2024)
*''Group Coaching: Sophomore Sadness''. A supportive session on navigating the complexities of returning to SK/KP (Solmukohta 2024)
*''Group Coaching: Winning Solmukohta.'' A dramatic exploration of how to thrive at Solmukohta (Solmukohta 2024)
*''Not Labeled As Larp: Embodied Role-playing Traditions''. An open panel on embodied role-playing forms (with Melanie Dorey, Mike Pohjola, Bálint Márk Túri, and Fanny Hajdú; Portal 11 2023)
*''Using Larp in Business Context''. An open space workshop about larps in the learning and development field (with Gijs van Bilsen; Knudepunkt 2023)
*''Good Morning Collective Wisdom!'' A series of group coaching sessions in the morning (Knudepunkt 2023)
*''Leadership Research, Larp & Funny Hats''. A workshop on leadership research and larps (Knutpunkt 2022)
*''The Groundhog Day Social Exercise''. A social 'workout' with strangers for introverts (Knutpunkt 2022)
*''A Taoist Spell to Libeartion''. Movement meditation workshop based on the five Chinese 'elements' (Knutepunkt 2021)
*''[https://alexandria.dk/en/data?scenarie=9077 Memento Morrison]''. A Hungarian Nordic larp (Knutepunkt 2021)

==Translations==

*Eltávozott ([https://scenariofestival.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/gone.pdf Væk / Gone] by Klaus Meier Olsen)
*Feldúlva ([https://alexandria.dk/da/data?scenarie=4080 Forrykt / Deranged] by Jeppe Bergmann Hamming & Maria Bergmann Hamming)
*Hadbíróság ([https://alexandria.dk/da/data?scenarie=7920 The Tribunal] by J. Tuomas Harviainen)
*Homonkulusz ([https://alexandria.dk/en/data?scenarie=12364 Homonculus] by Ash Kreider)
*Régi hallgató, utolsó betelefonáló ([https://alexandria.dk/da/data?scenarie=12370 Long Time Listener, Last Time Caller] by Jeff Dieterle)
*parts of [https://alexandria.dk/da/data?scenarie=3429 Imperiet]

Many other tabletop story games, PbtA games, scenarios, and indie RPGs.

==Founder==

*''Development & Design Ltd'': A for-profit company utilizing roleplaying in consulting, designing, and training services (2024-)
*[https://epiclever.itch.io/atlasz-eletmudij ''ATLAS RPG Lifetime Award'']: Award for non-profit community achievements in the Hungarian RPG scene (2023-)
*''[https://www.facebook.com/epiclever.workshop EPICLEVER]'': A Hungarian RPG research community (2020-)
*''LVDVS MAXIMUS'': A Hungarian game-based and playful education center (2014-2020)
*''LFX'': The first Hungarian online tabletop RPG community (2014-2016)
*''Véletlen Találkozások'' [Random Encounters]: The first Hungarian OSR convention (2010-2013)

The Cutting Edge of Nordic Larp

2025-11-01T21:03:32Z

Nordiclarpwikiadmin: Text replacement - "https://nordiclarp.org/w/" to "https://www.nordiclarp.org/wiki/"

{{Infobox book|published=2014 (Knutpunkt)|image=The Cutting Edge of Nordic Larp.jpg|isbn=978-91-637-5217-9|isbn_note=(ISBND {{ISBNT|978-91-637-5218-6}})|name=The Cutting Edge of Nordic Larp|author=[[Jon Back]]|country=Sweden}}
'''The Cutting Edge of Nordic Larp''', published in 2014, edited by [[Jon Back]], is one of the two [[Knutepunkt-books]] of [[Knutpunkt 2014]]. Graphic design ''Mats Sjögren''.

==Downloads==

*[https://www.nordiclarp.org/wiki/images/e/e8/2014_The_Cutting_Edge_of_Nordic_Larp.pdf 2014_The_Cutting_Edge_of_Nordic_Larp.pdf] (PDF, 2.72 MB)

==See also==

*[[The Foundation Stone of Nordic Larp]]

==Video presentation==
Presentation about the The Knutepunkt 2014 Book by [[Eleanor Saitta]] at the [[Nordic Larp Talks]] 2014.

{{#ev:youtube|nkv28QWKdKE}}
[[Category:Books]]
{{DEFAULTSORT:Cutting Edge of Nordic Larp}}

Template:Code

2025-10-25T23:39:36Z

Nordiclarpwikiadmin: 1 revision imported

{{#tag:syntaxhighlight|{{{code|{{{1}}}}}}|lang={{{lang|{{{2|text}}}}}}|class={{{class|}}}|style={{{style|}}}|inline=1}}<noinclude>
{{documentation}}

</noinclude>

Template:Fix

2025-10-25T23:39:30Z

Nordiclarpwikiadmin: 1 revision imported

{{#switch:{{{subst|¬}}}
|¬={{#invoke:Category handler|main
|template=[[Category:Templates needing substitution checking]]
|nocat={{{nocat|<noinclude>true</noinclude>}}}
}}
|SUBST=[[Category:Pages with incorrectly substituted templates]]
}}{{#invoke:Category handler|main
|main={{Fix/category
|cat-date={{{cat-date|}}}
|cat={{{cat|}}}
|cat-date2={{{cat-date2|}}}
|cat2={{{cat2|}}}
|cat-date3={{{cat-date3|}}}
|cat3={{{cat3|}}}
|date={{{date|}}}
}}
|template={{#if:{{{name|}}}|{{#ifeq:{{{name}}}|{{ROOTPAGENAME}}||{{#if:{{{date|}}}||[[Category:Templates including undated clean-up tags]]}}}}}}
|subpage=no
}}{{#if:{{{text|}}}
|[{{#if:{{{pre-text|}}}
|{{{pre-text}}} 
}}[[{{{link|Wikipedia:Cleanup}}}|{{{text|}}}]]{{#if:{{{post-text|}}}
| {{{post-text}}}
}}]|{{{special|}}}
}}{{#invoke:Check for unknown parameters|check|unknown=[[Category:Pages using Template:Fix with unknown parameters|_VALUE_{{PAGENAME}}]]|preview=Page using [[Template:Fix]] with unknown parameter "_VALUE_"|ignoreblank=y| cat | cat-date | cat-date2 | cat-date3 | cat2 | cat3 | class | date | link | name | nocat | post-text | pre-text | special | subst | text | title }}<noinclude>
{{Documentation}}

</noinclude>

Template:Incorrect redirect template

2025-10-25T23:39:24Z

Nordiclarpwikiadmin: 1 revision imported

{{#ifeq:<noinclude>yes</noinclude><includeonly>
{{#if:{{#invoke:redirect|isRedirect|{{FULLPAGENAME}}}}
|yes
|{{#switch:{{NAMESPACE}}
|Category
|User=yes
|Wikipedia={{#switch:{{PAGENAME}}
|Sandbox
|Template index/Redirect pages
|WikiProject Scouting/Templates=no
|#default=yes
|#default=no
}}
}}
}}</includeonly>
|yes
|{{Mbox
|style=border:2px var(--border-color-error, #f54739) solid;
|type=delete
|image=[[File:Stop hand.svg|45px]]
|text={{Error|The above [[WP:RCAT|rcat template]] should only be used to categorize redirects that are {{#ifeq:{{{3}}}|outside|outside|in}} the ''{{{1}}}'' namespace{{#ifeq:{{yesno|{{{plural1|}}}}}|yes|s}}{{#if:{{{2|}}}|{{nbsp}}{{#ifeq:{{{3}}}|outside|and|or}} the ''{{{2}}}'' namespace{{#ifeq:{{yesno|{{{plural2|}}}}}|yes|s}}.|.}}}}
}}<includeonly>[[Category:Pages with templates in the wrong namespace]]</includeonly>
}}<noinclude>

{{documentation}}
</noinclude>

Template:ISSN link

2025-10-25T23:39:18Z

Nordiclarpwikiadmin: 1 revision imported

{{#if:{{{1|}}}|{{#if:{{{2|}}}|[https://www.worldcat.org/search?fq=x0:jrnl&q=n2:{{#if:1|{{{1}}}}} {{#if:1|{{{1}}}}}] (print)<includeonly>{{#invoke:check isxn|check_issn|1={{{1|}}}|error={{Please check ISSN}}}}</includeonly>{{{br| }}} [https://www.worldcat.org/search?fq=x0:jrnl&q=n2:{{#if:1|{{{2}}}}} {{#if:1|{{{2}}}}}] (web)<includeonly>{{#invoke:check isxn|check_issn|1={{{2|}}}|error={{Please check ISSN}}}}</includeonly>|[https://www.worldcat.org/search?fq=x0:jrnl&q=n2:{{#if:1|{{{1}}}}} {{#if:1|{{{1}}}}}]<includeonly>{{#invoke:check isxn|check_issn|1={{{1|}}}|error={{Please check ISSN}}}}</includeonly>}}}}<noinclude>

{{Documentation}}

</noinclude>

Template:Module link

2025-10-25T23:39:12Z

Nordiclarpwikiadmin: 1 revision imported

<includeonly>{{{{{{{|safesubst:}}}#invoke:Separated entries|main|[[Module:{{{1}}}{{{section|}}}|#invoke:{{{1}}}]]|{{{2|''function''}}}|separator=|}}}}</includeonly><noinclude>{{documentation}}
</noinclude>

Template:Template link interwiki

2025-10-25T23:39:07Z

Nordiclarpwikiadmin: 1 revision imported

<code><nowiki>{{</nowiki>[[:{{ safesubst:<noinclude/>#if: {{{sister|}}} | {{{sister}}}: }}{{ safesubst:<noinclude/>#if: {{{lang|}}} | {{{lang}}}: }}{{ safesubst:<noinclude/>ns:Template }}:{{{1}}}|{{{1}}}]]{{ safesubst:<noinclude/>#if: {{{2|}}} | |{{{2}}} }}{{ safesubst:<noinclude/>#if: {{{3|}}} | |{{{3}}} }}{{ safesubst:<noinclude/>#if: {{{4|}}} | |{{{4}}} }}{{ safesubst:<noinclude/>#if: {{{5|}}} | |{{{5}}} }}{{ safesubst:<noinclude/>#if: {{{6|}}} | |{{{6}}} }}{{ safesubst:<noinclude/>#if: {{{7|}}} | |{{{7}}} }}{{ safesubst:<noinclude/>#if: {{{8|}}} | |{{{8}}} }}{{ safesubst:<noinclude/>#if: {{{9|}}} | |{{{9}}} }}<nowiki>}}</nowiki></code><noinclude>

{{documentation}}

</noinclude>

Template:Category link without namespace

2025-10-25T23:39:02Z

Nordiclarpwikiadmin: 1 revision imported

[[:Category:{{PAGENAME:{{{1}}}}}|{{{2|{{PAGENAME:{{{1}}}}}}}}]]<noinclude>
{{Documentation}}
</noinclude>

Template:Category link with count

2025-10-25T23:38:57Z

Nordiclarpwikiadmin: 1 revision imported

[[:Category:{{#invoke:string|replace|1={{{1}}}|2=^:?[Cc]ategory:|3=|plain=false}}|{{#if:{{{name|}}}|{{{name}}}|Category:{{#invoke:string|replace|1={{{1}}}|2=^:?[Cc]ategory:|3=|plain=false}}}}]] ({{PAGESINCATEGORY:{{#invoke:string|replace|1={{{1}}}|2=^:?[Cc]ategory:|3=|plain=false}}|{{{2|all}}}}})<noinclude>
{{Documentation}}
</noinclude>

Template:Clc

2025-10-25T23:38:52Z

Nordiclarpwikiadmin: 1 revision imported

#REDIRECT [[Template:Category link with count]]

Template:C

2025-10-25T23:38:46Z

Nordiclarpwikiadmin: 1 revision imported

#REDIRECT [[Template:Category link without namespace]]

{{Redirect category shell|
{{R from move}}
}}

Template:Tl2

2025-10-25T23:38:42Z

Nordiclarpwikiadmin: 1 revision imported

#REDIRECT [[Template:Template link interwiki]]

{{Redirect category shell|
{{R from move}}
}}

Template:Rcat shell

2025-10-25T23:38:37Z

Nordiclarpwikiadmin: 1 revision imported

#REDIRECT [[Template:Redirect category shell]]

{{Redirect category shell|
{{R from high-use template}}
{{R to redirect template}}
{{R from template shortcut}}
}}

Template:PAGENAMEBASE

2025-10-25T23:38:31Z

Nordiclarpwikiadmin: 1 revision imported

{{safesubst:<noinclude/>#invoke:String|replace|{{{1|{{safesubst:<noinclude/>PAGENAME}}}}}|%s+%b()$||1|false}}<noinclude>
{{documentation}}
</noinclude>

Template:Ml

2025-10-25T23:38:27Z

Nordiclarpwikiadmin: 1 revision imported

#REDIRECT [[Template:Module link]]

{{Redirect category shell|
{{R from move}}
}}

Template:Cl

2025-10-25T23:38:21Z

Nordiclarpwikiadmin: 1 revision imported

#REDIRECT [[Template:Category link]]
{{R from move}}

Template:Trim

2025-10-25T23:38:15Z

Nordiclarpwikiadmin: 1 revision imported

<includeonly>{{safesubst:#if:1|{{{1|}}}}}</includeonly><noinclude>
{{Documentation}}
</noinclude>

Template:Remove first word

2025-10-25T23:38:08Z

Nordiclarpwikiadmin: 1 revision imported

{{<includeonly>safesubst:</includeonly>#invoke:String|replace|source={{{1}}}|pattern=^[^{{{sep|%s}}}]*{{{sep|%s}}}*|replace=|plain=false}}<noinclude>{{Documentation}}</noinclude>

Template:Ifsubst

2025-10-25T23:34:33Z

Nordiclarpwikiadmin: 1 revision imported

{{ safesubst:<noinclude/>#if:{{{demo|}}}
|{{ safesubst:<noinclude/>#ifeq:{{{demo}}} |no
|{{{no|{{{2|}}}}}}
|{{{yes|{{{1|}}}}}}
}}
|{{ safesubst:<noinclude/>#ifeq:{{ safesubst:<noinclude/>NAMESPACE}}|{{NAMESPACE}}
|{{{no|{{{2|}}}}}}
|{{{yes|{{{1|}}}}}}
}}}}<noinclude>
{{Documentation}}
</noinclude>